CSA B139 Series:19 - Installation code for oil-burning equipment 9781488315510

Citation preview

CSA B139 Series:19

National Standard of Canada

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

Legal Notice for Standards Canadian Standards Association (operating as “CSA Group”) develops standards through a consensus standards development process approved by the Standards Council of Canada. This process brings together volunteers representing varied viewpoints and interests to achieve consensus and develop a standard. Although CSA Group administers the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in achieving consensus, it does not independently test, evaluate, or verify the content of standards.

Disclaimer and exclusion of liability This document is provided without any representations, warranties, or conditions of any kind, express or implied, including, without limitation, implied warranties or conditions concerning this document’s fitness for a particular purpose or use, its merchantability, or its non-infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights. CSA Group does not warrant the accuracy, completeness, or currency of any of the information published in this document. CSA Group makes no representations or warranties regarding this document’s compliance with any applicable statute, rule, or regulation. IN NO EVENT SHALL CSA GROUP, ITS VOLUNTEERS, MEMBERS, SUBSIDIARIES, OR AFFILIATED COMPANIES, OR THEIR EMPLOYEES, DIRECTORS, OR OFFICERS, BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INJURY, LOSS, COSTS, OR EXPENSES, HOWSOEVER CAUSED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOST OR DAMAGED DATA, OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL OR ECONOMIC LOSS, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM ACCESS TO OR POSSESSION OR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, EVEN IF CSA GROUP HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, INJURY, LOSS, COSTS, OR EXPENSES. In publishing and making this document available, CSA Group is not undertaking to render professional or other services for or on behalf of any person or entity or to perform any duty owed by any person or entity to another person or entity. The information in this document is directed to those who have the appropriate degree of experience to use and apply its contents, and CSA Group accepts no responsibility whatsoever arising in any way from any and all use of or reliance on the information contained in this document. CSA Group is a private not-for-profit company that publishes voluntary standards and related documents. CSA Group has no power, nor does it undertake, to enforce compliance with the contents of the standards or other documents it publishes.

Intellectual property rights and ownership As between CSA Group and the users of this document (whether it be in printed or electronic form), CSA Group is the owner, or the authorized licensee, of all works contained herein that are protected by copyright, all trade-marks (except as otherwise noted to the contrary), and all inventions and trade secrets that may be contained in this document, whether or not such inventions and trade secrets are protected by patents and applications for patents. Without limitation, the unauthorized use, modification, copying, or disclosure of this document may violate laws that protect CSA Group’s and/or others’ intellectual property and may give rise to a right in CSA Group and/or others to seek legal redress for such use, modification, copying, or disclosure. To the extent permitted by licence or by law, CSA Group reserves all intellectual property rights in this document.

Patent rights Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this standard may be the subject of patent rights. CSA Group shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights is entirely their own responsibility.

Authorized use of this document This document is being provided by CSA Group for informational and non-commercial use only. The user of this document is authorized to do only the following: If this document is in electronic form: • load this document onto a computer for the sole purpose of reviewing it; • search and browse this document; and • print this document if it is in PDF format. Limited copies of this document in print or paper form may be distributed only to persons who are authorized by CSA Group to have such copies, and only if this Legal Notice appears on each such copy. In addition, users may not and may not permit others to • alter this document in any way or remove this Legal Notice from the attached standard; • sell this document without authorization from CSA Group; or • make an electronic copy of this document. If you do not agree with any of the terms and conditions contained in this Legal Notice, you may not load or use this document or make any copies of the contents hereof, and if you do make such copies, you are required to destroy them immediately. Use of this document constitutes your acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Legal Notice.

Standards Update Service CSA B139 Series:19 February 2019 Title: Installation code for oil-burning equipment To register for e-mail notification about any updates to this publication • go to store.csagroup.org • click on CSA Update Service The List ID that you will need to register for updates to this publication is 2426329. If you require assistance, please e-mail [email protected] or call 416-747-2233. Visit CSA Group’s policy on privacy at www.csagroup.org/legal to find out how we protect your personal information.

Canadian Standards Association (operating as “CSA Group”), under whose auspices this National Standard has been produced, was chartered in 1919 and accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to the National Standards system in 1973. It is a not-forprofit, nonstatutory, voluntary membership association engaged in standards development and certification activities. CSA Group standards reflect a national consensus of producers and users — including manufacturers, consumers, retailers, unions and professional organizations, and governmental agencies. The standards are used widely by industry and commerce and often adopted by municipal, provincial, and federal governments in their regulations, particularly in the fields of health, safety, building and construction, and the environment. Individuals, companies, and associations across Canada indicate their support for CSA Group’s standards development by volunteering their time and skills to Committee work and supporting CSA Group’s objectives through sustaining memberships. The more than 7000 committee volunteers and the 2000 sustaining memberships together form CSA Group’s total membership from which its Directors are chosen. Sustaining memberships represent a major source of income for CSA Group’s standards development activities.

A National Standard of Canada is a standard developed by a Standards Council of Canada (SCC) accredited Standards Development Organization, in compliance with requirements and guidance set out by SCC. More information on National Standards of Canada can be found at www.scc.ca. SCC is a Crown corporation within the portfolio of Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada. With the goal of enhancing Canada's economic competitiveness and social wellbeing, SCC leads and facilitates the development and use of national and international standards. SCC also coordinates Canadian participation in standards development, and identifies strategies to advance Canadian standardization efforts. Accreditation services are provided by SCC to various customers, including product certifiers, testing laboratories, and standards development organizations. A list of SCC programs and accredited bodies is publicly available at www.scc.ca. Standards Council of Canada 600-55 Metcalfe Street Ottawa, Ontario, K1P 6L5 Canada

CSA Group offers certification and testing services in support of and as an extension to its standards development activities. To ensure the integrity of its certification process, CSA Group regularly and continually audits and inspects products that bear the CSA Group Mark. In addition to its head office and laboratory complex in Toronto, CSA Group has regional branch offices in major centres across Canada and inspection and testing agencies in eight countries. Since 1919, CSA Group has developed the necessary expertise to meet its corporate mission: CSA Group is an independent service organization whose mission is to provide an open and effective forum for activities facilitating the exchange of goods and services through the use of standards, certification and related services to meet national and international needs. For further information on CSA Group services, write to CSA Group 178 Rexdale Boulevard Toronto, Ontario, M9W 1R3 Canada

Cette Norme Nationale du Canada est disponible en versions française et anglaise. Although the intended primary application of this Standard is stated in its Scope, it is important to note that it remains the responsibility of the users to judge its suitability for their particular purpose. ®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

National Standard of Canada CSA B139 Series:19 Installation code for oil-burning equipment

®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

Published in February 2019 by CSA Group A not-for-profit private sector organization 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3 To purchase standards and related publications, visit our Online Store at store.csagroup.org or call toll-free 1-800-463-6727 or 416-747-4044. ICS 27.060.10; 91.140.20 ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0 © 2019 Canadian Standards Association All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without the prior permission of the publisher.

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

Contents Technical Committee on Installation of Oil Burning Equipment Preface

10

14

CSA B139.1.0:19, General requirements for large installations 0 Introduction 1 Scope

17

17

2 Reference publications 3 Definitions

21

28

4 General requirements 41 4.1 Acceptable equipment 41 4.2 Responsibilities of the installer 42 4.2.1 Initial activation 42 4.2.2 Before leaving a new installation 42 4.2.3 Posting of instructions 42 4.2.4 Conversion from a different energy source 42 4.2.5 Replacement 42 4.3 Quality of work 43 4.4 Suitability of equipment and chimney 43 4.5 Accessibility 43 4.6 Electrical features 44 4.7 Gas features 44 4.8 Supply of fuel oil 44 4.9 Hazardous atmosphere 44 4.10 Fuel oil filters and strainers 44 4.11 Preheating of fuel oils 45 4.12 Emergency shut-off devices 46 4.13 Appliance clearances to building construction 46 4.13.1 Clearance to combustibles 46 4.13.2 Clearance to non-combustibles 47 4.14 Servicing and maintenance clearances 47 4.15 Appliance installation — General requirements 47 4.16 Appliance installation in garages 47 4.17 Appliance installation in aircraft hangars 48 4.18 Outdoor installations 48 4.19 Maintenance 49 5 Fuel-containing devices, piping, tubing, valves, and fuel oil pumps 5.1 Fuel-containing devices 50 5.2 Piping and tubing — Aboveground installations 50 5.2.1 General 50 5.2.2 Joints and connections — Above ground 53 February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

50

1

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

5.2.3 5.2.4 5.3 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5 5.5 5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2

Concealed piping installation 53 Rooftop piping installation 53 Piping and tubing — Underground installations 54 Valves and pipeline devices 54 Support of valves and other devices 54 Shut-off valve 54 Pressure-relief valve 56 Automatic shut-off valve 56 Constant-level valve 57 Fuel oil pumps 57 Elevated installation 58 General 58 Fuel oil pumps — Additional requirements 58

6 General requirements for aboveground fuel oil tanks 59 6.1 General 59 6.2 Construction and operating conditions 59 6.2.1 Construction 59 6.2.2 Operating pressure 60 6.2.3 Operating temperature 60 6.3 Support, installation, foundations, and anchorage 61 6.4 Outdoor tank foundations 62 6.5 Gauging of tanks 63 6.6 Removal or disconnection of appliances 63 7 Tanks installed inside buildings — Capacity and protection 7.1 General 64 7.2 Tank capacity 64 7.3 Tank protection levels 70 7.4 Storage rooms 70 7.5 Tank secondary containment 72 7.6 Protected storage rooms 72 7.7 Protected tanks 72 7.8 Dedicated tank buildings 72 7.9 Underground tank vaults 73 7.10 Room leak detection 74 7.11 Fire detection 74

64

8 Outdoor aboveground fuel oil tanks — Capacity and protection 74 8.1 General 74 8.2 Tanks located above ground level 74 8.3 Tanks located at ground level — Capacity and location 75 8.4 Piping 76 8.5 Fill pipes 76 8.6 Protection from vehicles 76 8.7 Tank secondary containment 77 8.7.1 General 77 8.7.2 Tanks with integral secondary containment 77 8.7.3 Tanks contained by external dikes 77 February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

2

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

9 Underground tanks and piping 80 9.1 Underground tanks 80 9.2 Prevention of tank flotation 82 9.3 Fill/dip pipes 83 9.4 Steel tanks — Corrosion protection 84 9.5 Leak detection — Tanks 86 9.6 Tank venting 86 9.7 Underground piping and sumps 88 9.7.1 Piping 88 9.7.2 Fittings and joints 90 9.7.3 Protection of underground piping 90 9.7.4 Sumps 91 9.8 Addition or removal of tanks 93 10 Tank connections 93 10.1 Supply tank fill pipe 93 10.2 Common fill pipe for multiple aboveground supply tanks 95 10.3 Auxiliary supply tank fill pipe 96 10.4 Appliance supply pipe for connected tanks greater than 2500 L (550 gal) 10.5 Tank venting 98 10.5.1 General 98 10.5.2 Venting of tanks installed indoors 100 10.5.3 Common venting of tanks 105 10.6 Venting of auxiliary supply tanks 105 10.6.1 General 105 10.6.2 Venting through an overflow pipe 106 10.6.3 Venting to atmosphere 106

97

11 Air for combustion and venting 108 11.1 General 108 11.2 Air intakes 108 11.3 Specially engineered installations 109 11.3.1 General 109 11.3.2 Mechanical air systems 109 12 Venting products of combustion 110 12.1 General 110 12.2 Certified chimneys 112 12.3 Uncertified metal chimneys — Flue-gas temperatures of 538 °C (1000 °F) and less 12.4 Uncertified metal chimneys — Flue gas temperatures over 538 °C (1000 °F) 113 12.5 Masonry and concrete chimneys 113 12.6 Special venting arrangements 113 12.7 Vent connector and related equipment 113 12.7.1 Vent connectors 113 12.7.2 Vent connector damper 116 12.7.3 Draft regulator 117 12.7.4 Heat reclaimers 117 12.8 Building construction clearances 118 12.8.1 Non-combustible construction 118 February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

112

3

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

12.8.2 12.8.3 12.8.4 12.8.5 12.9 12.9.1 12.9.2

Combustible construction 118 Roof penetrations 119 Exterior wall penetrations 120 Chimney enclosures 120 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents General 121 Installation 121

121

13 Tests 122 13.1 General 122 13.2 Appliances 122 13.2.1 Tests and observations 122 13.2.2 Test point location 123 13.2.3 Flue-gas pressure 123 13.2.4 Smoke density 123 13.2.5 Temperature 123 13.2.6 Analysis of flue gases 124 13.2.7 Functioning of safety and operating controls 124 13.2.8 Fuel input 124 13.3 Underground tanks 124 13.3.1 General 124 13.3.2 Frequency and methods of leak detection testing and monitoring 13.3.3 Precision leak test 126 13.3.4 Leak detection testing and monitoring methods 126 13.3.5 Leak detection testing of underground tanks 127 13.4 Leak testing of aboveground piping or tubing 128 13.5 Leak testing of underground piping or tubing 129 13.6 Testing of new or replacement tanks 130 13.7 Leak testing of uncertified chimneys 131

124

Annexes Annex A (informative) — Referenced product and material publications 132 Annex B (normative) — Tables and figures 135 Annex C (informative) — Replacement burners and replacement combustion heads for residential oil burners 173 Annex D (informative) — General recommendations for the third-party auditor, installer, service provider, operator, and wholesaler/retailer of used-oil-burning equipment 181 Annex E (informative) — Combustion safety control timing 184 Annex F (informative) — Calculation of vent piping equivalent length 185 Annex G (informative) — Tanks for central oil distribution systems 192 Annex H (informative) — Appropriate refractory-type combustion chamber data for gun-type furnaceconversion oil burners 193 Annex I (informative) — Filling operations 197 Annex J (informative) — Fuel tanks and water contamination 198 Annex K (normative) — Maintenance — Aboveground and underground tanks, and underground piping 199 Annex L (normative) — Maintenance — Residential installations 201 Annex M (informative) — Operations 206 February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

4

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

Annex N (informative) — Glossary 208 Annex O (informative) — Combustion air proving safety interlocks

212

CSA B139.1.1:19, General requirements for stationary engines 0 Introduction 1 Scope

215

215

2 Reference publications 3 Definitions

216

216

4 Engine installation 216 4.1 Engines 216 4.2 Filters 218 4.3 Engine systems with sub-base fuel tanks 218 4.4 Trailer-mounted engine-generators 218 4.5 Fire pumps conforming to NFPA 20 218 4.5.1 General 218 4.5.2 Tank construction 219 4.5.3 Tank supports 219 4.5.4 Tank capacity 219 4.5.5 Tank venting 219 4.5.6 Tank connections 219 4.5.7 Tank overfill protection 219 4.5.8 Fuel flexible connections 220 4.5.9 Clearance to combustibles 220 4.5.10 Spark-arresting mufflers 220 4.5.11 Fuel maintenance systems 220 5 Engine fuel piping, tubing, and fittings 220 5.1 Engine fuel piping 220 5.2 Stainless steel tubing and fittings 221 6 Tanks 221 6.1 General 221 6.2 Engine supply tanks — Installation 221 6.3 Venting of engine supply tanks 222 6.4 Operating temperature 222 6.5 Engine supply tanks — Capacity and protection 222 6.5.1 Indoor installation 222 6.5.2 Outdoor installations — At grade level 226 6.5.3 Outdoor installations — Above ground-level storey 226 6.6 Protection against siphon leaks 226 7 Air for combustion and venting 7.1 General 230

February 2019

230

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

5

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

7.2

Combustion air damper interlocks

230

8 Venting products of combustion 231 8.1 General 231 8.2 Exhaust stack — Flue-gas temperatures of 538 °C (1000 °F) and less 9 Pressure test of uncertified metal exhaust stacks

232

232

10 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents 10.1 General 232 10.2 Installation 233

232

CSA B139.1.2:19, General requirements for special installations 0 Introduction 1 Scope

236

236

2 Reference publications 3 Definitions

237

237

4 Used-oil-burning appliances 237 4.1 Prohibition on use 237 4.2 Installation 237 4.3 Markings for used-oil-burning equipment 237 4.4 Tank capacity 238 4.5 Tank fill pipes, openings, and fittings 238 4.6 Tests 238 4.6.1 Smoke density 238 4.6.2 Log book 238 5 Field installation of burners

238

6 Central oil distribution systems 6.1 General 238 6.2 Maintenance 239 6.3 Tanks 239 6.4 Piping 239 6.5 Valves 240 6.6 Pumps 241 6.7 Piping test 241 7 Construction heaters

238

241

8 Vehicle heaters 243 8.1 General 243 8.2 Installation 243

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

6

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

CSA B139.2:19, Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings 0 Introduction 1 Scope

246

246

2 Reference publications 3 Definitions

248

248

4 Appliance installation 248 4.1 Applicability 248 4.2 Acceptable equipment 248 4.3 Responsibilities of the installer 248 4.3.1 Initial activation 248 4.3.2 Before leaving a new installation 248 4.3.3 Manufacturer’s instructions 249 4.3.4 Conversion from a different energy source 249 4.3.5 Replacement 249 4.4 Quality of work 249 4.5 Suitability of equipment and chimney 250 4.6 Accessibility 250 4.7 Electrical features 250 4.8 Gas features 250 4.9 Supply of fuel oil 250 4.10 Hazardous atmosphere 251 4.11 Oil filters and strainers 251 4.12 Preheating of fuel oils 251 4.13 Emergency shut-off devices 252 4.14 Appliance clearances to building construction — Clearance to combustibles 4.15 Servicing and maintenance clearances 253 4.16 Appliance installation — General requirements 253 4.17 Appliance installation in garages 253 4.18 Appliance installation outdoors 253 4.19 Spill or leak response 254

252

5 Fuel-containing devices, piping and tubing, and valves 254 5.1 Fuel-containing devices 254 5.2 Piping and tubing — Aboveground installations 255 5.3 Joints and connections 256 5.4 Rooftop piping installation 257 5.5 Piping and tubing — Underground installations 257 5.6 Valves and pipeline devices 257 5.6.1 Support of valves and other devices 257 5.6.2 Shut-off valve 257 5.6.3 Pressure-relief valve 257 5.6.4 Automatic shut-off valve 258 February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

7

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

5.6.5

Constant-level valve

258

6 Aboveground fuel oil tanks 258 6.1 General 258 6.2 Construction and operating conditions 259 6.2.1 Construction 259 6.2.2 Operating pressure 259 6.2.3 Operating temperature 259 6.3 Support, installation, foundations, and anchorage 260 6.4 Vehicular protection 262 6.5 Outdoor tank foundations 262 6.6 Elevated tank installations in designated areas 264 6.7 Gauging of tanks 264 6.8 Removal or disconnection of appliances 265 6.9 Testing of new or replacement tanks 265 7 Supply tanks — Capacity and protection 266 7.1 Indoor tanks 266 7.2 Outdoor tanks installed above the ground level 267 7.3 Outdoor tanks installed at ground level 267 7.4 Multiple end- or bottom-connected supply tanks 268 7.5 Pressure-filled multiple top-connected supply tanks 269 8 Tank connections 269 8.1 Tank fill pipes, openings, and fittings 269 8.2 Overfill protection 270 8.3 Tank venting — Venting of supply tanks 271 9 Air for combustion and venting 273 9.1 General 273 9.2 Appliance installations 274 9.3 Louvres and grilles 275 10 Venting products of combustion 276 10.1 Inspection and repair of existing chimneys 276 10.2 General 276 10.3 Chimneys — General 277 10.4 Certified chimneys 278 10.5 Uncertified chimneys 278 10.6 Special venting arrangements 278 10.7 Vent connectors 278 10.8 Vent connector dampers 281 10.9 Draft regulators 281 10.10 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents 10.10.1 General 282 10.10.2 Installation 282

282

11 Tests 283 11.1 Tests and observations

283

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

8

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

11.2 11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4 11.2.5 11.2.6 11.2.7 11.3 11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.3

Requirements 284 Test point location 284 Flue gas pressure 284 Smoke density 284 Temperature 284 Analysis of flue gases 285 Functioning of safety and operating controls Fuel input 285 Leak testing of aboveground piping or tubing General 285 Pneumatic pressure test 285 Vacuum test 286

12 Maintenance

February 2019

285 285

286

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

9

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

Technical Committee on Installation of Oil Burning Equipment R. Sumabat

Technical Standards & Safety Authority (TSSA), Toronto, Ontario Category: Regulatory Authority

Chair

M. Beaulieu

Roth Industries Inc., Shefford, Québec Category: Producer Interest

Vice-Chair

P. Seager

H. H. Angus & Associates Ltd, Toronto, Ontario Category: General Interest

Vice-Chair

K. Alaric

Yukon Government, Community Services, Whitehorse, Yukon

Non-voting

C. Baumgartner

Natural Resources Canada, Ottawa, Ontario Category: Regulatory Authority

S. Bennet

Albany Pump Company Limited, Newmarket, Ontario

H. Bouchard

CMMTQ, Montréal, Québec Category: User Interest

K.W. Chan

City of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario Category: Regulatory Authority

M.E. Davidson

New Brunswick Department of Public Safety, Fredericton, New Brunswick

C. Deschamps

Régie du bâtiment du Québec, Québec, Québec Category: Regulatory Authority

J.J. Dutton

St. John's, Newfoundland and Labrador

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Non-voting

Non-voting

Non-voting

10

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

D. Edgecombe

Petroleum Tank Management Association of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta Category: Regulatory Authority

P.F. Edwards

Peter Edwards Co., Mississauga, Ontario

Non-voting

G. Ellis

Total Power Limited, Mississauga, Ontario

Non-voting

M. Fasel

Viega LLC, Indianapolis, Indiana, USA

Non-voting

E.G. Fernandes

Elfent Ltd., Kitchener, Ontario Category: Producer Interest

P. Fowler

Nova Scotia Department of Labour and Advanced Education, Dartmouth, Nova Scotia

M.R. Freill

Mark 1 Engineering Limited, Dartmouth, Nova Scotia Category: Producer Interest

C. Gagné

BluMetric Environmental Inc., Ottawa, Ontario Category: User Interest

P. Gauthier

Régie du bâtiment du Québec, Québec, Québec

A. Haybarger

Canadian General Filters Limited, Toronto, Ontario Category: Producer Interest

S. Hazell

Wilson Fuel Co., Lower Sackville, Nova Scotia Category: User Interest

S. Hilderley

McDougall Energy Inc., Sault Ste Marie, Ontario Category: General Interest

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Non-voting

Non-voting

11

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

M.S. Hladysh

Selkirk Canada Corporation, Stoney Creek, Ontario Category: Producer Interest

K.H. Jamieson

Kenstruct Ltd. / Ontario Petroleum Contractors Association, Pefferlaw, Ontario Category: General Interest

O. Jones

Toromont Power Systems, Brampton, Ontario

Non-voting

P. Legault

Intergrated Review Services, Ottawa, Ontario

Non-voting

Y. Legault

Granby Industries L.P., Granby, Québec Category: Producer Interest

B.J. MacConnell

Prince Edward Island Department of Communities, Land and Environment, Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island

M. Mailvaganam

Toronto, Ontario Category: General Interest

M. Mari

Origin and Cause, Ancaster, Ontario Category: General Interest

J.M. McCabe

Prince Edward Island Department of Communities, Land and Environment, Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island Category: Regulatory Authority

A. Mejia

CEP Forensic Engineering Inc., Oshawa, Ontario

Non-voting

B. Parent

Cummins Eastern Canada L.P., Candiac, Québec

Non-voting

A.J. Perrie

Crose Mechanical, Owen Sound, Ontario

Non-voting

J. Ryckman

Canadian Automatic Sprinkler Association, Markham, Ontario

Non-voting

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Non-voting

12

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

CSA B139 Series:19

B. Sudic

CIMA, Vaughan, Ontario

H. Sukhu

DTE Industries (2010) Limited, Toronto, Ontario Category: Producer Interest

G. Thong-Kielo

Technical Standards & Safety Authority (TSSA), Toronto, Ontario

Non-voting

D. Verreault

Hydro-Québec, Beauport, Québec

Non-voting

J. Wade

ULC Standards, Ottawa, Ontario

Non-voting

J.A. Wood

McKeown and Wood Limited, Napanee, Ontario Category: User Interest

D. Jeremic Nikolic

CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario

Project Manager

K. Penn

CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario

Project Manager

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Non-voting

13

CSA B139 Series:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

Preface This is the tenth edition of CSA B139, Installation code for oil-burning equipment. It supersedes the previous editions published in 2015, 2009, 2004, 2000, 1991, 1976, 1971, 1962, and 1957. The major changes to this edition include • addition of annual visual inspection of fuel oil tank, tubing, piping and fuel oil filters for leakage (CSA B139.1.0 and CSA B139.2); • clarification that the external parts of the body of a fuel-containing device, component, or accessory installed in an oil line has a melting point of not less than 538 °C (CSA B139.1.0); • a new requirement where an external pressure relief valve is installed at an oil pump discharge and downstream of a check valve: – the ullage space of the main tank to which the pressure-relief valve is piped is at least the volume of piping between the check valve and the automatic valve; and – the supply line into the auxiliary supply tank is equipped with a means of anti-siphon where a drop tube is installed (CSA B139.1.0); • the requirements for loop systems have been clarified to apply to elevated installations only (CSA B139.1.0); • a new requirement limiting the acceptance of tanks conforming to API 650 to field erected tanks with capacities that exceed 175 000 L (CSA B139.1.0); • a new requirement applying to auxiliary tanks operating in a continuous overflow condition (CSA B139.1.0); • a new requirement limiting installation storage and supply tanks within tank protection levels II, III, IVA or IVB in buildings of non-combustible construction in conformance with Division B, Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada (CSA B139.1.0); • a clarification that vent pipes where the opening faces downward without a vent cap is not considered sufficient to prevent the ingress of foreign objects and blockage by ice build-up (CSA B139.1.0); • new requirements have been added for fill pipes or vent pipes recessed into the façade of a building (CSA B139.1.0); • new requirements have been added for through-the wall venting for appliances installed under CSA B139.1.0 (CSA B139.1.0); • new requirements to remove an aboveground or underground tank system that has not been used for more than 3 years (CSA B139.1.0); • new requirements have been added for diesel engines driving fire pumps (CSA B139.1.1); • a new requirement has been added, limiting the operating temperature for an indoor engine supply tank to exceed 38 °C (CSA B139.1.1); • a clarification that engine service rooms require a non-combustible, liquid-tight sill, or ramp to a height corresponding to 10% of the volume of the largest tank in the room, and at least 150 mm (6 in) high (CSA B139.1.1); • new requirements have been added for through-the-wall venting of engine exhausts (CSA B139.1.1); • a new requirement has been added, prohibiting outdoor installation of oil return lines (CSA B139.2); and • new requirements for through-the-wall venting for condensing appliances (CSA B139.2). This Code was prepared by the Technical Committee on Installation of Oil Burning Equipment, under the jurisdiction of the Fuels and Appliances Strategic Steering Committee, and has been formally approved by the Technical Committee.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

14

CSA B139 Series:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

This Code has been developed in compliance with Standards Council of Canada requirements for National Standards of Canada. It has been published as a National Standard of Canada by CSA Group. Notes: 1) Use of the singular does not exclude the plural (and vice versa) when the sense allows. 2) Although the intended primary application of this Code is stated in its Scope, it is important to note that it remains the responsibility of the users of the Standard to judge its suitability for their particular purpose. 3) This Code was developed by consensus, which is defined by CSA Policy governing standardization — Code of good practice for standardization as “substantial agreement. Consensus implies much more than a simple majority, but not necessarily unanimity”. It is consistent with this definition that a member may be included in the Technical Committee list and yet not be in full agreement with all clauses of this Code. 4) To submit a request for interpretation of this Code, please send the following information to [email protected] and include “Request for interpretation” in the subject line: a) define the problem, making reference to the specific clause, and, where appropriate, include an illustrative sketch; b) provide an explanation of circumstances surrounding the actual field condition; and c) where possible, phrase the request in such a way that a specific “yes” or “no” answer will address the issue. Committee interpretations are processed in accordance with the CSA Directives and guidelines governing standardization and are available on the Current Standards Activities page at standardsactivities.csa.ca. 5) This Code is subject to review within five years from the date of publication. Suggestions for its improvement will be referred to the appropriate committee. To submit a proposal for change, please send the following information to [email protected] and include “Proposal for change” in the subject line: a) Standard designation (number); b) relevant clause, table, and/or figure number; c) wording of the proposed change; and d) rationale for the change.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

15

National Standard of Canada CSA B139.1.0:19 General requirements for large installations

®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

Published in February 2019 by CSA Group A not-for-profit private sector organization 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3 To purchase standards and related publications, visit our Online Store at store.csagroup.org or call toll-free 1-800-463-6727 or 416-747-4044. ICS 27.060.10; 91.140.20 ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0 © 2019 Canadian Standards Association All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without the prior permission of the publisher.

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19 General requirements for large installations 0 Introduction CSA B139 Series, Installation code for oil-burning equipment, is arranged in four parts: a) CSA B139.1.0 covers general requirements for large installations. b) CSA B139.1.1 covers general requirements for stationary oil-burning engine installations. c) CSA B139.1.2 covers general requirements for special oil-burning equipment installations. d) CSA B139.2 covers general requirements for residential and small commercial building installations. See Figure 1 for Code part applicability guidance as related to type of installations.

1 Scope 1.1 This Code specifies minimum requirements for the installation of large oil-burning equipment. Note: The intent of this Code is to apply to multi-unit residential, commercial, institutional, and industrial buildings in accordance with the provincial building code or, in the absence of such regulation, the National Building Code of Canada.

1.2 This Code applies to the installation of appliances, equipment, components, and accessories where oil is used for fuel purposes in applications that include a) space heating; b) service water heating; c) power generation; and d) process application.

1.3 This Code provides minimum requirements for installing or altering all stationary and portable oilburning equipment, including a) furnaces; b) process furnaces; c) boilers; d) water heaters; e) vehicle heaters; f) construction heaters; and g) stationary internal combustion engines when used for shaft-power applications for buildings. Note: For installation of internal combustion engines for emergency power applications, see also CSA C282 and CSA Z32. Both these Standards refer to CSA B139 Series for installation of accessories such as fuel tanks and piping.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

17

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

1.4 This Code provides minimum requirements for installing or altering ancillary equipment, including a) piping and tubing systems; b) pumps; c) control devices; d) venting systems; e) accessories; f) heat distribution systems that affect the proper operation of the oil-burning equipment; g) central oil distribution systems; and h) underground supply tanks, aboveground outdoor tanks, and aboveground tanks installed inside of buildings.

1.5 This Code provides requirements for the maintenance of the most commonly used types of oil-burning equipment.

1.6 This Code provides recommended precautions for filling tanks (see Annex I).

1.7 This Code does not apply to a) process equipment installed in refineries; b) appliances installed in park model trailers, recreational vehicles, and marine craft; c) portable devices such as lamps, blowtorches, melting pots, and weed burners; d) integral fuel tanks of 45 L (10 gal) capacity or less on internal combustion engines; or e) portable oil-burning equipment within the scope of CAN/CSA-B138.1/CAN/CSA-B138.2. Note: For reference, the terms “park model trailers” and “recreational vehicles” are as defined in CAN/CSA-Z241 Series and CSA Z240 RV Series.

1.8 In this Code, “shall” is used to express a requirement, i.e., a provision that the user is obliged to satisfy in order to comply with the Code; “should” is used to express a recommendation or that which is advised but not required; and “may” is used to express an option or that which is permissible within the limits of the Code. Notes accompanying clauses do not include requirements or alternative requirements; the purpose of a note accompanying a clause is to separate from the text explanatory or informative material. Notes to tables and figures are considered part of the table or figure and may be written as requirements. Annexes are designated normative (mandatory) or informative (non-mandatory) to define their application.

1.9 The values given in SI units are the units of record for the purposes of this Code. The values given in parentheses are for information and comparison only.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

18

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

1.10 Figures and tables that are referenced with the prefix “B” are to be found in Annex B. Note: For example, a reference in this Code to “Table B.1” means Table B.1 in Annex B.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

19

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 1 Applicability guidance diagram (See Clause 0.) Start Stationary engines not in scope of B139.2 See B139.2, Clause 1.7

Heating appliances only?

No

Stationary engines

Yes Evaluate occupancy and size of building See B139.2, Clause 1.2 and 4.1.1

Evaluate individual and total fuel input rating of all appliances See B139.2, Clause 1.2 and 4.1.1 Evaluate aggregate appliance fuel input connected to a common chimney See B139.2, Clause 1.2 and 4.1.1

No Small building?

Large buildings

Yes

Fuel input ≤ 9.5 L/h (2 gal/h)?

No

Aggregate appliance fuel input > 9.5L/h (2 gal/h)

No

Chimneys with fuel input > 205 kW (699 490 Btu/h)

Yes Chimney fuel input ≤ 205 kW (699 490 Btu/h)?

Yes Supply tanks maximum of 2500 L (550 gal) per tank and 5000 L (1100 gal) in the aggregate per building or each unit in a multi-unit building. See B139.2, Clause 1.2 and 4.1.1

Tank(s) 2500 L (550 gal)/ 5000 L (1100 gal) ?

Only appliance fuel pumps?

Piping installed on rooftops See B139.2, Clause 5.4

B139.2 may be used except for:

Underground piping (with or without an underground tanks See B139.2, Clause 5.4

• Rooftop piping • Underground piping • Underground tanks

No

Pipeline mounted fuel pumps

Auxiliary Supply Tanks

Yes

END

February 2019

Individual tanks > 2500 L (550 gal) or > 5000 L (1100 gal) in the aggregate

Yes

Only fuel pumps which are integral components of an appliance are used. See B139.2, Clause 1.2, 7.1 and 7.3

Underground tanks See B139.2, Clause 1.4

No

• Rooftop piping • Underground piping • Underground tanks

Follow B139.1.0 requirements for these elements

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

B139.1.0 must be used.

20

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

2 Reference publications This Code refers to the following publications, and where such reference is made, it shall be to the edition listed below. Note: The product standards are also shown in Annex A and organized by their level of certification.

CSA Group B51-14 Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code CAN/CSA-B138.1-17/CAN/CSA-B138.2-17 Portable oil-burning equipment — Packaged equipment requirements / Installation requirements B140 Series of Standards: B140.0-03 (R2018) Oil-burning equipment: General requirements B140.1-1966 (R2015) Vapourizing-type oil burners B140.2.1-10 (R2014) Atomizing-type oil burners B140.2.2-1971 (R2015) Pressure atomizing oil burner nozzles B140.2.3-M1981 (withdrawn) Replacement burners and replacement combustion heads for residential oil burners B140.3-1962 (R2015) Oil burning stoves and water heaters CAN/CSA-B140.4-04 (R2014) Oil-fired warm air furnaces B140.7-05 (R2014) Oil-burning equipment: Steam and hot-water boilers B140.8-1967 (R2015) Portable industrial oil-fired heaters B140.9.1-1972 (R2015) Portable liquid fuelled catalytic appliances B140.9.2-10 (R2014) Portable, pressurized-type, liquid-petroleum-fuelled camp stoves CAN3-B140.9.3-M86 (R2015) Portable kerosine-fired heaters

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

21

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

B140.9.4-10 (R2014) Portable, pressurized-type, liquid-petroleum-fuelled lamps and lanterns B140.10-06 (R2015) Oil-fired warm-air heating appliances for mobile housing and recreational vehicles CAN/CSA-B140.11-M89 (R2014) Oil/gas-fired commercial/industrial pressure washers and steam cleaners B140.12-03 (R2018) Oil-burning equipment: Service water heaters for domestic hot water, space heating, and swimming pools CAN/CSA-B140.14-M1979 (withdrawn) Automatic flue-pipe dampers for use with oil-fired appliances B149.1-15 Natural gas and propane installation code B149.2-15 Propane storage and handling code B214-16 Installation code for hydronic heating systems C22.1-18 Canadian Electrical Code, Part I C22.2 No. 139-13 Electrically operated valves CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60335-2-102:16 Household and similar appliances – Safety – Part 2-102: Particular requirements for gas, oil, and solid fuel burning appliances having electrical connections C282-15 Emergency electrical power supply for buildings Z32-15 Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health care facilities Z240 RV Series-14 Recreational vehicles CAN/CSA-Z241 Series-03 (R2013) Park model trailers CAN/CSA-Z662-15 Oil and gas pipeline systems

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

22

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

API (American Petroleum Institute) 650-2013 (Addenda 2014, 2016) Welded Tanks for Oil Storage 653-2014 (Addendum 1) Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers) Handbook — Fundamentals, 2017 Handbook — HVAC Systems and Equipment, 2016 ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) B16.3-2011 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 B16.11-2016 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded B16.15-2013 Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 B16.39-2014 Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions: Classes 150, 250 and 300 B31.1-2016 Power Piping B31.3-2016 Process Piping B31.9-2017 Building Services Piping Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2017 STS-1-2016 Steel Stacks ASTM International D56-16a Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester D93-16a Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester D396-17a Standard Specification for Fuel Oils

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

23

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

D808-16 Standard Test Method for Chlorine in New and Used Petroleum Products (High Pressure Decomposition Device Method) D3828-16a Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Cup Tester D4059-00 (2010) Standard Method for Analysis of Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Insulating Liquids by Gas Chromatography D5185-18 Standard Test Method for Multielement Determination of Used and Unused Lubricating Oils and Base Oils by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry (ICP-AES) E136-16a Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 °C CGSB (Canadian General Standards Board) CAN/CGSB-3.2-2017 Heating Fuel Oil CAN/CGSB-43.146-2016 Design, manufacture and use of intermediate bulk containers for the transportation of dangerous goods, classes 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 8 and 9 EPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency) 8121 (1995) Chlorinated Hydrocarbons by Gas Chromatography: Capillary Column Technique 9020b (1995) Total Organic Halides (TOX) FM Approvals 7400-2016 Liquid and Gas Safety Shutoff Valves Government of Canada Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, S.C. 1992, c. 34, and the Regulations thereto NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) SP0169-2013 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems SP0285-2011 Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank System by Cathodic Protection SP0375-2018 Field-Applied Underground Wax Coating Systems for Underground Pipelines: Application, Performance, and Quality Control February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

24

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) 13-2016 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems 20-2016 Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection 25-2017 Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems 30-2018 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 37-2018 Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines 211-2016 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances NRCC (National Research Council Canada) National Building Code of Canada, 2015 National Fire Code of Canada, 2015 User's Guide — NBC 2015, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B), Commentary J SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association) Guide for Free Standing Steel Stack Construction, 2011 Guyed Steel Stacks - Welded Longseam and Spiral Lockseam Construction, 2011 ANSI/SMACNA 002-2011 Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards, 2004 ANSI/SMACNA 005-2013 Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards, 2004 UL (Underwriters Laboratories) 17-2008 Standard for Vent or Chimney Connector Dampers for Oil-Fired Appliances ANSI/UL 428B-2015 Standard for Electrically Operated Valves for Diesel Fuel, Biodiesel Fuel, Diesel/Biodiesel Blends with Nominal Biodiesel Concentrations up to 20 Percent (B20), Kerosene, and Fuel Oil 429-2013 Standard for Electrically Operated Valves ANSI/UL 842-2015 Standard for Valves for Flammable Liquids February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

25

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

ULC (Underwriters Laboratories of Canada) ULC/ORD-C142.14-03 (Amd 1-2004) Nonmetallic Bulk Containers for the Storage and Dispensing of Combustible and Non-Combustible Liquids ULC/ORD-C142.20-95 Secondary Containments for Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks ULC/ORD-C180-97 Liquid Level Gauges and Indicators for Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Tanks ULC/ORD-C331-75 Guide for the Investigation of Strainers for Flammable Fluids and Anhydrous Ammonia ULC/ORD-C378-75 Guide for the Investigation of Draft Equipment ULC/ORD-C536-98 Flexible Metallic Hose ULC/ORD-C842-84 Guide for the Investigation of Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids ULC/ORD-C959-93 540 °C and 760 °C Industrial Chimneys CAN/ULC-S114-05 Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials CAN/ULC-S601-14 Standard for Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S602-14 Standard for Aboveground Steel Tanks for Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil CAN/ULC-S603-14 Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquid CAN/ULC-S603.1:2017 Standard for External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S604:2016 Standard for Factory-Built Type A Chimneys CAN/ULC-S609:2016 Standard for Low Temperature Vents Type L CAN/ULC-S615-14 Standard for Fibre Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

26

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

CAN/ULC-S629:2016 Standard for 650 °C Factory-Built Chimneys CAN/ULC-S633:2017 Standard for Flexible Connector piping for Fuels CAN/ULC-S635:2016 Standard for Lining Systems for Existing Masonry or Factory-Built Chimneys and Vents CAN/ULC-S641:2017 Standard for Factory-Built Chimney Connectors and Wall Pass-Through Assemblies CAN/ULC-S642:2016 Standard for Compounds and Tapes for Threaded Pipe Joints CAN/ULC-S652:2016 Standard for Tank Assemblies for the Collection, Storage and Removal of Used Oil CAN/ULC-S653:2016 Standard for Aboveground Steel Contained Steel Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S655-15 Standard for Aboveground Protected Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S661-10 (R2016) Standard for Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks CAN/ULC-S663-11 (R2016) Standard for Spill Containment Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Aboveground Storage Tanks CAN/ULC-S664:2017 Standard for Containment Sumps, Sump Fittings, and Accessories for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S670-14 Standard for Aboveground Nonmetallic Tanks for Fuel Oil and Other Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S675.1-14 Standard for Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S675.2-14 Standard for Nonvolumetric Precision Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks and Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids CAN/ULC-S677-14 Standard for Fire Tested Aboveground Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

27

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

CAN/ULC-S679:2017 Standard for Metallic and Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

3 Definitions The following definitions shall apply in this Code. Annex N contains a glossary of related terms and shall be deemed to be definitions for the purpose of compliance with and to form part of the Standards of the CSA B140 Series on oil-burning equipment. Add-on — a solid-fuel-burning appliance that is designed to share the heat distribution system connected to an oil, gas, or electric appliance and that has controls that are interconnected with the oil, gas, or electric appliance. Aggregate — the total capacity of all tanks connected to a common piping or tubing system. Air supply — with respect to the installation of an appliance, the air for combustion, ventilation, and flue-gas dilution. Appliance — a device used to convert fuel into energy. Note: This term includes all components, controls, wiring, and piping required as part of the device by the applicable standard.

Commercial-type appliance — an appliance other than a residential-type appliance. Engine — a stationary fuel oil-driven reciprocating appliance used to operate equipment including, but not limited to, generators, fire pumps, air compressors, refrigeration equipment and the like. Indirect-fired appliance — an appliance in which the combustion products or flue gases are not mixed within the appliance with the medium being heated. Manual appliance — an appliance equipped with a manual burner. Residential-type appliance — an appliance commonly used in, but not restricted to, one- or twofamily dwellings. Semi-automatic appliance — an appliance equipped with a semi-automatic burner. Space-heating appliance — an appliance intended for the supply of heat directly to a room or space or to rooms or spaces of a building through a heat distribution system. Notes: 1) Examples of space heating appliances include space heaters, fireplaces, and unit heaters. 2) Examples of heat distribution systems include central furnaces and boilers.

Approved — acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Atmospheric tank — a tank that is normally vented to atmosphere and is not intended to accommodate internal pressures at the top of the tank greater than 7 kPa (gauge) (1 psig) nor internal vacuum greater than 300 Pa (gauge) (1.2 in. w.c.). Authority having jurisdiction — a federal, provincial, or municipal ministry, department, board, agency, or commission that has responsibility for regulating by statute the use of products, materials, or services within its jurisdiction.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

28

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Baffle (fixed damper) — a stationary device that is used a) to divert the flow of air, water, or steam; b) in the case of a flue baffle, to divert the flow of flue gases; or c) to shield parts of an appliance from the effects of flame (flame baffle) or heat (heat baffle). Base temperature — the temperature of the flue gases at the base of the chimney flue, measured within the vent at the base tee or vent connector thimble, with the barometric damper shut, after the appliance flue-gas temperature has stabilized. Boiler — an appliance intended to supply hot water or steam for space heating, processing, or power purposes. High-pressure boiler — a boiler other than a low-pressure boiler. Low-pressure boiler — a boiler in which a) gas or vapour is generated and that is intended to be operated or is operated at a gas or vapour pressure not greater than 103 kPa (15 psi); or b) a liquid is heated but no gas or vapour is generated and that is intended to be operated or is operated at a liquid pressure not greater than 110 kPa (16 psi) and in which the temperature of the liquid at the outlet does not exceed 120 °C (250 °F). Bonnet — the part of a furnace casing that forms the supply plenum or to which the supply plenum is attached. Bottom outlet — a fitting on the underside of the tank, not on the lower portion of the head of the tank. Building — any structure a) used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy; or b) classified by its major occupancy in accordance with the classifications of the National Building Code of Canada. Commercial building — any building used in connection with direct trade with, or service for, the public, as well as assembly occupancies, including educational or vocational schools and places of worship. Industrial building — any building used in connection with production or process work, storage, or warehousing. Institutional building — any building used in connection with health care and long-term care, mental health, or jail or prison. Residential building — any single- or two-family dwelling unit. Burner — a device or group of devices forming an integral unit for the introduction of fuel, with or without air or oxygen, into the combustion zone for ignition. Automatic burner — a burner equipped with an automatic appliance control system. Main burner — the burner unit exclusive of the pilot burner. Manual burner — a burner equipped with a manual appliance control system.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

29

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Natural draft burner — a burner that is not equipped with a mechanical device for supplying combustion air. Pilot burner — the burner at which the pilot is established. Power burner (forced-draft burner) — a burner in which the combustion air is supplied by a fan or blower at a pressure sufficient to overcome the resistance of the burner and the appliance. Semi-automatic burner — a burner equipped with a semi-automatic appliance control system. Central oil distribution system — a piping system including tanks, distribution pumps, valves, and other appurtenances used to convey oil from a central storage facility to one or more customers, and where such piping may be located on private property, public (municipal or other governmental) property, or a combination of both. Certified — a) appliances, components, and accessories that are investigated and suitably marked by an accredited certification body acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as conforming to approved standards or requirements, accepted test reports, or other recognized documents or information letters; or b) manufacturer’s installation instructions bearing the label or symbol of a nationally recognized certification body that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as conforming to approved standards or requirements, accepted test reports, or other recognized documents or information letters. Notes: 1) The term “listed” is an alternative term commonly used and means the same as “certified”. 2) In Canada, accreditation is done by the Standards Council of Canada. 3) See also Conform and Annex A.

Chimney — a primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one vent for conducting flue gases to the outside atmosphere. Factory-built chimney — a chimney consisting entirely of factory-made parts, each designed to be assembled without requiring field fabrication. Masonry or concrete chimney — a field-constructed chimney of brick, stone, concrete, or masonry units. Metal chimney (smokestack) — a field-constructed single-wall chimney of ferrous metal. Circulating air — the heating medium that is moved through the furnace from the air-inlet opening to the air-outlet opening. Combination appliance — an appliance that is certified to operate with multiple types of fuels. Combustible — material that does not conform to the provisions for non-combustibility in CAN/ULC-S114 or ASTM E136. Combustion air (air for combustion) — the air necessary for the combustion of fuel and the venting of products of combustion. It can include the flue-gas dilution air required by the appliance draft control. Note: See Dilution air.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

30

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Primary air — the portion of the combustion air that is supplied for the initial stages of the combustion process and is supplied upstream from the point of ignition. Secondary air — the portion of the combustion air that is supplied for the intermediate and final stages of the combustion process and is externally supplied downstream from the point of ignition. Combustion chamber — a metal or refractory chamber, located within the firebox of an appliance, used to contain the combustion flame. Combustion zone — the zone where combustion is intended to occur. Commercial-type equipment — equipment other than residential-type equipment. Component — an essential part of an appliance that can be certified separately from the appliance. Concealed piping or tubing — piping or tubing that, when in place in a wall, floor, or ceiling of a finished building, is hidden from view and can only be exposed by demolition of building elements. Note: The term does not apply to piping or tubing that passes directly through a wall or partition.

Condensate (condensation) — the liquid that separates from gas or combustion products because of a reduction in temperature. Conditioned space — any interior portion of the building that is intended to be heated, cooled, or ventilated. Conform — a term referring to a) appliances, components, and accessories that are certified; Note: See Certified.

b) c)

non-certified materials that are tested to the referenced non-Canadian standards by an independent testing organization which has applied its mark to the material; or non-certified materials that are marked or otherwise declared by the manufacturer as complying with the requirements of the referenced standard.

Note: See Annex A.

Connector — as applied to fuel piping or tubing, a tube or hose, with a fitting at each end, used for connecting combinations of appliances, fuel containers, and piping. Flexible connector — a connector made of metallic flexible tubing. Hose connector — a connector made of hose. Note: See Hose.

Rigid connector — a connector made of metallic rigid tubing. Constant-level valve — a device for maintaining, within a reservoir, a constant level of fuel for delivery to the burner. Construction heater — a portable appliance intended for temporary space heating during construction. Note: This term does not include any vessel that is an integral part of, or permanently attached to, any appliance, equipment, or vehicle.

Damper — a movable plate or valve for regulating the flow of air or flue gas. Automatically operated damper — a damper operated by an automatic control. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

31

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Barometric damper — see Draft regulator. Flue damper — a damper located in a vent. Manually operated damper — an adjustable damper manually set and locked in the desired position. Dilution air — the air added to the flue gases after the heat exchanger in the appliance. Note: This air is often introduced at the draft regulator (barometric damper), usually to isolate the appliance from the effects of the wind on the chimney top.

Direct-fired appliance — an appliance in which the combustion products or flue gases are intermixed with the medium being heated. Direct riser — a pipe that extends from a connection on an underground tank and rises vertically to the surface without offset. Direct vent appliance — an appliance that is constructed and installed so that all the air for combustion and draft control is taken directly from the outside atmosphere and all the combustion products are discharged directly to the outside atmosphere. Draft — the pressure difference that is available to drive the flow of air or combustion gases, or both, through an appliance and its venting system. Notes: 1) Draft is indicated by the difference between the pressure at a specified point in the appliance or venting system and the pressure of the air at the same elevation outside the appliance or venting system. 2) When the pressure at a specified point within the appliance or venting system is greater than the pressure of the air at the same elevation outside the appliance or venting system, the condition is correctly described as positive pressure (plus or +) or forced draft. When the pressure at the specified point is less than the pressure of the air at the same elevation outside the appliance or venting system, the condition is correctly described as negative pressure (minus or –) or induced or natural draft (the latter has been incorrectly described as negative draft).

Chimney draft — the available natural draft of the chimney, measured at or near the base of the chimney. Forced draft — mechanical draft created by a device upstream from the combustion zone of an appliance. Induced draft — mechanical draft created by a device downstream from the combustion zone of an appliance. Mechanical draft — draft created by a mechanical device, such as a fan, blower, or aspirator, which can supplement natural draft. Natural draft — draft produced by the difference in density of the gases in the vertical portions of vents and the density of the surrounding air, or by wind effects at the chimney top. The density differences in combustion appliances are essentially due to the higher temperature of the flue gases compared with that of the surrounding air. Note: This term is used to indicate that no fan is used to maintain or accelerate the draft.

Draft regulator (barometric damper) — a draft control device intended to stabilize the natural draft in an appliance by admitting room air to the venting system.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

32

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Emergency equipment — a machine comprising an engine as a power source to drive a piece of equipment which is required to operate in the event of an emergency as defined by the National Building Code of Canada or the National Fire Code of Canada. Note: A firewater pump is an example of emergency equipment.

Engine enclosure — an enclosure provided around an engine for the purpose of providing weather protection, acoustic isolation, and/or security protection for the engine. Skin-tight engine enclosure — an engine enclosure that does not require personnel to be inside the enclosure for operation or regular maintenance of the equipment. Walk-in engine enclosure — an engine enclosure requiring maintenance personnel to be inside the enclosure to perform maintenance or operations work. Engine supply tank — an auxiliary supply tank, or a supply tank that directly supplies fuel oil to an engine. Engineer — a person who is licensed or otherwise authorized by a provincial or territorial engineering association to provide engineering services to the public. Equivalent length — the resistance of pipe or pipe connector fittings (elbows, reducers, etc.) to flow, expressed in terms of linear length of straight pipe. Excess air — air supplied to the combustion zone in excess of that which is theoretically necessary for complete combustion. Exhaust stack — with reference to an engine, has the same meaning as “vent connector” and “chimney”. Fire-resistance rating (FRR) — the rating (hours) assigned by a nationally recognized authority to a material or assembly of materials in accordance with standard fire test methods. Firing rate (flow rate) — the fuel input rate of a burner. Flame — a quantity of burning gas or vapour, not necessarily visible. Flame baffle — See Baffle. Flame-establishing period (trial-for-ignition period) — the length of time during which fuel can be delivered before the flame-sensing device is required to detect flame. Note: See Ignition (interrupted).

Flame failure reaction time (response time) — the interval between flame extinguishment and the deenergizing of the devices that are used for stopping or reducing the fuel supply to the burner. Flashpoint — the lowest temperature of a liquid fuel at which application of the test flame, under specified test conditions, causes the vapours above the surface of the liquid to ignite but not continue to burn. Flue gases — products of combustion. Foundation — in connection with a tank, the area on the site prepared to receive the tank, complete with ancillary equipment and support structure.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

33

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

Fuel oil (oil) — any hydrocarbon oil as specified by CAN/CGSB-3.2 and ASTM D396. Note: Examples include diesel, used oil, kerosene, and hydrocarbon fuel oil.

Fuel oil type — the classification number for a particular fuel oil, as specified in CAN/CGSB-3.2. Note: See Fuel oil.

Furnace — a space-heating or process-heating appliance, using warm air as the heating medium and usually having provision for the attachment of ducts. Central furnace — a furnace using ducts and intended for heating rooms or spaces separate from the room in which the furnace is located. Counterflow furnace — a furnace through which the circulating air flows in the direction opposite to that of the flue gases. Direct space-heating furnace — a furnace intended for heating the space in which the furnace is located. Downflow furnace — a furnace in which the circulating air flows downward, discharging at or near the bottom of the casing. Duct furnace — a furnace intended for installation in an air distribution duct system. Note: The air is circulated by means of a blower that is not an integral part of the furnace.

Forced-air furnace — a furnace equipped with a blower that provides the primary means for circulation of air. Gravity furnace — a furnace in which the circulation of air is primarily by convection. Horizontal furnace — a furnace in which the circulating air flows horizontally, with the air inlet and discharge openings at opposite ends of the casing. In-line furnace — a furnace in which the air inlet and discharge openings are situated in the top of the casing. Reversible-flue furnace — a furnace in which the upward direction of flow of the flue gas is reversed before reaching the flue collar. Suspended furnace — a horizontal furnace with provision for suspension. Upflow furnace — a furnace in which the circulating air flows upward, discharging at or near the top of the casing. Wall furnace — a furnace installed in or on a wall or partition, supplying warm air through grilles, boots, or the equivalent, without the use of ducts. Gauge — a) with respect to fuel oil supply or storage tanks, a measuring device that shows the amount of fuel oil within the tank. b) with respect to the thickness of sheet metal, i) for uncoated sheet steel, Manufacturer’s Standard Gauge (MSG); and ii) for galvanized sheet steel, Galvanized Sheet Gauge (GSG). Note: The nominal thickness corresponding to the gauge number, together with mill tolerance, is implied, unless otherwise given. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

34

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Generator — a machine comprising an engine as a power source to drive an electrical alternator that produces electricity. Continuous-duty generator — a generator that can operate for an unlimited time with a nonvarying load. Emergency generator — a generator used to supply emergency power, in accordance with CSA C282, as a result of loss of the utility power supply, and that is not expected to exceed 300 operating hours at one time nor a total of 500 operating hours per year. Prime generator — a generator that can operate for an unlimited time with varying loads, and that is rated for overload capability for emergency use for a limited duration per event and per year. Standby generator — a generator used to supply power as a result of loss of the utility power supply and that is not expected to operate in excess of a total of 500 h per year. Grade level — the finished outdoor grade at an exit from a ground level of a building. Ground level — the ground-level storey of a building, which is the lowest level of a building that is located at or above the adjacent grade level and that exits directly to the outdoors in accordance with the requirements of the provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada. Hazard — the creation of an unsafe condition, including excess temperature of local air or materials, or the introduction of quantities of combustion products that can affect the health or safety of occupants. Hazardous waste — material found in waste oil that is defined by the authority having jurisdiction as constituting a hazard. Heat baffle — See Baffle. Heat exchanger — the firebox and any auxiliary heat transfer surfaces within the casing of an appliance. Heating surface — the side of the walls of the heat exchanger exposed to the flue gases. Heat reclaimer (vent pipe type) — a device, intended to be installed in the vent pipe between an appliance and the chimney, that transfers heat from the flue gases through metal to air or water. High-heat appliance (industrial) — an appliance operating at a processing temperature above 816 °C (1500 °F). Note: Examples include billet and bloom furnaces, blast furnaces, brick kilns, and glass furnaces.

Hose — nonmetallic flexible tubing that does not consist of a single continuous metal wall. Hydronic — a term that designates an appliance or system in which the heated medium is water. Ignition — the establishment of a flame. Intermittent ignition — ignition that continues to function throughout the entire period that the flame is present. Interrupted ignition — ignition that ceases to function after the flame-establishing period. Incinerator — an appliance in which combustible wastes are ignited and burned.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

35

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Infiltration — the process of natural leakage of outdoor air into a building through the building’s external envelope. Input — fuel input (unless otherwise specified). Installer — any individual, firm, corporation, or company that either directly or through a representative is engaged in the installation, replacement, repair, or servicing of oil piping, venting systems, appliances, components, accessories, equipment, or tank systems and whose representative is either experienced or trained, or both, in such work and has complied with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Large room or space — with respect to the size of an appliance, a room or space having the following volume: a) for boilers, at least 16 times the total volume of the boiler; and b) for furnaces, at least 12 times the total volume of the furnace. Leak — the escape of a liquid or gas through a defect in a vessel or other equipment. Limited room or space — a room or space in which an oil-burning appliance is installed and that is too small to maintain normal appliance operating conditions without additional ventilation. Note: See also Large room or space.

Maximum allowable working pressure — the pressure at which a boiler is permitted to be operated or used under applicable pressure vessel acts. Modulating — the infinite variance of the volume of the flow of fuel or air, or both, between predetermined minimum and maximum limits. Negative pressure (draft) — a condition in which the pressure at a specified point in the system is less than the pressure of the air, at the same elevation, outside the appliance or venting system. Note: Negative pressure is also referred to as induced or natural draft (see Draft).

Non-combustible (with respect to a material) — material that conforms to provisions for noncombustibility of CAN/ULC-S114 or ASTM E136. Oil burner — a device for burning oil. Atomizing-type oil burner — an oil burner that breaks up fuel into liquid fuel droplets prior to vaporization. Vaporizing-type oil burner — an oil burner in which oil is vaporized from a film on a surface of the burner. Wall flame-type oil burner — an oil burner in which oil in a liquid stream is fed against a ring or wall inside the combustion chamber. Oil-burning equipment — one or more oil-burning appliances, together with their fuel tanks, fuel piping, wiring, controls, and accessories. Oil distribution main — a pipe intended to convey fuel oil from a central supply tank or tanks to oil service pipes of a central oil distribution system. Oil service pipe — that portion of a central oil distribution system located on the customer’s property, which conveys oil from the central oil distribution main to the inside of the building. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

36

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Operating control — a control used to regulate or control the normal operation of the equipment. Over-fire pressure — the pressure difference between the pressure in the combustion chamber directly over the fire and the pressure of the air at the same elevation outside the appliance or venting system, the latter being used as the datum. Petroleum mechanic — a person who has been authorized by the authority having jurisdiction. Pipe fitting — an item in a piping system that is used as a connector. Note: Examples include elbows, return bends, tees, unions, bushings, couplings, crosses, and nipples; this term does not include such functioning items as valves or regulators.

Pipe wrap tape — adhesive tape made of PVC or polyethylene material with minimum thickness of 0.25 mm (10 mil), with an adhesive resistant to water. Piping — fuel conduits of circular cross-section that are of sufficient wall thickness and of suitable outside diameter for threading to iron pipe size (IPS) standards and that are specified by nominal inside diameter (ID). Piping outlet — the termination of fuel piping near or at the location of an appliance or proposed appliance. Plenum — a chamber for distributing warm air from a furnace to the supply ducts (supply plenum) or for receiving air to be heated by the furnace (return plenum). Portable appliance (portable equipment) — equipment or an appliance that is readily moved from place to place. Note: Such equipment can be vent connected.

Primary heating surface — the surfaces of those portions of the heat exchanger exposed to direct radiation from the fire or combustion chamber, including that portion which encloses the combustion chamber. Process application — the application of heat for other than space heating or service water heating. Products of combustion — constituents resulting from the combustion of fuel with the oxygen of the air. Note: Products of combustion include inert elements but exclude excess air.

Protected storage room — a storage room that is provided with automatic fire suppression systems. Proved pilot — a flame (used to ignite the main burner) which is supervised by a primary safety control that senses the presence of the flame prior to permitting the main burner fuel to be delivered for combustion. Range — a cooking appliance equipped with a cooking surface and one or more ovens. Readily accessible — capable of being reached for operation, renewal, servicing, or inspection, without requiring climbing over or removing obstacles or the use of portable ladders. Repair garage — a building or part of a building where facilities are provided for the repair and servicing of motor vehicles.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

37

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Residential garage — a building or part of a building that is used or intended for the storage of motor vehicles and that is intended to serve the occupants. Residential-type equipment — equipment commonly used in, but not restricted to, one- or two-family dwellings. Safety circuit — the portion of a circuit connected to a limit, safety pilot, or similar control (other than an operating control) that would prevent unsafe operation of the burner or equipment when the control or any part of the circuit wiring becomes grounded, open-circuited, or short-circuited. Note: See CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.60335-2-102.

Safety control — an automatic shutdown control of a safety circuit. Combustion safety control (flame safeguard) — a primary safety control that senses the presence of flame and causes fuel to be shut off in the event of flame failure or ignition failure. Limit control — a safety control intended to prevent unsafe conditions of temperature, pressure, or liquid level. Primary safety control — the automatic safety control intended to prevent abnormal discharge of fuel at the burner in the event of ignition or flame failure. Safety control system — a system of automatic controls that is intended to automatically prevent unsafe operation of the controlled equipment and can include relays, switches, and other ancillary equipment and interconnecting circuitry. Secondary containment — a) with reference to tanks, double-wall or contained construction that is external to the primary tank and has a capacity of at least 100% that of the tank; and b) with reference to piping or tubing, double-wall or contained construction that is external to the pipes or tubing, or both, and is designed to prevent the contents of the pipes or tubing, or both, from leaking from the containment. Semi-rigid connector — a connector made of semi-rigid tubing. Note: See Connector.

Service room — rooms containing liquid fuel appliances including boilers, generators, etc., and which may contain other equipment and services; the term has the same meaning as defined in the National Building Code of Canada. Engine service room — a service room which only contains engine-driven equipment such as generators and fire pumps, as well as associated engine supply tanks and other equipment necessary for the functioning of the engine-driven equipment. Service water heater — an appliance intended for the heating of water for plumbing services (as distinct from water for space heating). Direct-service water heater — a service water heater that derives its heat directly from either an electrical resistance element or the combustion of fuel. Indirect-service water heater — a service water heater that derives its heat from a heating medium such as warm air, steam, or hot water.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

38

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Instantaneous (tankless) type service water heater — a service water heater designed to supply hot water directly to the outlets, without the use of storage facilities. Storage-type service water heater — a service water heater with an integral hot water storage tank. Shipping container — a portable vessel that has a capacity of 230 L (50 gal) or less. Shut-off valve — see Valve. Space heater (room heater) — an appliance for heating the space or room, within which the appliance is located, without the use of ducts. Spill (spillage) — an escape of fuel, into the environment or inside a building, that is not caused by a defect in a vessel or other equipment. Storage garage — a building or part of a building that is used or intended for the storage or parking of motor vehicles and that contains no provision for the repair or servicing of such vehicles. Storage room — a room dedicated to storage or supply tanks and which can include related equipment, including fuel pumps, fuel filtration equipment, and control panels. Storage tank — a tank for the storage of fuel and from which the oil-burning equipment is not intended to be fed automatically. Stove — an appliance intended for space heating or cooking, or both. Supervised location — a location or device that can receive and generate an alarm notification to a person trained to respond to the alarm event; such a location or device can be a building operations office, a security office, a remote security service, or a mobile communication device. Supply tank — a tank for the storage of fuel and from which the oil-burning equipment is intended to be fed automatically. Auxiliary supply tank (day tank) — a supply tank that is installed in the fuel supply between oilburning equipment and its main fuel supply tank. Barometric supply tank — a supply tank that automatically maintains, by barometric pressure, a definite level of oil in a sump. Gravity supply tank — a supply tank from which the oil is delivered to the appliance by gravity. Integral supply tank — a supply tank that is a component part of the appliance and is mounted thereon. Main supply tank — a supply tank that supplies fuel to one or more auxiliary supply tank(s). Sub-base tank (belly tank) — an engine supply tank that is structurally designed to support the operating weight of an engine, associated equipment, and any engine enclosure, if provided. A subbase tank is not an integral supply tank. Tankless-type service water heater — see Service water heater. Temperature (total temperature) — the actual measured temperature, including the room ambient temperature. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

39

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Thimble — a masonry or metal sleeve of constant inside diameter through which the vent connector passes to reach the chimney flue. Note: Flue gases do not come into contact with the thimble.

Tubing — fuel conduits of circular cross-section that are not of sufficient wall thickness or of suitable outside diameter (OD) to permit threading to iron pipe size (IPS) standards and that are specified by OD. Flexible tubing — tubing that a) can be easily bent without the use of special tools; b) does not necessarily retain its bend; and c) is not subject to damage if rebent several times. Rigid tubing — tubing that normally cannot be bent without the use of special tools. Semi-rigid tubing — tubing that a) normally can be bent without the use of special tools; b) retains its bend; and c) is subject to appreciable damage if rebent several times. Ullage — the air space which exists at the top of the tank under normal operation. Unit heater — a suspended space heater with an integral air-circulating fan that is intended for the heating of the non-residential space in which the heater is installed. Unstable liquid — any liquid, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, that is chemically reactive to the extent that it will vigorously react or decompose at or near normal temperature and pressure conditions or that is chemically unstable when subject to impact. Used oil — petroleum-based oil (as well as other substances) that has been primarily used as crankcase oil, transmission fluid, or hydraulic fluid. Note: Used oil differs from waste oil in that it does not include hazardous waste (see Hazardous waste).

Vacuum breaker — a device that eliminates excess negative pressure in the tank and that prevents the escape of vapours or product from the tank. Valve — a device by which the flow of a fluid can be started, stopped, or regulated by a movable part that opens or obstructs its passage. Automatic input control valve — a valve that does not require manual action and that is used for modulating the fuel supply to the main burner. Automatic valve — a valve designed to turn on or shut off the fuel flow to the burner without requiring manual action. Automatic valve of the manual reset type — an automatic valve that will remain closed until manually reopened. Fast-closing valve — a valve that has a maximum closing time of 5 s upon being de-energized. Pressure-relief valve — a valve that opens automatically to relieve a pressure in excess of a predetermined setting and that closes after such relief. Safety shut-off valve — a valve that automatically shuts off the supply of fuel in response to the action of a combustion safety control or limit control. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

40

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Self-energized valve — the valve used in a self-energized control system. Shut-off valve — a manual valve used in the piping to fully turn on or fully shut off the fuel supply to any section of a piping system or to an appliance. Vented appliance — an appliance intended to be connected to a venting system. Vent connector — the conduit connecting the vent collar of an appliance to a chimney or through-thewall vent system. Vent (flue) — an enclosed passageway for conveying flue gases. Vent (flue) collar — the portion of an oil-burning appliance designed for the attachment of the vent connector. Vent (flue) gases — vented combustion gases plus dilution air. Vent (flue) outlet — the opening of an oil-burning appliance through which the flue gases pass to the vent connector. Ventilation — the process of supplying or removing air, or both, by natural or mechanical means, to or from any space. Venting — the removal of flue gases or vent gases to the outside air by means of building openings or venting systems. Venting system — a system for the removal of flue gases or vent gases to the outside air by means of vent connectors, chimneys, gas vents, or natural or mechanical exhaust systems. Vent outlet pressure — the pressure difference between the vent gas pressure at the vent outlet of the appliance and the pressure of the surrounding air, with the pressure of the surrounding air being used as the datum. Note: On naturally aspirated units, the vent outlet pressure is usually negative. When a negative vent outlet pressure is described as a “flue draft”, the pressure difference is considered to be positive. See Draft.

Vent (tank vent) — a device that is open to atmosphere to prevent the tank from becoming overpressurized during the filling process or during a fire and from becoming under-pressurized when fuel leaves the tank.

4 General requirements 4.1 Acceptable equipment 4.1.1 Oil-burning equipment, including appliances, accessories, components, tanks, and any other items associated with the oil-burning equipment, shall meet the requirements of this Code, and shall be installed for its intended use in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and this Code.

4.1.2 Appliances, except engines, shall be certified to the applicable CSA B140 Series of standards.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

41

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.1.3 Appliances or components, or both, intended for direct connection to potable water systems shall be so certified. The installation shall satisfy the requirements of the local plumbing code.

4.2 Responsibilities of the installer 4.2.1 Initial activation After installing or servicing oil-burning equipment, the installer shall ensure that the equipment is in safe working order by activating the appliance.

4.2.2 Before leaving a new installation Before leaving a new installation, the installer shall a) ensure that the newly installed appliance, accessory, component, or equipment connected by the installer complies with this Code and that the oil-burning equipment is ready for safe use; b) instruct the user in the safe and correct operation and maintenance requirements of the appliance or accessory connected by the installer; and c) ensure that the manufacturer’s instructions supplied with the new appliance or accessory connected by the installer are left with the user.

4.2.3 Posting of instructions Manufacturer’s instructions on the care and operation of oil-burning appliances shall be conspicuously posted near the appliance.

4.2.4 Conversion from a different energy source Where installation of oil-burning equipment constitutes a conversion from other forms of energy, the installer shall a) ensure that the other equipment is removed in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction; b) advise the user of the new appliance, in writing, in order to arrange for the termination of the supply of the former form of energy; and c) ensure that the supply of the other form of energy is either removed or left safe and secure from accidental activation, in accordance with the codes and regulations governing the particular energy product. Note: The following are examples: a) in the case of a propane system: i) shutting off the cylinder or tank valve; and ii) disconnecting and capping or plugging the propane supply piping or tubing outdoors; b) in the case of an electrical system: i) shutting off the power supply to the electrical appliance at the switch; and ii) ensuring that the overcurrent protection device has been removed or set in the OFF position; and c) in the case of a natural gas system: i) shutting off and disconnecting the gas supply; and ii) capping the disconnected gas line and testing for leaks. See Clause 6.6 if converting from oil to another form of energy.

4.2.5 Replacement Before installation of any replacement part of an appliance, equipment, a component, or an accessory,

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

42

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

the installer shall ensure that the replacement part provides operational characteristics that are at least equivalent to the original part. Note: Many parts have been designated non-interchangeable because they affect the appliance’s certification.

4.3 Quality of work 4.3.1 All work shall be done in a skillful, thorough manner. Careful attention shall be paid to the mechanical execution of the work, arrangement of the installation, and provision for proper maintenance.

4.3.2 Personnel working on the installation, operation, or maintenance of oil-burning equipment and tanks shall be a) trained in such functions; b) qualified because of knowledge, training, and experience to organize the work and its performance; c) familiar with any regulations that apply to the work; and d) knowledgeable about any potential or actual danger to health or safety in the workplace. Note: The authority having jurisdiction can require such a person to be licensed or authorized.

4.4 Suitability of equipment and chimney 4.4.1 The installer shall determine the following: a) The chimney or vent to which the oil-burning appliance is to be connected is i) properly lined; ii) of the correct size; and iii) in safe operating condition. b) The oil-burning appliance or the device in which oil-burning equipment is to be installed is in satisfactory condition and suitable for the installation. c) The appliance or oil-burning equipment can be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. d) The firing rate, when adjusted, will not exceed a safe maximum output for the equipment or installation.

4.4.2 Equipment used for service water heating systems shall be designed and installed for use as a service water heater. A service water heater that is part of a hydronic heating system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and CSA B214.

4.5 Accessibility An oil-burning appliance, including the venting system, shall be installed in such a way as to allow access for a) cleaning heating surfaces; b) removing burners; c) replacing motors, controls, filters, draft regulators, fans, fan belts, and other parts; and d) adjusting or lubricating controls, accessories, or other parts requiring such attention.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

43

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.6 Electrical features Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with provincial or territorial regulations or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

4.7 Gas features When gas-burning equipment is used in connection with oil-burning equipment, the gas-burning equipment shall be installed in accordance with provincial or territorial regulations or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with CSA B149.1 and CSA B149.2.

4.8 Supply of fuel oil Only the type of oil for which the oil-burning equipment is certified shall be used in an appliance. The heaviest type of fuel oil for which the appliance is certified shall be shown on the nameplate of the appliance. Note: The fuel oil-type specifications are outlined in CAN/CGSB-3.2.

4.9 Hazardous atmosphere 4.9.1 An appliance shall not be installed in a room that has an atmosphere containing corrosive vapours that are detrimental to the appliance or its venting system.

4.9.2 An appliance, unless certified for installation in a hazardous location, shall not be installed in any location where a flammable vapour, combustible dust or fibres, or an explosive mixture is present.

4.10 Fuel oil filters and strainers 4.10.1 An oil line-mounted device that includes an oil filter shall comply with Clause 5.1.1.

4.10.2 A suitable fuel oil filter, canister, or strainer assembly shall be a) provided in the fuel supply line to the appliance or equipment; b) located inside the building where the appliance or equipment is located, wherever feasible; and c) corrosion resistant*. For the purpose of this Clause, uncoated metallic or galvanized steel filter canisters/housings shall not be used. * Examples of corrosion resistant filter canisters include plastic housings and metallic housings with nonmetallic linings or coatings applied by the manufacturer to the inside of the housing.

4.10.3 When nozzle sizes of less than 2.8 L/h (0.75 USGPH) are used, a 10 µm or finer filter medium shall be used.

4.10.4 Oil strainers shall conform to ULC/ORD-C331.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

44

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

4.11 Preheating of fuel oils 4.11.1 When it is necessary to heat fuel oil to reduce viscosity, provision shall be made a) to maintain the oil at a suitable temperature for pumping and atomizing; b) not to supply oil for combustion until it is at a suitable atomizing temperature; c) to cold start the equipment; and d) not to heat the oil above the maximum temperature permitted by the manufacturer of the oil supply or storage tank.

4.11.2 When a steam coil is used in a supply tank, a) the coil shall not be connected directly to a steam supply operating at a gauge pressure greater than 103 kPa (15 psi); b) the condensate shall not be returned to the boiler; and c) a system for detecting fuel oil in the condensate line shall be installed.

4.11.3 When a pressure-reducing valve is used to reduce the gauge pressure to 103 kPa (15 psi) or less, a pressure-relief valve, set at not greater than 35 kPa (5 psi) above the normal operating gauge pressure of the coil, shall be provided.

4.11.4 When a steam line preheater is used, the condensate shall not be returned to the boiler unless a safetytype heater is used.

4.11.5 When a hot water coil is used in a supply tank, the coil shall not be connected directly into the boiler water but shall be connected through an indirect heater, with a means provided to indicate any oil seepage into the indirect heater system.

4.11.6 When a hot water line preheater is used, it shall be a safety-type heater or be protected with an indirect heater arrangement as described in Clause 4.11.5.

4.11.7 When an electric preheater is used in a supply tank, means shall be provided to prevent the temperature of the fuel oil from reaching the minimum flashpoint of the fuel oil.

4.11.8 In addition to the filter required by Clause 4.10, a suitable oil strainer shall be installed in the fuel line downstream of the oil preheater closest to the nozzle on the pressure steam or air atomizing burners, unless the burner is certified for use without such a strainer.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

45

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.11.9 Piping and tubing used as an electrical resistance heating element and piping and tubing heated by electrical heating cables and used for conveying oil shall comply with the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

4.12 Emergency shut-off devices 4.12.1 An emergency shut-off device shall be a) provided on each oil burner installation to manually stop the flow of oil to the burner; and b) placed in a convenient location at a safe distance from the burner. Note: The stopping of the flow of oil may be accomplished by a) a manually operated valve (see also Clause 5.4.2) in the oil supply line, at or near the supply tank, in an accessible location that can be reached without passing the burner (this may be the same valve required by Clause 5.4.2); or b) interrupting the electric supply circuit to a fuel transfer pump by means of a switch located in an accessible location near the entrance of the room where the burner is located when the oil is supplied to the burning zone by an electrically driven fuel pump.

4.12.2 When an appliance using a float valve is connected to a supply tank greater than 41 L (9 gal) in capacity, a valve operated by a fusible link shall be installed in the fuel line adjacent to and upstream from the float valve. The fusible link shall be installed in the same room and within 1 m (3 ft) of the device and shall function at a temperature not exceeding 177 °C (350 °F).

4.13 Appliance clearances to building construction 4.13.1 Clearance to combustibles 4.13.1.1 Appliances shall be installed with clearances to combustible construction not less than those specified in Table B.4, except as permitted by Clauses 4.13.1.2 and 4.13.1.3.

4.13.1.2 When an appliance has been certified for installation at clearances less than those specified in Table B.4 and these lesser clearances are marked on the appliance certification plate, the clearances shall be not less than those marked on the appliance.

4.13.1.3 Notwithstanding Clause 4.13.1.1, some oil-burning appliance clearances may be reduced in accordance with the notes to Table B.4, provided that combustible construction is protected as described in those notes and Table B.7.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

46

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.13.2 Clearance to non-combustibles 4.13.2.1 Except as permitted in Clause 4.13.2.2, oil-burning appliances shall be installed with clearances to noncombustible construction not less than the clearances which are marked on the appliance certification plate.

4.13.2.2 Where clearances are not marked on the appliance in accordance with Clause 4.13.2.1, oil-burning appliances shall be installed with clearances to non-combustible construction not less than a) 50 mm (2 in) for appliances with a horizontal dimension adjacent to the non-combustible construction of 450 mm (18 in) or less; and b) 100 mm (4 in) for appliances with a horizontal dimension adjacent to the non-combustible construction greater than 450 mm (18 in).

4.14 Servicing and maintenance clearances The minimum clearances required by Clause 4.13 shall be increased where necessary to provide clearance for servicing and maintenance of oil-burning equipment and appliances in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

4.15 Appliance installation — General requirements 4.15.1 Appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the requirements of the appliance listing.

4.15.2 The appliance shall be installed on a firm, level, non-combustible floor or support, except where the appliance is a) certified for installation on a combustible floor; or b) installed using the appliance manufacturer’s certified base.

4.16 Appliance installation in garages 4.16.1 An appliance may be installed in a storage garage or multi-unit residential garage if the appliance is located at least 460 mm (18 in) above the floor level and protected against physical damage. Air duct systems serving garages shall not be connected with other parts of the building.

4.16.2 An appliance may be installed in a repair garage if the appliance is located at least 1.4 m (4.6 ft) above the floor level and is protected against physical damage.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

47

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.17 Appliance installation in aircraft hangars 4.17.1 Except as permitted by Clauses 4.17.3 and 4.17.4, an appliance in an aircraft hangar shall be located in a service room that a) is separated from the remainder of the building by construction providing an effective barrier to gas and fumes; and b) has no direct access from the aircraft storage and servicing area.

4.17.2 Fan-forced air-heating systems employing recirculation of air within the aircraft storage and servicing areas shall have no a) return air openings less than 3 m (10 ft) above the floor; and b) supply air openings less than 150 mm (6 in) above the floor.

4.17.3 A heater in an aircraft storage and servicing area shall be installed with its underside at least 3 m (10 ft) above the tops of the highest fuel storage compartment and the highest aircraft engine enclosure that can be inside the hangar.

4.17.4 A heater in a repair or shop area connected directly to an aircraft storage and servicing area shall be installed not less than 2.4 m (8 ft) above the floor.

4.17.5 A suspended or elevated heater in an aircraft hangar shall not be located in an area where it can be subject to physical damage by aircraft, cranes, movable scaffolding, or other objects.

4.18 Outdoor installations 4.18.1 Except for engines, an appliance installed outdoors shall be certified for outdoor use.

4.18.2 An appliance installed outdoors at grade level shall be placed on a concrete base, designed in accordance with good engineering practice, extending at least a) 150 mm (6 in) beyond all sides of the appliance; and b) 50 mm (2 in) above grade level. The ground shall first be prepared and provided with gravel for drainage.

4.18.3 Outdoor rooftop installations of oil-burning equipment shall comply with the location requirements of the provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada.

4.18.4 An installed appliance shall be protected against weather and physical damage.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

48

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

4.18.5 An appliance shall be readily accessible for inspection and servicing.

4.18.6 Where an appliance is installed on a roof a) exceeding 4 m (13 ft) in height from grade to roof elevation, a fixed access to the roof shall be provided; and b) exceeding 6 m (19.5 ft) in height from grade to roof elevation, access shall be provided by either i) a permanent fixed access to the roof by means of either a stairway or a stairway leading to a ladder not exceeding 4 m (13 ft) in height; or ii) a fixed ladder attached to the building, and unless access to the ladder is restricted, rungs shall begin not less than 2.5 m (8 ft) and not more than 4 m (13 ft) from the ground level.

4.18.7 When an appliance is installed on a roof, the following shall apply: a) The appliance shall be installed on a well-drained surface. When water stands on the roof, either at the appliance or in the passageways to the appliance, or when the roof is sloped or has a water seal, a suitable anti-skid walkway shall be provided. Such a walkway shall be located adjacent to the appliance and control panels, and when the appliance is located on a sloped roof, the walkway shall extend from the appliance to the point of access and be equipped with guardrails so that the appliance can be safely accessed and serviced. b) The clearance between the appliance and the edge of the roof or other hazard shall be at least 2 m (6.5 ft). c) If the appliance is enclosed, such an enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement, be of reasonable height, and have at least 600 mm (2 ft) clearance on either side of the service access panel of each appliance in the enclosure.

4.18.8 Guardrails required by Clause 4.18.7 a) shall comply with provincial occupational health and safety requirements or, in their absence, the requirements of the National Building Code of Canada.

4.18.9 Appliances shall be so spaced as to prevent circulation of the flue gases into the combustion air inlet or circulating airstream of any adjacent appliance or ventilation/fresh air intake.

4.19 Maintenance 4.19.1 Oil-burning equipment shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations.

4.19.2 Aboveground tanks and underground piping shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and to at least the minimum requirements in accordance with Annex K. Note: The operator of the equipment should develop operational procedures which include spill response to at least the minimum requirements in accordance with Annex M.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

49

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

4.19.3 Except for bottom outlet tanks installed in accordance with Clause 6.3.8, tanks shall be tested for water at the bottom of the tank at least once per year. Where found, the water shall be removed. Note: Water in fuel is a leading contributor to steel tank corrosion failure and can compromise the operation of a burner or engine. See Annex J.

4.19.4 Fuel oil tank, tubing, piping, and filters shall be visually inspected for leaks once per year and shall be replaced if necessary. Bottom outlet tanks shall be checked for proper slope and, if necessary, the slope shall be corrected.

5 Fuel-containing devices, piping, tubing, valves, and fuel oil pumps 5.1 Fuel-containing devices 5.1.1 Except as provided in Clause 5.1.2, the external parts of the body of a fuel-containing device, component, or accessory installed in an oil line shall have a melting point of not less than 538 °C (1000 °F).

5.1.2 An oil line-mounted fuel-containing device, component, or accessory with a casing that has a melting point of less than 538 °C (1000 °F) installed in an oil supply line shall be a) installed in a part of the oil line so that the bottom of the device is higher than the top of the tank and operates under negative pressure at the location of the device; or b) protected by a fusible-link shut-off valve with a casing capable of withstanding 538 °C (1000 °F) and a fusible-link temperature rating not exceeding 177 °C (350 °F), all of which conforms to ULC/ORD-C842 or FM 7400. In this case, the valve shall be installed immediately adjacent to the fuel-containing device and between the fuel-containing device and the tank.

5.1.3 All pipe, fittings, and ancillary equipment shall be designed for the static head and operating pressures that will be encountered.

5.2 Piping and tubing — Aboveground installations 5.2.1 General 5.2.1.1 Fuel oil piping shall be installed in accordance with a) ASME B31.1; b) ASME B31.3; or c) ASME B31.9.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

50

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

5.2.1.2 All piping and tubing, except as restricted in Clause 5.2.1.4 and permitted by Clause 5.2.1.6, shall be new* and shall be a) carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 or ASTM A106, minimum schedule 40 for threaded joints; b) brass pipe conforming to ASTM B43; c) stainless steel pipe conforming to ASTM A312, minimum schedule 40 for threaded joints; d) hard-drawn copper tubing conforming to CSA B140.0 or ASTM B88 type L; e) stainless steel tubing conforming to ASTM A269; or f) the equivalent with respect to strength, durability, and resistance to corrosion and temperature. * When replacing existing equipment or tanks, it is not a requirement of this Code to replace existing piping or tubing that is in good condition.

5.2.1.3 Steel piping manufactured to ASTM A53 Type F (furnace butt weld) shall not be used.

5.2.1.4 Fill and vent pipes for supply and storage tanks* shall be of steel, stainless steel, or galvanized construction. * Supply and storage tanks mean the tanks that are being filled by a delivery truck.

5.2.1.5 Piping used in the installation of oil-burning appliances shall be not smaller than 10 mm (3/8 in) iron pipe size, or 10 mm (3/8 in) (outside diameter) tubing having a wall thickness complying with that specified in CSA B140.0, except that 6 mm (1/4 in) iron pipe size and 8 mm (5/16 in) tubing may be used with burners having a firing rate of less than 1.9 L/h (1/2 USGPH).

5.2.1.6 A flexible connector may be used at the connection to an appliance or engine when a rigid connection is impracticable or when necessary for reducing the effect of jarring or vibration, and shall a) conform to ULC/ORD-C536 or CAN/ULC-S633 for the application; b) not exceed 1.5 m (60 in); and c) be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions, specifically including restrictions and limitations on bending of the connector.

5.2.1.7 Hose connectors may be used in accordance with Clause 5.2.1.6 where the hose is provided as part of the appliance or engine, and the hose connector shall be protected in accordance with Clause 5.1.2.

5.2.1.8 Piping and tubing shall be supported and protected against physical damage, such as foot traffic, vehicle traffic, grass cutting, and snow and ice damage.

5.2.1.9 Piping and tubing shall be run as directly as practicable, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration, and settling.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

51

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

5.2.1.10 In the installation of oil piping, no girder, beam, joist, or other member of a building shall be cut in such a manner as to reduce the strength of the girder, beam, joist, or other member of the building below that required for the purpose for which it was intended.

5.2.1.11 Oil piping shall be installed in accordance to the piping standard selected in Clause 5.2.1.1 and with support spacing not to exceed the distance limits specified in Table B.5. Oil piping shall not be supported by any other piping.

5.2.1.12 Piping or tubing shall be sleeved or double wrapped with a pipe wrap tape where the piping passes through a) an exterior wall above ground; b) an interior wall of masonry or concrete construction; or c) horizontal masonry, concrete, or asphalt material installed at grade level.

5.2.1.13 When piping or tubing is run in a sleeve, the sleeve shall be of such material and so installed as to protect the piping or tubing from damage and galvanic action.

5.2.1.14 An unthreaded portion of a piping outlet shall extend at least 25 mm (1 in) through either a finished ceiling or a finished wall and at least 50 mm (2 in) through a floor.

5.2.1.15 Piping and tubing that is exposed to atmospheres that are corrosive to the piping or tubing shall be protected from corrosion.

5.2.1.16 Piping and tubing shall not be installed in chimneys, vents, elevator shafts, dumbwaiters, chutes, air distribution ducts, or duct shafts used as return air plenums. Note: Fuel supply piping and tubing may be installed in vertical service spaces containing ducts.

5.2.1.17 Piping or tubing in solid flooring, such as concrete, shall be laid in channels and suitably covered to permit access to the piping or tubing. Alternatively, the piping or tubing shall be encased in ducts so that there is a free air space around the pipe or tube. Such a duct shall be ventilated (e.g., by leaving both ends open). Piping or tubing passing under the lowest floor shall meet the requirements of underground piping and tubing in accordance with Clause 9.

5.2.1.18 Galvanized pipes shall not be used for conveying preheated fuel oil or when exposed to heat, where the pipe temperature would be in excess of 230 °C (445 °F).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

52

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.2.2 Joints and connections — Above ground 5.2.2.1 Piping and tubing joints and connections shall be made in accordance with the following: a) Joints and connections shall be made fuel oil-tight. b) Joints and connections shall be made with standard pipe fittings or by welding. All standard threaded fittings shall be i) malleable iron which shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16.3 or ANSI/ASME B16.39; ii) cast brass or bronze which shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16.15; or iii) stainless steel which shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16.11. c) Welding of oil piping shall be performed by qualified pipe welders using welding procedures in accordance with applicable provincial or territorial legislation. Note: All concealed piping joints should be welded, wherever possible (see Clause 5.2.3).

d)

e)

A joint in seamless copper, brass, or stainless steel tubing shall be i) made by means of a flare joint or solder fitting; or ii) brazed with a material having a melting point exceeding 538 °C (1000 °F). Flare nuts shall be forged, and compression fittings shall not be used. Unions requiring gaskets or packing, right and left couplings, and solder or brazing materials having a melting point less than 538 °C (1000 °F) shall not be used in connecting fuel oil lines, fill lines, or vent lines.

5.2.2.2 Notwithstanding Clause 5.2.2.1 e), insulating bushings or flanges designed for service may be used where isolation is necessary for electrolytic protection or where pipes are used for heating elements in extra-low-voltage resistance heating systems for heavy oils in accordance with Clause 4.11.9.

5.2.3 Concealed piping installation Where piping is concealed, a) pipe joints shall be welded, or threaded and seal welded; or b) each threaded or flanged pipe joint shall be accessible for inspection and maintenance without demolition of building elements.

5.2.4 Rooftop piping installation 5.2.4.1 Tubing shall not be installed on rooftops.

5.2.4.2 Piping shall be supported a) with material that has protection against outdoor weather, biological decay, and degradation from ultra-violet exposure; b) to allow thermal expansion of the piping, and restrained to control thermal, wind, and seismic movement; and c) at spacings as specified in Table B.5, and additional supports shall be provided at concentrated loads such as valves.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

53

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.2.4.3 Outdoor piping that is exposed to atmospheres that are corrosive to the piping shall be protected by either painting, coating, or the use of corrosion resistant materials. Note: Some corrosion-resistant materials such as Type 304 stainless steel are subject to corrosion in salt-water coastal environments.

5.2.4.4 Piping shall be mounted, braced, and supported to provide for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration, and settling, and shall be protected against either damage or breakage due to strain, wear, and mechanical impact. Piping supports shall be installed to prevent toppling or displacement as a result of pipe movement. Note: Moving snow loads and ice on sloped roofs has been known to damage or break pipes.

5.3 Piping and tubing — Underground installations Underground piping and tubing shall comply with Clause 9.7.

5.4 Valves and pipeline devices 5.4.1 Support of valves and other devices Valves or other devices in pipelines shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent strain on the piping.

5.4.2 Shut-off valve 5.4.2.1 Shut-off valves shall conform to ULC/ORD-C842, except as otherwise permitted in this Code.

5.4.2.2 A shut-off valve shall be a) installed i) in fuel piping or tubing in accordance with Clause 5.2.2; ii) as near as practicable to the exit from the supply tank; iii) on branch lines from the main supply line; iv) to isolate one part of a piping system from another; v) to isolate accessories or equipment such as pumps, filters, oil coolers, or any other components which require maintenance; vi) at such other locations as can be required to avoid spillage during servicing; and vii) so as to close against the supply of fuel oil; b) of the manual type; c) readily accessible; d) of a type suitable for the intended service; e) substantially protected against physical damage; and f) of casing material complying with Clause 5.1.1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

54

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.4.2.3 Where outdoor or underground tanks supply fuel into a building, the fuel supply lines to the building shall be equipped with a) a manual shut-off valve located at the building exterior wall, and the valve shall be i) located at least 1 m (40 in) above grade level, or be located below grade level in a transition sump; ii) provided with clearly legible signage that shall 1) indicate the location and function of the shut-off valve;* 2) not be less than 300 × 250 mm (12 × 10 in) in size; and 3) use black letters at least 25 mm (1 in) in height on a yellow background; iii) readily accessible for access by the fire department, but may be secured in the open position with a padlock; or b) a manual shut-off valve at the tank that meets the requirements of Item a) ii) and iii), where the tank is i) above ground; ii) located within 5 m (16 ft) of the building; iii) connected to aboveground piping only; and iv) within line-of-sight of where the pipe enters the building. * See Figure 2 for sample signage; actual wording may differ to suit the installation.

Figure 2 Examples of signage for building isolation valves (See Clause 5.4.2.3.) Yellow background

300 mm (12 in) minimum

250 mm (10 in) minimum

25 mm (1 in)

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

55

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.4.2.4 Where the fuel supply lines described in Clause 5.4.2.3 serve both emergency oil-burning equipment and non-emergency oil-burning equipment, separate shut-off valves and downstream piping shall be provided for the emergency oil-burning equipment and the non-emergency oil-burning equipment.

5.4.3 Pressure-relief valve 5.4.3.1 When a shut-off valve is installed in the return line from the fuel oil pump, a suitable pressure-relief valve shall be a) installed in the return line; b) located in the return line between the pump and the shut-off valve; and c) arranged to i) return the surplus fuel oil to the supply tank; or ii) bypass the surplus fuel oil around the pump.

5.4.3.2 When a heater is incorporated in a fuel supply line, a suitable pressure-relief valve shall be a) installed to prevent an excess of pressure increase; and b) arranged to discharge to the return line downstream from any valve.

5.4.3.3 A means to relieve pressure shall be installed between any two automatic shut-off devices, including a) motorized valves; b) solenoid valves; c) anti-siphon valves; d) shear valves; e) fusible-link shut-off valves; and f) check valves.

5.4.4 Automatic shut-off valve 5.4.4.1 Automatic shut-off valves shall conform to a) CSA C22.2 No. 139 for solenoid valves; b) ULC/ORD-C842 or UL 842 for valve bodies suitable for mounting of valve actuation; or c) UL 429 or ANSI/UL 428B for automatic safety valves.

5.4.4.2 Solenoid valves shall be selected for fail-safe operation on loss of electrical power, and shall be capable of tight shut-off without requiring a difference in oil pressure to seat the valve.

5.4.4.3 Actuators for automatic shut-off valves, except solenoid valves, shall a) conform to CSA C22.2 No. 139 for electric actuators; b) be pneumatically or electrically operated; and

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

56

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

c)

have fail-safe operation on loss of energy source, or be provided with valve closed and open position switches that are interlocked to prevent pump operation in the event of incorrect valve position.

5.4.4.4 A suitable automatically operated device designed to shut off the oil flow in case of fire in the immediate vicinity of the burner shall be installed when a) the burner is not equipped with suitable automatic devices for preventing abnormal discharge of oil at the burner; or b) more than one burner is supplied from a single pump set. Note: This requirement is deemed to be met if each burner has either an integral positive displacement oil pump that prevents passage of oil when the pump is not running or an automatic shut-off valve.

5.4.4.5 A suitable automatically operated device designed to shut off the fuel supply in case of breakage of the supply piping shall be installed when more than one burner is supplied from a single pump set. Note: This requirement provides protection if the supply piping between an upstream pump and the burners is broken.

5.4.5 Constant-level valve 5.4.5.1 The head imposed on a constant-level valve, measured from the top of a gravity supply tank, shall not exceed 3 m (10 ft).

5.4.5.2 When a constant-level valve is not incorporated in a burner to which the fuel oil is fed by gravity, a suitable constant-level valve shall be installed in the fuel supply line as close to the burner as practicable.

5.5 Fuel oil pumps 5.5.1 Fuel oil pumps shall be suitable for the intended application.

5.5.2 The maximum gauge pressure imposed on the inlet of a fuel oil pump shall be 35 kPa (5 psi) unless the pump has been designed for a higher inlet pressure.

5.5.3 When the tank pressure exceeds the allowable inlet pressure for the fuel pump outlined in Clause 5.5.2, a suitable means shall be provided to protect the pump from pressures greater than that for which it was designed.

5.5.4 The maximum lift, measured from the bottom of the supply tank, imposed on a fuel oil pump shall be 4.9 m (16 ft).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

57

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.5.5 When the burner fuel oil pump is located above the supply tank, the following shall apply: a) The burner fuel oil pump and supply piping shall be installed to avoid air locks. b) A two-pipe system shall be used.* c) When the burner fuel oil pump is more than 2.4 m (8 ft) above the bottom of the supply tank, a two-stage pump shall be used. d) When the burner fuel oil pump is more than 4.9 m (16 ft) above the bottom of the supply tank, an auxiliary pump shall be used. The auxiliary pump and controls shall be designed for the intended application. * A de-aerator may be considered to be a two-pipe system.

5.5.6 Except for appliance-installed pumps, an external pressure-relief valve shall be installed at the oil pump discharge to protect the pump and piping system from pressures above the system design pressure in accordance with the following: a) The pressure-relief valve discharge shall be piped in accordance with Clause 5.4.3.1 c). b) Where the pressure-relief valve is installed upstream of the check valve, conditions of Clause 5.4.3.3 shall be met. c) In an elevated installation, where the pressure-relief valve is installed downstream of a check valve, i) the ullage space of the main tank to which the pressure-relief valve is piped shall be at least the volume of piping between the check valve and the automatic valve; and ii) the supply line into the auxiliary supply tank shall be equipped with a means of anti-siphon where a drop tube is installed.* * A hole at the top of the drop tube inside the ullage space of the tank is an acceptable method to prevent siphoning.

5.5.7 When the oil pump is discharging to an auxiliary supply tank, the auxiliary supply tank shall be equipped with a level-control device to shut the oil pump down when a predetermined level is reached.

5.6 Elevated installation 5.6.1 General Where the vertical elevation from the pump discharge to the appliance exceeds 15 m (50 ft), the installation shall comply with the following and all other applicable provisions of this Code. a) The fuel supply system to the appliance shall be either a loop system or an auxiliary supply tank feed system. b) A loop system shall have a pressure-regulating valve to prevent pressures at the supply lines to the appliance from exceeding those recommended by the burner manufacturer. c) A suitable vacuum-breaking or pressure-regulating device shall be installed on the return line from the burner to the fuel supply tank to prevent variations in the supply pressure to the burner caused by the siphoning effect of the return oil column.

5.6.2 Fuel oil pumps — Additional requirements 5.6.2.1 The requirements of Clause 5.6.2 apply where the elevation limits of Clause 5.6.1 apply.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

58

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

5.6.2.2 The fuel oil circulating pump or delivery pump shall be a positive displacement type suitable for the intended application.

5.6.2.3 At least one pressure-sensing device shall be provided at the oil pump location to shut the oil pump down when the oil pressure falls below the normal operating pressure.

6 General requirements for aboveground fuel oil tanks 6.1 General This Clause applies to the construction and installation of aboveground atmospheric storage and supply tanks.

6.2 Construction and operating conditions 6.2.1 Construction 6.2.1.1 When installed inside a building, supply tanks and storage tanks a) not larger than 45 L (10 gal) shall be specifically suitable for the purpose; or b) larger than 45 L (10 gal) shall be constructed in accordance with Clause 6.2.1.2.

6.2.1.2 Tanks shall comply with one or more of the following: a) conform to one of the following ULC documents: i) CAN/ULC-S601; ii) CAN/ULC-S602; iii) CAN/ULC-S652; iv) CAN/ULC-S653; v) CAN/ULC-S655; vi) CAN/ULC-S670; or vii) ULC/ORD-C142.14; b) be designed and constructed in conformance with i) Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; or ii) CSA B51; c) the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, c. 34; d) CAN/CGSB-43.146; or e) field erected API 650, only for tank capacities which exceed 175 000 L (38 500 gal).

6.2.1.3 Shipping containers (drums) shall not be connected to oil burners other than temporary oil burners that are used for buildings under construction (e.g., portable construction heaters) in accordance with CSA B139.1.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

59

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

6.2.1.4 Tanks shall not be reused, except where permitted by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.2.1.5 Tanks that conform to CAN/CGSB-43.146 shall not be installed inside a building, shed, or other type of permanent housing unless the tank also conforms to one of the Standards in Clause 6.2.1.2 a). Note: Tanks that are certified only to CAN/CGSB-43.146 are intended for temporary installations only.

6.2.2 Operating pressure 6.2.2.1 Tanks shall not be operated at pressures exceeding 7.0 kPa (1 psi) gauge in the vapour space under normal operating conditions. Note: See Clause 10.5.1 regarding maximum vent heights.

6.2.2.2 An auxiliary supply tank may be operated in a continuous overflow condition provided that a) the overflow outlet of the auxiliary supply tank is elevated above the main supply tank; b) the overflow connection is located on the side of the auxiliary supply tank; c) the auxiliary supply tank is vented directly to the outdoors in accordance with Clause 10.6.3; d) the transfer pump stops operating in continuous overflow mode after the appliance has stopped; and e) the overflow pipe i) discharges directly to the main supply tank from which the fuel oil was drawn; and ii) is not used to vent the auxiliary tank to the main supply tank. Note: The size and location of the overflow connection on the side of the tank should be designed in conjunction with the overflow piping system to avoid nuisance cycling of the pump(s) or fill valve(s).

6.2.2.3 Where the auxiliary supply tank is located at an elevation lower than the main supply tank, the auxiliary supply tank shall be prevented from overflowing unless the tank is constructed with a higher working pressure in accordance with Clause 10.5.1.3 a) i).

6.2.3 Operating temperature 6.2.3.1 Outdoor tanks Except as permitted in CSA B139.1.1, outdoor aboveground tanks shall be located and operated so that the temperature of the oil in the tank will not exceed 38 °C (100 °F), or they shall be located in accordance with Division B, Part 4 of the National Fire Code of Canada for Class I products. Note: A dark-coloured tank located in direct sunlight or tanks located close to heat sources are two examples of tanks in which the temperature of the fuel can be caused to exceed 38 °C (100 °F).

6.2.3.2 Indoor tanks 6.2.3.2.1 A tank shall be located and operated so that the a) temperature of the oil in the tank does not exceed 38 °C (100 °F);

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

60

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b)

c)

horizontal distance from the tank to any oil-burning appliance is not less than 0.6 m (2 ft), except when it is an integral tank which is certified as part of an appliance or as permitted by Clause 6.2.3.2.2; and tank installation does not interfere with the required working space of any electrical panel or apparatus in accordance with provincial or territorial electrical code or, in their absence, the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

6.2.3.2.2 When the separation required by Clause 6.2.3.2.1 b) is impracticable, the distance required may be reduced, provided that a) the tank is shielded from any oil-burning appliance(s) by a permanent shield that has at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating and is of sufficient length and height to hide the tank completely from the appliance(s); and b) the necessary appliance clearances are maintained.

6.3 Support, installation, foundations, and anchorage 6.3.1 Supply tanks shall be supported to prevent an excessive concentration of load on the supporting portion of the shell and to ensure stability.

6.3.2 All tanks shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the standard to which the tank has been manufactured.

6.3.3 A tank shall be a) supported on rigid, non-combustible* supports constructed of materials having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h; and b) securely supported to prevent settling, sliding, toppling,† or lifting.‡ * Tank supports constructed of steel need not be protected if the tank bottom is less than 300 mm (12 in) high at its lowest point. † A tank that can be exposed to wind should be secured against toppling. ‡ A tank that can be exposed to flooding should be secured against lifting. See Clause 6.4.2.

6.3.4 In areas subject to earthquakes, the tank supports and connections shall be designed to resist damage as a result of such shocks. Note: See the National Building Code of Canada, Part 4, and the User's Guide — NBC 2015, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B), Commentary J, for information on seismic zones and earthquake forces. See also the Notes to Annex E of API 650 for a full discussion of designing tanks to resist overstressing due to earthquake forces.

6.3.5 Tanks shall not impede the means of egress from a building. Note: Means of egress are considered to be unimpeded if a minimum clearance of 1.5 m (5 ft) exists between all parts of the tank and the edges of adjacent building openings (such as doors or windows) and exit ways (such as corridors, passages, lanes, stairways, and ramps).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

61

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

6.3.6 Except as required by Clause 7.4.2, storage and supply tanks shall be accessible after installation for inspection purposes and shall be provided with the following minimum clearances: a) except as required by Clause 6.3.7 b), a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) at one end and one side of a supply tank, and at least 460 mm (18 in) clearance at the other side and end of the supply tank, ensuring clearance for service of any device attached to the supply line at the tank; b) when supply tanks are installed adjacent to one another, the space between the tanks shall be at least 100 mm (4 in), unless certified otherwise; c) if single-wall, a minimum of 100 mm (4 in) clearance on the underside of the tank to permit visual inspection and temporary repair of the tank underside; d) if an open or closed secondary containment tank made with a nonmetallic primary tank and a metallic secondary containment with interstitial monitoring, a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) clearance on the underside of the tank; and e) 0 mm (0 in) clearance is permitted on the underside of tanks supported on a concrete or noncombustible floor or surface that are i) double-wall, secondarily contained or double-bottom steel tanks when permitted by the certification requirements of the tank; or ii) vertical steel tanks. Note: See Figure B.9 for illustrations of tank clearances.

6.3.7 A tank shall a) be installed to permit the installation and maintenance of shut-off valves, filters, and associated fittings. Valves, filters, and associated fittings shall not be installed with any part of their housing below the top of the tank foundation or below the finished floor or grade level; b) be installed so that the certification label is clearly visible after installation; and c) if it is a double-wall vacuum monitored tank, be installed so that the vacuum gauge is clearly visible after installation.

6.3.8 Where a tank with a maximum capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) has a bottom outlet for the purpose of removing water, the tank shall be pitched toward the fitting with a longitudinal slope of not less than 2%. Note: Bottom connections with sloped supports are preferred for metallic tanks to minimize the accumulation of water in the bottom of the tank.

6.3.9 Any unused openings in a tank shall be sealed vapour- and liquid-tight.

6.4 Outdoor tank foundations 6.4.1 Foundations for outdoor tanks shall be non-combustible* and shall be designed to prevent uneven settlement of the tank and to prevent overturning or uplifting of the tank. The foundation shall be designed to prevent the pooling of water in the contact area between the tank or tank supports and the foundation if the material of the tank or its supports is subject to corrosion. * Foundation materials should be suitable for ground or soil contact and not contain combustible preservative material. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

62

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

6.4.2 Where high water above the level of the tank bottom is anticipated because of flooding, the outdoor tank shall be a) located to avoid the flood waters; or b) protected against uplift forces in accordance with good engineering practice. The anchorage shall be designed to resist uplift due to hydrostatic forces when the tank is empty.

6.5 Gauging of tanks 6.5.1 All tanks, except auxiliary supply tanks* in which the fuel level is maintained by an automatic pump, shall be provided with means for determining the liquid level within the tank. * Auxiliary supply tanks are not required to have such a gauge but may do so. Note: On an outdoor supply tank, the means may be visual observation through the fill opening, use of a measuring stick, or use of a fuel-level gauge which is suitable for its intended purpose.

6.5.2 All tanks installed inside a building shall be provided with a) a gauge that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180; b) a device that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180 or CAN/ULC-S661, to indicate at the point of filling when the liquid level in the tank has reached a predetermined level; or c) both the gauge and the device specified in Items a) and b).

6.5.3 Gauging by means of a dipstick shall not be permitted inside a building. Note: The use of a dipstick to detect water is not considered to be “gauging” in the context of this Clause.

6.5.4 A dipstick opening shall be oil- and water-tight and shall be designed to prevent tampering.

6.5.5 A glass sight gauge or other gauging device that penetrates the tank shell shall not be fitted in a location that can a) permit a discharge of oil from the tank at the normal liquid level within the tank; or b) interfere with the operation of the vent alarm if the gauge is broken.

6.6 Removal or disconnection of appliances 6.6.1 When an oil-burning appliance is removed for the purposes of conversion from oil to another form of energy, the authorized person removing the oil-burning appliance shall a) ensure that all fuel oil is removed and the tank is marked as empty; b) where the tank is located inside a building, remove the fill pipe and either cap or plug the exposed fill pipe opening; c) shut off the tank outlet valve, remove the filter, and plug or cap the outlet valve; d) plug or cap all openings, including the supply or return outlets or inlets in the tank, except for the vent pipe; and

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

63

CSA B139.1.0:19

e)

General requirements for large installations

where the tank is located outdoors, disconnect all exposed piping or tubing and either cap or plug the piping or tubing as close as practicable to the tank.

6.6.2 During the period when an appliance is not connected to an outlet of a fuel oil piping system, the outlet shall be made tight by means of a) a plugged valve; or b) either a cap or plug made of a material compatible with the material of the piping or tubing system.

7 Tanks installed inside buildings — Capacity and protection 7.1 General 7.1.1 Tanks installed inside of buildings or in underground tank vault structures shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 6 and 7 of this Code.

7.1.2 When a tank is not located in an area separated from vehicular movement or is not otherwise protected by its location, the tank, its equipment, and the piping attached to it shall be protected from damage in accordance with good engineering practice. Note: Indoor installations, including parking garages, loading docks, vehicle ramps, etc., and areas where lift trucks and tow motors are used all pose risks due to vehicle impact.

7.2 Tank capacity 7.2.1 Except as required by Clauses 7.2.2 and 7.2.3, capacities of storage and supply tanks installed indoors shall comply with a) Figure 3 a) for tanks with a total capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal) or less; b) Figure 3 b) for tanks installed on the ground storey with an individual tank capacity of 100 000 L (22 000 gal) or less, depending on protection level; c) Figure 3 c) for tanks installed above the ground storey or below the ground storey with an individual tank capacity of 45 000 L (10 000 gal) or less, depending on protection level; or d) Figure 3 d) for tanks installed in dedicated tank buildings or underground tank vaults with an individual tank capacity of 200 000 L (44 000 gal) or less.

7.2.2 The capacity of an auxiliary supply tank, or a group of auxiliary supply tanks, for burners (excluding engines) shall be not more than a) a total of 1135 L (250 gal) when installed on the ground storey; or b) a total of 230 L (50 gal) when installed above or below the ground storey.

7.2.3 The capacity and protection requirements for engine supply tanks located in an engine service room for engines shall comply with CSA B139.1.1. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

64

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

7.2.4 Storage and supply tanks within tank protection levels II, III, IVA, or IVB (see Clause 7.3) shall only be installed in buildings of non-combustible construction in conformance with Division B, Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

65

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 3 a) Tanks 5000 L (1100 gal) or less (See Clause 7.2.1.) Main Supply and Storage Tank

Each tank ≤ 5000 L (1100 gal)?

No

“B”

Continued on figure 3 b)

Yes

Each tank ≤ 2500 L (550 gal)? No Yes

Tanks in Storage Room?

Yes

No Protection Level 0 Required

Protection Level I Required

Tanks installed in Storage Room (s) having a minimum 1 hr FRR (Note 1)

Maximum 2500 L (550 gal) per tank; Maximum 5000 L (1100 gal) aggregate per building

Maximum 5000 L (1100 gal) per tank; Maximum 5000 L (1100 gal) aggregate per Storage Room

Building limited to 5000 L (1100 gal) aggregate

Unlimited building aggregate

Tanks shall be at lowest level in building

Tank Storage Room(s) may be at any level in the building

Notes: 1) Fire protection of storage rooms is not required for this protection level under this Code but might be required under other codes or regulations. 2) See Table 1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

66

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 3 b) Tanks located at ground storey and 100 000 L (22 000 gal) or less (See Clause 7.2.1.)

“B”

Continued from figure 3 a)

Tanks > 5000 L (1100 gal)

Tanks located at Ground Storey?

No

“C”

Continued on figure 3 c) Yes Tank Storage Room(s) shall be located at grade level.

Each tank ≤ 20 000 L (4400 gal)

Each tank ≤ 100 000 L (22 000 gal)

No

No

“D”

Continued on figure 3 d) Yes

Yes

Protection Level II Required

Protection Level III Required

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 2 hr FRR

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 2 hr FRR

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 4 hr FRR

Tanks are Protected Tanks

Maximum 20 000 L (4400 gal) per tank; Maximum 200 000 L (44 000 gal) aggregate per Protected Storage Room

Maximum 100 000 L (22 000 gal) per tank; Maximum 200 000 L (44 000 gal) aggregate per Protected Storage Room

Unlimited building aggregate

Unlimited building aggregate

Note: See Table 1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

67

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 3 c) Tanks located above or below grade level and 45 000 L (9900 gal) or less (See Clause 7.2.1.)

“C”

Tanks are located above the Ground Storey or below the Ground Storey (Note 1)

Continued from figure 3 b) Tank(s) installed in U/G Vault ?

Yes

Continued on figure 3 d)

No

Each tank ≤ 20 000 L (4400 gal)

“E”

No

Each tank ≤ 45 000 L (9900 gal)

Yes

Aggregate ≤ 20 000 L (4400 gal) ? (Note 2)

Stop Not Permitted

No

Stop Not Permitted

Yes

No

Aggregate ≤ 45 000 L (9900 gal) ? (Note 2)

Yes

Yes

Protection Level II Required

Protection Level III Required

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 2 hr FRR

No

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 2 hr FRR

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 4 hr FRR

Tanks are Protected Tanks

Maximum 20 000 L (4400 gal) per tank; Maximum 20 000 L (4400 gal) aggregate per Protected Storage Room

Maximum 45 000 L (9900 gal) per tank; Maximum 45 000 L (9900 gal) aggregate per Protected Storage Room

Unlimited building aggregate

Unlimited building aggregate

Notes: 1) Does not include tanks located on building roofs, balconies, parapets, and similar structures. 2) Aggregate per storage room. 3) See Table 1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

68

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 3 d) Tanks located in fuel buildings or underground tank vaults and 200 000 L (44 000 gal) or less (See Clause 7.2.1.) “D”

Tanks > 100 000 L (22 000 gal) at Ground Level

Tanks > 100 000 L (22 000 gal) below Ground Level

“E”

Continued from Figure 3 b)

Continued from Figure 3 c)

Tanks located in dedicated Tank Building

Tanks located in underground Tank Vault

Protection Level IVA Required

Protection Level IVB Required

Exterior building walls are fire rated unless minimum exposure limiting distances apply

Smoke venting of underground vault required

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 2 hr FRR

Tanks installed in Protected Storage Room(s) having a minimum 4 hr FRR

Tanks are Protected Tanks

Maximum 200 000 L (44 000 gal) per tank; Maximum 200 000 L (44 000 gal) aggregate per Protected Storage Room

Unlimited building aggregate

Note: See Table 1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

69

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

7.3 Tank protection levels Requirements for tank protection levels shall be as described in Table 1.

Table 1 Protection levels (See Clause 7.3 and Figure 3.) Protection level Requirement

0

I

II

III

IVA

IVB

Tank location

Lowest level only

Any

Any*

Any*

Ground storey only

Below ground storey only

Tank secondary containment

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Tanks to be located in storage rooms

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes†

Yes‡

Storage rooms are Protected

No§

No§

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Room leak detection

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Fire detection

No§

No§

No§

Yes

Yes

Yes

Fire-resistant rating of exterior exposing walls

No**

No**

No**

No**

Yes

No

Smoke venting of storage room§, ††

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

* Location restrictions based on tank capacities apply. † Storage rooms in dedicated fuel oil storage building. ‡ Storage rooms located in underground vault. § Item is not required by this Code for this protection level, but might be required under the National Building Code of Canada, National Fire Code of Canada, or provincial regulations. ** Exterior exposing walls might be required to be constructed as rated fire separations unless minimum separation distances apply. See Clause 7.4.3. †† Smoke venting of storage rooms to comply with the requirements for “Smoke Venting as an aid to firefighters” in the National Building Code of Canada.

7.4 Storage rooms 7.4.1 Except as permitted in Clause 7.4.5, tank storage rooms shall be dedicated to housing aboveground storage and supply tanks and related equipment, including fuel pumps, fuel filtration equipment, and electrical control equipment, and shall be used for no other purpose than storage and distribution of combustible liquids in closed processes.

7.4.2 Each tank storage room shall be separated from the rest of the building, including any adjacent tank

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

70

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

storage rooms, by a fire separation having a minimum fire resistance rating (FRR) as required by its protection level, and shall have a) walls constructed of solid masonry units or poured concrete construction; b) the walls bonded to the floor; c) a floor of concrete or other non-combustible construction, and sealed to be resistant to fuel oil; d) at least 600 mm (24 in) clearance around the tank for the purpose of inspection and repair; e) an access opening and self-closing closure that has a fire resistance rating applicable to the fire separation rating in accordance with the requirements of the National Building Code of Canada; f) a non-combustible, liquid-tight sill or ramp to a height corresponding to 10% of the volume of the largest tank in the room and at least 150 mm (6 in) high; and g) walls to the height of the retained oil that are built to withstand the natural pressure due to the liquid head of the retained oil when this height exceeds 150 mm (6 in). Note: Supporting structures such as columns, arches, etc., supporting the roof or floor above the storage room can still require construction with a fire resistance rating in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada.

7.4.3 Tank storage rooms with exterior walls shall be separated from adjacent properties or any building on the same property a) with a minimum distance of 3 m (10 ft) from the exposing wall; or b) the exposing walls shall be constructed as a fire separation having a minimum fire resistance rating as required by its protection level.

7.4.4 Floor drains shall not be installed in tank storage rooms.

7.4.5 Sumps for sanitary drainage or sub-soil drainage and their associated pumps and control system may be located in tank storage rooms, provided that a) the sump is protected by a dike equal in height to that required by Clause 7.4.2 f) which separates the sump from the rest of the room; b) the floor area inside the dike is sealed; c) the edge of the sump projects above the floor a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) and is watertight; and d) an oil detection device is installed inside the sump dike area; it shall provide an alarm to a supervised location. Note: See Figure 4.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

71

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure 4 Sump dike protection (See Clause 7.4.5.)

Containment dike

Concrete or steel sump frame extends 50 mm (2 in) above floor level

Oil detection device

Storage Room Floor

Sump Pit

7.5 Tank secondary containment Where the protection level requires tanks to be provided with secondary containment, each storage or supply tank shall be constructed as either a) double-wall vacuum monitored, and provided with a visual vacuum gauge or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; b) contained type designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and provided with a visual or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; or c) open or closed secondary containment designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and provision for examination or monitoring of the contained space. Note: Tank manufactured in conformity with CAN/ULC-S653 will have a minimum of 110% containment of the tank volume.

7.6 Protected storage rooms Where the protection level requires storage rooms to be protected, each storage room shall be provided with an automatic fire suppression system in accordance with NFPA 13 or NFPA 37; the design requirements in those Standards applicable to engine service rooms shall apply to tank storage rooms.

7.7 Protected tanks Where the protection level requires the use of protected tanks, the tanks shall conform to CAN/ULC-S655.

7.8 Dedicated tank buildings 7.8.1 Dedicated tank storage buildings shall be used for no other purpose than to house aboveground supply or storage tanks and related equipment in protected storage rooms.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

72

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

7.8.2 In addition to the requirements for a protected storage room, each dedicated tank building shall a) be separated from adjacent properties or any building on the same property with a minimum distance of 3 m (10 ft) from any exposing wall; b) be separated from an adjacent fire department access laneway with a minimum distance of 3 m (10 ft); c) have exterior walls constructed as a fire separation rating with a minimum fire resistance rating in accordance with its protection level requirements; d) have roofs constructed as a fire separation rating with a minimum fire resistance rating where required by the provincial building codes or, in their absence, the National Building Code of Canada; and e) have at least two sides of the building and at least two sides of each tank inside the building accessible to firefighters for fire control.

7.9 Underground tank vaults 7.9.1 Underground tank vaults shall be used for no other purpose than to house aboveground supply or storage tanks in protected storage rooms.

7.9.2 In addition to the requirements for a protected storage room, each underground tank vault shall a) have the foundation walls, partition walls, and roof of the vault constructed as a fire separation with a fire resistance rating as required by its protection level; b) have the top of the vault roof be no higher than 300 mm (12 in) above the adjacent exterior grade level, unless the exterior separation distances in accordance with Clause 7.8.2 are met; c) have the roof of the vault designed to be removable and replaceable* to permit replacement of the tanks; d) have no supported or overhanging structures located above the vault; e) be provided with a smoke venting system consisting of passive smoke vents or smoke exhaust fans that can be remotely controlled from outside of the vault;† and f) be provided with access to the vault by means of a stair or multiple stairs constructed as an exit in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada.‡ * To be removable and replaceable only means that as a minimum the roof can be demolished and rebuilt without damage to tanks and equipment located inside the vault. † Refer to the National Building Code of Canada for requirements for smoke venting to aid firefighters. ‡ Multiple exit stairs can be required by the building code, depending on exit travel distances.

7.9.3 The roof of the vault may be designed and constructed as part of a private roadway.

7.9.4 Where multiple vaults are located adjacent to each other, the separating wall shall be a fire separation with a fire resistance rating in accordance with its protection level requirements. Access openings between tank vaults shall be protected with an automatic closure.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

73

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

7.9.5 Where the vault is adjacent to a building, a) the vault walls and foundations shall be independent of the adjacent building foundations and basement walls; and b) there shall be no direct access to the vault from the adjacent basement spaces.

7.9.6 Where the access to the vault is from an adjacent building, the access stairs to the vault shall a) have no other purpose than to access the vault; b) terminate at ground level and exit directly from the building without communicating to the rest of the building; and c) have a vestibule at the bottom of the stairs. Note: The stair might also need to be pressurized in accordance with the requirements of the National Building Code of Canada.

7.9.7 Where the access stair to the vault is separate from any other building, the access door may be a horizontal access door.

7.10 Room leak detection Where the protection level requires storage rooms to have leak detection, the storage room shall be provided with a device to detect oil, and the detection device shall be alarmed and monitored at a supervised location.

7.11 Fire detection Where the protection level requires a storage room to have fire detection, the storage room shall be provided with fire detectors in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada and shall be monitored by either a) a fire alarm system, if the building is provided with one; or b) a supervised location, if the building is not equipped with a fire alarm system. Note: A supervised location can be a building operations office, a security office, or a remote security service, or provided by remote notification to a building operator or owner, but in any case does not require 24 h coverage.

8 Outdoor aboveground fuel oil tanks — Capacity and protection 8.1 General Aboveground supply or storage tanks installed outdoors at ground level and above ground level shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 6 and 8.

8.2 Tanks located above ground level Except as permitted by CSA B139.1.1, supply or storage tanks shall not be installed above ground level outside of a building. Note: “Ground level” means the lowest exit storey of the building, and “above ground level” includes roofs, balconies, parapets, and similar structures.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

74

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

8.3 Tanks located at ground level — Capacity and location 8.3.1 Supply or storage tanks shall be provided with the minimum separation distance to adjacent buildings on the same property and the property line in accordance with Table 2.

Table 2 Separation distances for aboveground tanks (See Clause 8.3.1.) Minimum separation distance from tank shell Maximum individual tank capacity L (gal)

To nearest building on same property m (ft)

To property line m (ft)

2500 (550)

0.1 (0.4)

1.5 (5)

Over 2500 (550) and up to 50 000 (11 000)*

1.5 (5)

3.0 (10)

Over 50 000 (11 000) and up to 250 000 (55 500)

3.0 (10)

3.0 (10)

* Refer to Clause 8.3.2. Note: Separation distances to property line can be subject to greater requirements in accordance with local municipal bylaws.

8.3.2 The minimum separation distance required in Clause 8.3.1 may be reduced to 0.1 m (0.4 ft), provided that the tank conforms to CAN/ULC-S655, except that the separation distance to a property line shall not be less than 0.6 m (2 ft) or as otherwise required by municipal bylaws, whichever is greater.

8.3.3 Supply or storage tanks shall be located a) not less than 3 m (10 ft) from a gasoline, natural gas, or propane dispenser; b) not less than 6 m (20 ft) from natural gas or propane storage equipment; c) not less than 1 m (3 ft) from adjacent flammable or combustible liquid aboveground tanks*; d) where the capacity of a tank is greater than 250 000 L (55 000 gal), such that the minimum distance between every combination of two aboveground supply or storage tanks shall be 0.25 times the sum of their diameters, but shall be not less than 1 m (3 ft); and e) not less than 2 m (7 ft) from adjacent aboveground tanks containing unstable liquids, or 0.5 times the sum of the diameters of the combination of any two or more aboveground tanks where one of the tanks contains unstable liquids, whichever is greater. * This distance does not apply to multiple storage tanks which are interconnected. Note: These distances can be subject to local environmental requirements.

8.3.4 Supply and storage tanks shall be protected from physical damage incidental to outdoor use. Note: Snow, ice, or rain falling from a roof can damage tanks and their connections.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

75

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

8.3.5 Nonmetallic supply tanks shall conform to CAN/ULC-S670.

8.4 Piping 8.4.1 Aboveground outdoor tank piping located below the product level shall be equipped with either a manual or automatic shut-off valve at the supply tank.

8.4.2 Aboveground outdoor piping shall be protected by a pressure-relief device wherever fuel can be contained or trapped due to valve closure. The pressure-relief device discharge may be piped to the opposite side of a valve or piped such that the oil is returned to the tank from which it is drawn. Note: Valves include manual valves, check valves, motorized valves, or other devices that can prevent relief of thermal expansion of oil back to a supply or storage tank.

8.4.3 When any part of the fuel supply line to the burner is located below the highest liquid level of the tank, means shall be provided to prevent siphoning, except where Types 5 and 6 oil are used.

8.5 Fill pipes Fill pipes for aboveground tanks shall be fitted with spill containment devices that conform to CAN/ULC-S663.

8.6 Protection from vehicles 8.6.1 When a tank is not located in an area separated from vehicular movement or is not otherwise protected by its location, the tank, its equipment, and the piping attached to it shall be protected from damage in accordance with good engineering practice by such means as posts or guardrails, as specified in Clauses 8.6.2 to 8.6.4.

8.6.2 Posts used for the protection of a tank shall a) be spaced not more than 1340 mm (53 in) apart, centre to centre; b) be buried not less than 900 mm (36 in) below grade, or below the local frost line, whichever is deeper; c) extend at least 750 mm (30 in) above grade level; and d) be one of the following: i) 100 mm (4 in) capped schedule 40 steel pipe; ii) 100 mm (4 in) × 3 mm (1/8 in) thick, square or round HSS steel tubing filled with concrete; iii) 200 mm (8 in) pressure-treated wood, either square or round; or iv) 150 mm (6 in) minimum dimension reinforced concrete.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

76

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

8.6.3 Guardrails used for the protection of a tank shall be a) steel deep-beam type [300 × 4050 mm (12 × 160 in)] supported by 150 mm (6 in) minimum pressure-treated wooden posts located not more than 1875 mm (74 in) apart, centre to centre, and with the top of the beam not more than 600 mm (24 in) above grade; or b) reinforced concrete barrier type, commonly referred to as the New Jersey Turnpike barrier, not less than 750 mm (30 in) in height and with base dimensions (width and length) not less than 70% of the height.

8.6.4 Posts or guardrails used for the protection of a tank shall be located not less than 1 m (3 ft) from all sides of the tank.

8.7 Tank secondary containment 8.7.1 General Steel supply tanks shall be installed with secondary containment designed for outdoor use in accordance with Clause 8.7.2 or 8.7.3.

8.7.2 Tanks with integral secondary containment 8.7.2.1 Aboveground storage or supply tanks installed outdoors shall be constructed as either a) double-wall vacuum monitored, and provided with a visual vacuum gauge or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; b) contained type designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and provided with a visual or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; or c) open or closed secondary containment designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and provision for examination or monitoring of the contained space. Note: Tank manufactured in conformity with CAN/ULC-S653 will have a minimum of 110% containment of the tank volume.

8.7.2.2 A tank that is constructed in accordance with Clause 8.7.2.1 that exceeds 80 000 L (17 600 gal) shall be a) installed in an external dike in accordance with Clause 8.7.3; or b) provided with additional containment that conforms to the secondary containment requirements of CAN/ULC-S653 and which is provided with closures to prevent the ingress of water, snow or ice into the additional containment.

8.7.3 Tanks contained by external dikes 8.7.3.1 Tanks installed outdoors which are of single wall construction shall be contained by an external dike constructed in accordance with Clause 8.7.3.

8.7.3.2 The distance between an aboveground tank shell and the centreline of a secondary containment dike wall shall be not less than 1.5 m (5 ft). February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

77

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

8.7.3.3 Where a secondary containment area contains only one aboveground tank, the secondary containment area and height shall be of sufficient size to contain a volume of liquid at least 10% greater than the volume of the tank.

8.7.3.4 Where a secondary containment area contains more than one aboveground tank, the secondary containment area and height shall be of sufficient size to contain a volume of liquid not less than the volume of the largest tank plus 10% of the total volume of all the other tanks, or 10% greater than the volume of the largest tank, whichever is greater.

8.7.3.5 The entire floor and walls of every secondary containment shall be constructed and maintained to be liquid-tight for the product being stored to a permeability of not more than 1 × 10–6 cm/s (0.4 × 10–6 in/s) for a minimum period of 72 h and to withstand the full head pressure of product.

8.7.3.6 Secondary containment constructed with concrete barriers shall a) be designed and installed according to good engineering practice to meet the expected loads without fracture; b) have expansion joints located at least every 6 m (20 ft); c) have expansion joints sealed with a sealant that is compatible with the product being stored; and d) be graded to allow collection of liquids.

8.7.3.7 Secondary containment constructed with clay barriers shall be compatible with the product being stored and shall be a) designed according to good engineering practice; b) a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) thick; c) chemically compatible with native or cover soil; d) covered with a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) of material to prevent drying out; and e) graded to allow the collection of liquids.

8.7.3.8 Secondary containment constructed with steel barriers shall a) be designed according to good engineering practice; b) be a minimum of 4.5 mm (0.18 in) thick; c) have corrosion protection designed and be installed under the direction of a corrosion specialist; and d) be sloped to allow the collection of liquids.

8.7.3.9 8.7.3.9.1 Liners conforming to CAN/ULC-S668 and used as part of a secondary containment system constructed in accordance with Clause 8.7.3.9.2 shall be approved.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

78

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

8.7.3.9.2 Secondary containment constructed with a liner shall be constructed in accordance with the written instruction of the liner manufacturer or designated (manufacturer recognized) installer and as follows: a) During installation of the liner, the installer shall test all seams, welds, or joints for discontinuities or voids in the seam. b) All seams shall be tested, numbered, and recorded, identifying seaming techniques. c) The lined area shall incorporate a slope for drainage to a sump facility. d) Liners designed to be buried shall be left in an exposed condition for a limited time only. e) The base under the liner shall be graded and be of clean non-organic material, free of large stones and other protrusions that could damage the liner. f) The lined area shall be well compacted and the ground free of unstable soil. g) The liner shall be oversized to allow for thermal expansion/contraction in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. h) The outer edges shall be anchored or secured. i) Liners shall allow standard cathodic protection systems to remain operationally effective. j) Any punctures or tears shall be repaired and recorded prior to backfilling. k) The installation shall be verified by an engineer and a copy of the verification report provided to the operator of the facility.

8.7.3.10 The walls of every earth secondary containment shall have a flat top at least 600 mm (24 in) wide, a height of at least 600 mm (24 in), and a slope consistent with the angle of repose of the material.

8.7.3.11 The walls of a secondary containment area shall be so designed and constructed that a) except as provided in Item b), they do not exceed an average height of 1.8 m (6 ft) above ground level within the enclosed secondary containment; and b) they may exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) above the ground level within the enclosing secondary containment if acceptable provisions are made to facilitate access to the tank, valves, and other equipment, as well as safe egress from the secondary containment area.

8.7.3.12 When the height or location of secondary containment walls prevents firefighting access to tanks containing flammable liquids or combustible liquids with flashpoints below 60 °C (140 °F), or when the diameter of a tank exceeds 45 m (147 ft), fire-extinguishing measures in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada shall be provided.

8.7.3.13 Where a supply line for a burner is extended beyond a secondary containment area, it shall be provided with the means to prevent fuel oil from siphoning or draining.

8.7.3.14 An opening in the secondary containment bottom or sidewalls for drainage purposes shall not be permitted. Drainage piping shall not travel underneath or through the dike wall.

8.7.3.15 A drainage system shall be installed to a) remove liquid from the secondary containment; and February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

79

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b)

terminate at a location that will not create a hazard to public health or safety by contaminating any potable water source, underground stream, or waterway, or by entering any sanitary storm sewer.

8.7.3.16 Provision shall be made in the design of the drainage system described in Clause 8.7.3.15 to direct the flow of spilled liquids and firefighting water away from buildings, means of egress, fire department access roadways, or valves controlling the flow of flammable or combustible liquids or water supplies for firefighting.

8.7.3.17 Tanks shall be installed to prevent flotation of the tanks due to an accumulation of water in the dike.

8.7.3.18 Controls for the drainage system shall be accessible under fire exposure conditions and located outside the secondary containment area.

9 Underground tanks and piping 9.1 Underground tanks 9.1.1 Underground tanks shall conform to a) CAN/ULC-S603; or b) CAN/ULC-S615.

9.1.2 Underground tanks shall be 360° double-wall containment type and shall be installed a) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions; b) in accordance with this Code; c) by a contractor authorized to perform work as a petroleum mechanic; d) with an internal overfill protection device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S661; and e) with an automatic leak detection system that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.1 or CAN/ULC-S675.2.

9.1.3 An underground tank shall not be installed a) inside or under any building; b) less than 1.5 m (5 ft) from a property line; c) less than 15 m (50 ft) from drilled wells; d) less than 30 m (100 ft) from a dug well or waterway; and e) so that the loads carried by an adjacent building, structure, or foundation within its line of repose can be transmitted to the tank excavation or tank itself.

9.1.4 The excavation for an underground tank shall not disturb the ground beneath any adjacent foundation footing beneath a line running down at an angle of 45° from the outer most edge of the foundation and to the bottom of the excavation, unless an engineered shoring system is provided.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

80

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

9.1.5 An underground tank shall have the greater of a) the following minimum clearances: i) 600 mm (24 in) between adjacent tanks; ii) 1000 mm (39 in) between the side of a tank and a building foundation wall; and iii) 450 mm (18 in) between the side of a tank and the excavation; or b) the clearance requirements in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

9.1.6 An underground tank that is damaged prior to its original installation shall not be installed, or used for storage of a petroleum product, unless the manufacturer confirms in writing to the contractor and the owner or operator of the tank that the tank has been repaired and recertified to the original tank certification.

9.1.7 Where an underground tank is removed, it shall not be relocated or reinstalled.

9.1.8 Prior to the installation of an underground steel tank, the tank shall be inspected, and any damage to the tank coating/cladding or jacketing shall be repaired in accordance with the requirements of CAN/ULC-S603.1.

9.1.9 An underground tank shall be rigged and lowered into an excavation a) in accordance with the tank manufacturer’s written instructions; b) by the use of tank lifting lugs and sling hooks designed for that purpose; c) with spreader bars used as necessary to keep lifting slings away from the tank; and d) without any use of chains or slings around the tank.

9.1.10 Selection and application of bedding, backfill, and cover materials shall be in conformance with the tank manufacturer’s written instructions.

9.1.11 An underground tank and any equipment connected directly to the tank shall be protected from damage from vehicular traffic and loading. Tank equipment connected directly to the tank terminating above grade shall be protected in accordance with Clause 8.

9.1.12 Concrete, asphalt, or any solid surface pavement above an underground tank shall not contact any equipment directly connected to the tank, except in the case of a grade-level spill container that complies with Clause 9.3.2 and that is designed with a system to minimize the transmission of the loading on the tank. Any equipment connected directly to the tank and to be accessed from grade level or terminate above grade shall be contained by an access opening or shall be sleeved so that nothing other than the backfill material of the tank is in contact with it.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

81

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

9.1.13 Every underground tank installation shall have at least one observation well located within 1200 mm (48 in) horizontally from the tank. The observation well shall a) consist of a nonmetallic perforated pipe of a minimum of 100 mm (4 in) in diameter; b) be installed within the backfill material around the tank vertically, and extend down 300 mm (12 in) below the bottom of the tank; c) be accessible from grade level; and d) be enclosed inside a permeable geo-textile sheath.

9.2 Prevention of tank flotation 9.2.1 Where it is known or is discovered during installation that the underground tank will be entirely or partially installed below the top elevation of the water table, a) calculations of the up-lift hydrostatic pressure shall be made based on the highest estimated watertable elevation; and b) the calculations shall be included in the registration documentation of the underground tank in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

9.2.2 If the calculations described in Clause 9.2.1 indicate that the hydrostatic up-lift pressure is such that a tank filled only to 25% of its maximum volume could be displaced, the tank shall be restrained to prevent displacement by either a) the installation of anchor straps attached to a reinforced concrete slab, to anchor weights under the tank, or to ground anchors; or b) the use of a reinforced concrete slab above the tank.

9.2.3 The tank restraints required by Clause 9.2.2 shall be designed to resist the hydrostatic up-lift pressure on the tank when empty.

9.2.4 The tank shall be separated from a concrete slab or anchor weight by a minimum 300 mm (12 in) thick layer of a bedding or backfill material, as recommended by the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

9.2.5 Anchor straps or ground anchors for steel underground tanks shall be a) electrically insulated from the tank; and b) installed in such a manner as to not damage the tank’s protective coating, cladding, or jacketing.

9.2.6 Anchor straps and ground anchors shall a) be tightened by hand in the case of a strap; and b) have load ratings determined in accordance with the loads described in Clause 9.2.1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

82

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

9.2.7 If ballasting the underground tank is to be accomplished with petroleum product, no product shall be placed in the tank until a) a fill pipe and the spill container are installed; b) the overfill protection device is installed at the fill point; c) a vent line of adequate size according to the certification requirements of the tank has been installed; d) any connections to the tank bungs and the associated risers have been tested and documented in accordance with Clause 13.5, except testing shall be performed prior to final back-filling above the top level of the tank; e) all other openings in the tank have been plugged and tested; f) at a minimum, the tank is backfilled to a level even with the top of the tank; and g) the tank has a method of electronically monitoring the product and/or water level in the tank continuously and will provide an alarm if a loss or gain in levels is detected; alternatively, the tank may be manually dipped and water and product levels documented daily.

9.2.8 Where petroleum product is used for ballast in accordance with Clause 9.2.7, while the fuel ballast is in the tank, daily monitoring of the vacuum gauge reading of the interstitial space of the tank or the liquid level in the interstitial space of the tank shall be completed and documented until the permanent leak detection system is in place.

9.3 Fill/dip pipes 9.3.1 The fill pipe for an underground tank shall not be located inside or under any building.

9.3.2 The fill pipe connected to an underground tank shall be fitted with a spill containment device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S664.

9.3.3 A direct fill pipe shall not have any directional changes in it and shall be located vertically above the tank fitting to which it is connected; it shall be fitted with an overfill protection device and a drop tube that is a) cut at a 45° angle at the bottom; and b) of a length that the bottom of the tube is no further than 300 mm (11 in) and no closer than 150 mm (6 in) from the bottom of the tank.

9.3.4 9.3.4.1 A remote fill pipe that is not directly located above the tank fitting that is used as the fill into the tank shall a) be double-wall underground pipe in accordance with Clause 9.7.1.3; b) have a spill containment device, and have the double-wall pipe terminating directly below the spill container and/or at grade;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

83

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

c) d)

e) f)

have piping that is not completely vertical slope toward the tank fitting that is being used as the fill connection; have the tank fitting where the product enters the tank contained within a monitored tank sump and the secondary containment of the remote fill double wall pipe terminate within that monitored tank sump; have a remote fill drop tube in the direct riser to which the remote fill connects with the bottom of the drop tube complying with Clause 9.3.3; and have an internal volume less than 5% of the volume of the tank, unless double-wall vent piping is used and the volume of the vent piping plus 5% of the volume of the tank exceeds the internal volume of the remote fill pipe.

9.3.4.2 Where a secondary direct riser is installed outside of the tank sump in order to allow for manual dipping, it shall a) be a maximum diameter of 50 mm; b) comply with Clauses 9.3.1 and 9.3.2; c) have a spill containment device at the opening that conforms to CAN/ULC-S664; d) be provided with a liquid-tight cap; and e) be marked “Not intended for filling”/“N’est pas destiné au remplissage”.

9.3.4.3 Where a direct riser is connected to a remote fill in accordance with Clause 9.3.4.1 and is used as a manual dip port, it shall have a liquid-tight cap and a check valve to prevent backflow during the filling operation upon activation of the overfill protection device, or otherwise be capped to prevent ease of opening.

9.3.5 Where a remote fill pipe extends above grade level, it shall also comply with Clause 10.1.10 or 10.1.11, as applicable.

9.4 Steel tanks — Corrosion protection 9.4.1 Underground metallic tank systems shall be installed with either a) an impressed-current corrosion protection system that conforms to either NACE SP0169 or NACE SP0285; or b) a corrosion protection system that conforms to CAN/ULC-S603.1.

9.4.2 An impressed-current system for protection against external corrosion shall be designed by a person certified by NACE as a corrosion specialist or by an engineer.

9.4.3 Jacketed tanks that conform to CAN/ULC-S603.1 may be installed without cathodic protection.

9.4.4 Metallic piping or tubing in direct contact with backfill shall be provided with corrosion protection in conformance with CAN/ULC-S603.1 or with an impressed-current cathodic protection system. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

84

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

9.4.5 Where an impressed-current cathodic protection system is installed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1 or 9.4.4, it shall be installed, tested, and verified to be in working order by a NACE-certified cathodic protection technologist or by an engineer.

9.4.6 Records of impressed-current cathodic protection system installation, testing, and verification shall be kept by the owner or operator of the site.

9.4.7 A new underground steel tank system added to an existing system that is already cathodically protected by an impressed-current cathodic protection system shall conform to CAN/ULC-S603, shall be electrically bonded to the impressed-current cathodic protection system, and shall have anodes to protect it.

9.4.8 When an existing underground steel tank system that contains one or more sacrificial-anode-protected tanks is to be upgraded with an impressed-current cathodic protection system, all steel tanks and metallic piping or tubing shall be bonded to the impressed-current cathodic protection system, as described in NACE SP0285.

9.4.9 When a new underground steel tank which conforms to CAN/ULC-S603.1 is installed near an existing unprotected or another certified tank, the new underground tank shall be electrically isolated from all new and existing tanks, piping, electrical conduit, and other electrically conductive material.

9.4.10 Impressed current shall be interlocked in such a manner that if the impressed-current cathodic protection system is turned off or bypassed, an audible and visible alarm will be turned on to alert the owner or operator to the situation. Alarms shall be located in a place where they can be readily heard and seen by the owner or operator of the underground tank system.

9.4.11 Impressed-current cathodic protection systems shall be equipped with a system to record the total length of time, over a two-year period, that the impressed-current corrosion protection system was turned off or bypassed.

9.4.12 Cathodically-protected steel tanks shall be installed with a) corrosion protection monitoring test wires brought to the surface and fastened at an accessible location; or b) a permanent reference electrode and cathodic protection remote monitoring device.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

85

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

9.5 Leak detection — Tanks 9.5.1 All double-wall tanks shall have continuous positive leak detection of the interstitial space of the tank; acceptable methods include vacuum or liquid level monitoring to be installed according to the tank manufacturer’s specifications and satisfying the following requirements: a) for vacuum monitoring of the interstitial space, i) a vacuum of at least 42 kPa shall be monitored by a leak detection system that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.2; ii) a means shall be provided to monitor an electrical short or a disconnection in the vacuum switch; iii) the vacuum monitoring system shall be equipped with a readily accessible and visible vacuum gauge; and iv) the tank interstitial space vacuum shall be verified on an annual basis; or b) for liquid monitoring of the interstitial space, i) the leak detection system shall conform to either CAN/ULC-S675.1 or CAN/ULC-S675.2; ii) leak detection sensors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s certified installation instructions using the appropriate liquid solution and associated leak detection system; iii) dual sensors shall be installed at high-water-level locations; and iv) the liquid monitoring system shall be verified on an annual basis in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

9.5.2 The interstitial space leak detection systems shall be electrically interlocked in such a manner that when a leak is detected or the sensor or wiring is disconnected or fails, an audible and visual alarm shall be activated at a supervised location.

9.5.3 A device shall be installed in an underground tank to measure the level of water in the tank and shall notify the owner or operator if the water level reaches 50 mm (2 in). The water shall then be immediately removed from the tank.

9.5.4 Commissioning testing of the tank system, consisting of the tank, venting, and all risers off the tank, except for the product transfer piping (unless it is a siphon line joining underground tanks), shall take place after backfill and surfacing have been completed over the tank and venting lines, but before the tank or system is put into service. Such equipment and piping shall be pneumatically pressure tested to 35 kPa (5 psi) with nitrogen and be monitored for 2 h with a gauge capable of measuring to 0.5 kPa; any loss in pressure shall be investigated and the affected element repaired until the pressure is maintained at the same level for the full 2 h.

9.6 Tank venting 9.6.1 Piping for underground vent pipes shall comply with Clause 9.7. Aboveground vent pipes shall comply with Clause 5.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

86

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

9.6.2 An underground tank shall be vented in accordance with the requirements of its certification.

9.6.3 Where underground vent piping comes within 460 mm (18 in) of grade, a) it shall transition to a minimum of schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or schedule 10 stainless steel pipe; b) if the steel pipe specified in Item a) connects to rigid underground vent piping, the connection shall be made with swing joints; c) the portion of the steel piping located below grade shall be wrapped in a corrosion-resistant tape that conforms to NACE SP0375, for use on underground piping and in accordance with manufacturer specifications; and d) the steel vent pipe shall extend vertically above grade.

9.6.4 The vent shall be provided with a weatherproof hood or vent cap having a free open area at least equal to the cross-sectional open area of the vent pipe. The vent hood or cap shall prevent ingress of foreign objects and blockage by ice build-up. Note: A normal vent pipe where the opening faces downward without a vent cap does not meet this requirement.

9.6.5 Each underground tank, and each compartment of an underground tank with multiple compartments, shall be vented to atmosphere and the vent shall not be connected to more than one tank, or compartment, unless it is of a diameter that allows the vapours from the various tanks and compartments to be purged without causing the allowable stress of each tank to be exceeded. Only underground tank vent pipes installed in accordance with this Code may be manifolded into a common vent.

9.6.6 Vent pipes shall a) terminate at least 2 m (6.6 ft) above grade; b) be provided with the clearances in accordance with Clause 10.5.1.8; and c) where located more than 1 m (3 ft) away from a building, terminate at a minimum of 3 m (10 ft) above grade.

9.6.7 Vent piping shall slope back to the tank with a minimum slope of 1% and be installed without traps that can collect liquids.

9.6.8 Vent risers off the tank shall not terminate more than 25 mm (1 in) below the bottom of the tank fitting on the tank to ensure proper venting of the tank ullage space when the tank is full.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

87

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

9.7 Underground piping and sumps 9.7.1 Piping 9.7.1.1 Underground product transfer and vent piping shall conform to CAN/ULC-S679 for metallic and nonmetallic underground piping.

9.7.1.2 Underground piping systems shall be installed by contractors trained in the certified manufacturer’s installation procedures.

9.7.1.3 Underground product transfer piping shall be a) installed with double-wall secondary containment; and b) equipped with a means of detecting a leak from the primary pipe or tube that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.2; if a leak is detected, an alarm shall be annunciated at a supervised location. Note: Product transfer piping includes tank fill piping, suction piping, and overflow/return piping from the appliances or fuel distribution system, but does not include tank vent piping.

9.7.1.4 Underground piping used as siphon product transfer piping joining multiple underground tanks shall be installed in accordance with Clause 9.7.1.3, and each tank connection shall terminate inside monitored tank sumps.

9.7.1.5 Double-wall secondary containment and leak detection shall not be required for underground vent piping.

9.7.1.6 The operating pressure of underground piping systems shall not exceed the pressure ratings of the material.

9.7.1.7 Flexible connectors shall not be used on underground fuel or vent piping unless they are a) contained within a monitored sump; b) installed according to manufacturer’s instructions; and c) of all-metal construction (no nonmetallic product liner).

9.7.1.8 All piping, except vent piping, connected to an underground tank that drops below the highest liquid level of the supplying tank anywhere along its length shall be protected with an anti-siphon device.

9.7.1.9 Underground piping connected to an underground tank shall be connected to the top of the underground tank and shall be so installed that the underground piping is a) without pockets; and

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

88

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b)

except as permitted by Clause 9.7.1.10, sloped toward the tank with a minimum slope of 1% .

9.7.1.10 Where underground piping enters a building and is the low point in the underground piping, the underground piping shall be sloped toward the building with a minimum slope of 1%, and the portion of the underground piping located inside the building shall terminate inside an accessible sump. The sump required in this Clause may also serve the requirement of Clause 9.7.1.11 e), provided that it is constructed from fire-resistant materials.

9.7.1.11 Where underground piping from a tank fill point to an indoor tank, or a supply or storage tank vent piping, passes through a building foundation wall, piping shall a) not come into contact with concrete; b) pass through an opening a minimum of 25 mm (1 in) larger in diameter than the pipe; c) be centred in the opening; d) have the annulus between the piping and the opening sealed watertight; and e) be provided with a containment sump inside the building to contain the transition fitting and be provided with a leak detection device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.2. Notes: 1) See Figure 5. 2) See also Clauses 9.7.4.6 and 9.7.4.7 where an exterior transition sump may be used outside of the building.

Figure 5 Underground piping passing through a foundation wall (See Clause 9.7.1.11.) Foundation wall sleeve

Underground piping

Aboveground piping

Transition sump if piping drains into building Nonmetallic underground piping located inside of building protected from fire exposure

9.7.1.12 Underground piping systems shall be tested for leaks in accordance with Clause 13.3 before being covered.

9.7.1.13 Where nonmetallic underground piping passes through a building foundation wall, the portion of the piping inside the building shall be protected in accordance with the following measures: a) The building or the portion of the building where the pipe penetration is located is provided with an automatic fire protection sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

89

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b) c)

The length of nonmetallic piping inside the building is limited to 300 mm (12 in). The transition sump required by Clause 9.7.1.11 e) and the nonmetallic piping is protected from exposure to fire inside the building by a steel encasement and a material having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1 h.

9.7.2 Fittings and joints 9.7.2.1 Underground piping systems shall be joined or connected by adhesive joints, threading, flanged connectors, or other approved joining methods, all in accordance with the underground piping system manufacturer’s listing requirements.

9.7.2.2 Only steel pipe adaptor fittings for underground piping that comply with the underground piping system listing requirements shall be used to connect steel piping to underground piping.

9.7.2.3 Where steel pipe fittings other than steel pipe adaptor fittings that comply with Clause 9.7.2.2 are used below grade in a transition sump, they shall a) have a minimum pressure rating of 1034 kPa (150 psi) at the oil operating temperature; and b) comply with Clause 5.2.2.

9.7.2.4 Where steel pipe fittings, including steel pipe adapter fittings, are installed below grade, they shall be installed in a sump in accordance with Clause 9.7.4.

9.7.2.5 Swing joints of the type using threaded elbows in conjunction with a threaded nipple shall not be used.

9.7.2.6 Threaded joints shall be made using a joint compound or tape conforming to CAN/ULC-S642 with rated service pressures, fitting size limits, and liquid types suitable for the intended use. Gaskets shall be resistant to the liquid being carried under all operating conditions.

9.7.3 Protection of underground piping 9.7.3.1 Fuel oil piping shall be installed so that it is protected against a) expansion, contraction, vibration, and settling; b) stresses from buildings, structures, or vehicular traffic; and c) stresses caused by temperature variations.

9.7.3.2 Piping or tubing shall be located not less than 400 mm (16 in) underground and not less than 600 mm (24 in) under a commercial driveway or parking lot, except when it rises above grade at the point of supply to either a building or an outdoor appliance. Additional depth of cover shall be provided where the piping or tubing is located in areas where physical damage is likely to occur.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

90

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

9.7.3.3 Underground piping shall not pass below a foundation wall or under a building.

9.7.3.4 When piping or tubing is laid under a pavement and an entry to a building is made above the ground level, a sleeve shall be inserted to protect the piping or tubing where it comes through the pavement so as to permit free movement of the soil and covering without placing strain on the piping or tubing.

9.7.3.5 A trench for underground piping shall be properly graded to prevent sagging in the piping.

9.7.3.6 Bedding material for underground piping shall be installed in accordance with the piping manufacturer’s instructions.

9.7.3.7 Where metallic pipe is installed underground and is not installed in a sump, as permitted by this Code, the metallic piping, couplings, valves, flanges, and bolts shall be provided with a corrosion protection system that is a) an impressed-current protection system that conforms to NACE SP0169; or b) a cathodic protection system in conformance with CAN/ULC-S603.1.* * Heat-shrinkable plastic pipe tape is not considered to be a cathodic protection system.

9.7.4 Sumps 9.7.4.1 Underground sumps shall conform to CAN/ULC-S664.

9.7.4.2 To facilitate the detection and removal of fuel oil due to leaks in an underground product transfer piping system, at least one containment sump shall be located at the lowest level of the piping or tubing run. The sump shall be designed for access at the ground level.

9.7.4.3 Underground tanks shall be fitted with a minimum of one tank sump. Multi-compartment tanks shall have one tank sump for each compartment.

9.7.4.4 Underground piping shall connect to the tank inside a monitored sump.

9.7.4.5 The secondary containment of the underground product transfer piping shall terminate within the monitored tank sump and allow for free drainage of the interstitial space of the pipe into the tank sump.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

91

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

9.7.4.6 Where underground product transfer piping transitions to aboveground piping outside of a building, the following shall apply: a) The underground product transfer piping shall terminate in a transition sump equipped with a leak detection device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.2. b) The transition sump shall have a method for visual inspection without dismantling of piping system or loosening of entry boots. c) The secondary containment of the product transfer piping shall terminate within the monitored transition sump and allow for free drainage of the interstitial space of the pipe into the transition sump.

9.7.4.7 The piping leaving the transition sump required by Clause 9.7.4.6 shall a) be located completely above grade; or b) directly enter a building through a building foundation wall and comply with Clause 9.7.1.11 a), b), c), and d), and it shall maintain a secondary containment system for any underground portion. Note: Refer to Figure 6.

Figure 6 Transition from underground to aboveground piping (See Clause 9.7.4.7.) Aboveground piping

Transition Sump

Aboveground piping Underground piping Entry boot fitting

Transition Sump Transition Fitting

Transition to Aboveground Piping (above grade level) Clause 9.7.4.7 a)

Underground piping

Foundation wall sleeve

Entry boot fitting

Transition to Aboveground Piping (through foundation wall) Clause 9.7.4.7 b)

9.7.4.8 Piping entries into sumps shall be through entry boot fittings in accordance with the requirements of the sump manufacturer.

9.7.4.9 Sumps shall be monitored by a leak detection device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S675.2 and that is electrically interlocked so that in the event of a leak, a failure of the sensor, or a failure of the electrical power supply, it shall cause an audible and visual alarm located in an area that can be readily heard and seen in a supervised location.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

92

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

9.8 Addition or removal of tanks 9.8.1 Where an underground tank is added to or removed from an existing underground tank installation, adequate precautions shall be taken to ensure that a) it does not impair the stability of the existing tanks; and b) no damage is caused to the existing tanks.

9.8.2 Prior to the installation or removal of an underground tank where existing underground steel tanks exist, a NACE-certified cathodic protection specialist or an engineer shall confirm in writing to the owner or operator of the existing underground steel tanks that a) the work will not impair existing tank corrosion protection systems; and b) the existing tank corrosion protection systems will not impair the additional tank’s corrosion protection system, if one is necessary.

10 Tank connections 10.1 Supply tank fill pipe 10.1.1 All tanks shall be provided with a fill opening or a fill pipe. The fill pipe material shall comply with Clause 5. Fill pipe openings on all tanks shall not be located higher than 4 m (13 ft) above the bottom of the storage or supply tank, unless the tank is in compliance with Clause 6.2.2.2. Note: See Annex I for recommendations on filling operations.

10.1.2 Each fill opening and each entry to a fill pipe shall be a) provided with a weather-tight cover designed to discourage tampering; and b) installed in a spill containment device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S663 or CAN/ULC-S664.

10.1.3 Fuel oil tanks shall be equipped with an overfill protection device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S661, unless the level of fuel oil in the tanks can be visually determined at the fill pipe opening during filling.

10.1.4 Except when installed in accordance with Clause 10.1.5, fill pipes on storage and supply tanks shall be installed a) to drain toward the tank (minimum slope of 2%); and b) without sags or traps in which liquid can collect.

10.1.5 Where pressurized fill is used, the fill pipe may rise above the level of the supply tank to which it is connected and is not required to drain to the tank, provided that a) the delivery hose connection fitting on the fill pipe is provided with a positive shut-off springoperated check valve which is opened by a hose adaptor release handle for tight-fill installations;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

93

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b) c)

a manual shut-off valve is installed immediately downstream of the connection fitting and is in sight of the fuel delivery operator; and a means to prevent siphoning is provided in the fuel drop tube inside the tank.

10.1.6 A fill opening and an entry to a fill pipe shall be sized and located to permit ready filling of the storage or supply tank in a manner that will avoid spillage. The fill pipe shall be designed and installed in such a manner as to ensure the transfer of fuel to the tank without flow restriction and to avoid spillage.

10.1.7 Where a valve is installed in the fill pipe, the fill pipe shall be a tight-fill installation, and the valve shall a) be installed so that it is visible and readily accessible from the fill opening; or b) be provided with electric position switches and a visual indication panel at the filling opening that shall indicate the valve’s open and closed positions.

10.1.8 A supply tank, except an integral supply tank certified as part of the appliance, or an auxiliary supply tank, shall be provided with a fill pipe not less than 50 mm (2 in) in diameter. Note: Larger-capacity tanks may be provided with larger fill pipes to reduce the filling time.

10.1.9 The entry to the fill pipe shall be located outside the building at an elevation lower than the termination of the vent pipe from the tank served by the fill pipe (see Clause 10.5.1.6).

10.1.10 A fill pipe with an entry adjacent to a building shall be installed so that the opening is a) close to the wall; b) not less than 600 mm (2 ft) from i) any operable window; ii) any other building openings; and iii) the vertical projection of any window or building opening that is at a lower elevation than the entry to the fill pipe; c) not less than 1 m (3 ft) above the ground level; and d) not less than 1.5 m (5 ft) from a building exit or an external building fire escape stair. Note: “Adjacent to a building” means within 600 mm (2 ft) of the building.

10.1.11 A fill pipe with an entry remote from a building shall be installed so that the opening is a) not less than 1 m (3 ft) above the ground level; and b) protected in accordance with Clause 10.1.2. Note: “Remote from a building” means more than 600 mm (2 ft) from a building.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

94

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

10.1.12 Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 10.1.9, where a fill pipe is recessed into the façade of a building: a) the recess shall be i) no larger than necessary to install 1) the spill containment device required by Clause 10.1.2; 2) the tank vent(s), if so located, in accordance with Clause 10.5.1.12; and 3) a gas service regulator and/or gas meter in accordance with CSA B149.1; and ii) not used for any other purpose; b) the front of the recess shall be i) located in the plane of the building face; or ii) at an angle up to 90° normal to the plane of the building face. In this case, the recess shall not extend further than 1800 mm (6 ft) from the building face, and the recess space shall have no doors, windows, or other building openings communicating to the building’s interior; c) the building façade, including the air barrier, vapour barrier, rain barrier, and thermal control systems shall form the side and back walls and the top of the recess; d) the floor of the recess is liquid tight to a minimum height of 200 mm (8 in) above the floor; e) the floor level of the recess is a minimum of 150 mm (6 in) above the adjacent outdoor grade level and the floor continuously slopes to the outdoors; f) there shall be no building element such as a door sill, ramp, or curb at the recess floor level which could impede the movement of combustible vapours from the recess to the outdoors; g) if a door, screen, or similar element is installed in front of the recess, i) it shall have a minimum free area opening 1) of 0.025 m2 (0.25 ft2) located at the bottom of the element; or 2) as required by Clause 10.5.1.9, whichever is greater; and ii) there shall be a minimum 25 mm (1 in) undercut on the bottom of the element; and h) the fill pipe shall be provided with i) a tight-fill connection* to prevent open filling ; and ii) a label adjacent to the fill point stating that the fuel delivery shall be by tight-fill only. * The tight-fill connection between the fill pipe and the delivery hose at the fill point is used to prevent any spillage during a fill.

10.2 Common fill pipe for multiple aboveground supply tanks 10.2.1 Multiple supply tanks may be filled from a common fill pipe in accordance with Clause 10.2.2, 10.2.3, or 10.2.4.

10.2.2 Where two supply tanks with a total capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) or less are interconnected at their ends or bottoms, a) the two tanks shall be mounted on a common installation pad foundation; b) the tops of the two tanks shall be at the same elevation; c) the fill pipe shall be connected to one tank only, unless otherwise certified; d) an overfill protection device in accordance with Clause 10.1.3 shall be installed on the tank to which the fill pipe is connected; e) the size of the connecting pipe between the tank ends or bottoms shall be at least the size of the fill pipe;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

95

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

f) g)

each tank shall be individually vented from the top; and where individual vents are to be joined to a common vent pipe, i) they shall do so through a vent manifold pipe located at an elevation above that of the entry of each fill pipe to an individual tank; and ii) each tank’s vent pipe shall be at least equal to the tank vent connection fitting in size, and the common vent pipe and manifold shall have a cross-sectional area at least equal to the sum of the tank vent areas or as supplied by the multiple tank system manufacturer or as designed by an engineer.

10.2.3 Two tanks with a total capacity greater than 2500 L (550 gal) may be filled from a common fill pipe, provided that a) the tanks are connected by a siphon pipe to transfer oil from the fill tank to the appliance tank; b) the tanks are of the same size and installed at the same level; c) the invert of the siphon pipe does not extend higher than 150 mm (6 in) above the top of the tanks; d) the appliance supply connection is made to the tank which is not the fill tank; e) an oil return line connects to the tank which is not the fill tank; and f) each tank is individually vented from the top.

10.2.4 Two or more aboveground supply tanks with a total capacity greater than 2500 L (550 gal) may be filled from a common fill pipe, provided that a) each tank is equipped with a motorized control valve that takes at least 5 s to close; b) the motorized control valve begins to close when the tank is filled to not more than 90% tank volume; c) each motorized control valve is electrically supervised to prove when it is open and closed; d) an indicating device is installed at the fill-point connection to indicate when the valves are proved open or closed and in their correct position; e) a tight-fill connection is used; f) the fill pipe is designed to be drained to the tanks after completion of filling operations, unless the fill pipe complies with Clause 10.1.5; g) there is sufficient tank ullage to accommodate draining of the fill pipe where necessary; and h) each tank is provided with i) an overfill audible or visual alarm, or both, located at the tank fill-connection point, set to alarm at 90% tank volume; and ii) a mechanical overfill shut-off valve that closes at 95% tank level.

10.3 Auxiliary supply tank fill pipe 10.3.1 An auxiliary supply tank shall be equipped with a level control device that a) when the fuel level in the tank reaches not more than 90% of the auxiliary supply tank’s maximum fuel storage capacity, results in either i) the fill line pumps being shut off; or ii) the closing of an automatic valve installed on the fill line to the tank; the automatic valve shall fail close on loss of power or control signal; and

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

96

CSA B139.1.0:19

b)

General requirements for large installations

except where permitted by Clause 10.3.4, is equipped with a separate circuit that, when the fuel level in the tank reaches not more than 95% of the tank’s maximum fuel storage capacity, results in either i) the fill line pumps being shut off and an alarm to annunciate; or ii) the automatic valve required in Item a) ii) to close and an alarm to annunciate.

Notes: 1) This requirement is not meant to prevent operating the auxiliary tank in a continuous overflow condition, provided that the overflow is set at a lower tank level than 90% and the tank venting requirements are met. 2) See Clause 10.6.3.2 for additional level control when venting an auxiliary supply tank directly to atmosphere.

10.3.2 Except where permitted by Clause 10.3.3, where a supply line to an auxiliary supply tank is located below the highest liquid level in the main supply tank, the auxiliary supply tank shall be filled through the top by a pump that transfers the fuel oil from the top draw connection of the main supply tank through a continuous pipeline. An anti-siphon valve that conforms to ULC/ORD-C842 shall be installed to prevent siphoning of the main supply tank. Any other siphon protection system shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for approval. Note: Clause 6.6.3 b), c), d) and e) of CSA B139.1.1 provides examples of siphon protection systems that the reader should consider when submitting a design to the authority having jurisdiction for approval.

10.3.3 Where an auxiliary supply tank is located below the level of its associated bottom connected main supply tank, where the main supply tank does not exceed an aggregate capacity of 2500 L (550 gal), the fuel transfer line shall be equipped with a normally closed fail safe automatic valve that will open only when the pump is in operation.

10.3.4 Where an auxiliary supply tank is vented to the atmosphere in accordance with Clause 10.6.3, the requirements of Clause 10.3.1 b) are deemed to be met if a separate level control device is installed in the vent pipe, provided that its installation complies with Clause 10.6.3.4.

10.3.5 Where an auxiliary supply tank is equipped with a drop tube on the fuel supply line to the tank, the fuel supply line shall be equipped with an anti-siphon device or method to prevent siphoning of the fuel from the auxiliary supply tank in the event a leak occurs in the fuel supply line. Note: A minimum 6 mm (1/4 in) diameter hole located at the top of the drop tube and within the ullage space of the auxiliary supply tank is considered to be an acceptable anti-siphon method.

10.4 Appliance supply pipe for connected tanks greater than 2500 L (550 gal) When the total capacity of the tanks connected to one supply line exceeds 2500 L (550 gal), the following shall apply: a) All connections for the transfer of oil to and from the consuming appliance shall be situated at the top of the tanks. b) Transfer shall be by pump only. c) Means shall be provided to prevent siphoning through the line to the consuming appliance, except where oil Types No. 5 and 6 are used.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

97

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.5 Tank venting 10.5.1 General 10.5.1.1 Tanks shall be vented in accordance with Clause 10.5, except where otherwise required by the tank manufacturer’s instructions or recommendations and the standard to which they are certified.

10.5.1.2 Each tank shall be provided with means for venting, and the piping for the venting of the tank shall meet the requirements of Clause 5. Except where the tank installation is in compliance with Clause 10.5.1.3, vent pipe termination points on supply tanks shall not be located higher than a) 4.15 m (13-1/2 ft) above the bottom of the tank; or b) 7 m (23 ft) above the bottom of the tank, where pressure ratings of components and fittings connected to the tank have a minimum rating of 70 kPa (10 psig).

10.5.1.3 Where the top of the fill pipe or vent pipe is located more than 7 m (23 ft) above the bottom of the tank, the following shall apply: a) The tank shall be i) designed for the higher pressure by an engineer in accordance with CSA B51 or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and shall otherwise conform to CAN/ULC-S601 or CAN/ULC-S602 as applicable; or ii) equipped with a 90% overfill alarm and a 95% positive shut-off device, and be designed for tight-fill delivery. b) Any openings in the primary tank shall be located above the highest liquid level. c) Any devices and connections attached to the primary tank shall be rated for a minimum operating pressure equal to the static head imposed on the tank if the vent was filled with oil. d) The tank, vent, and devices mounted on the primary tank shall be pneumatically pressure tested as follows: i) for tanks installed in accordance with Item a) i), to at least the equivalent static pressure imposed on the tank if the vent were filled with oil, and a record of the pressure test shall be retained at the site by the owner; or ii) for tanks installed to Item a) ii), to at least 50 kPa (7.3 psi) without loss of pressure, and a record of the pressure test shall be retained at the site by the owner*. * For a tank installed to Item a) ii), a purchaser of a tank certified to Standards specified in this Code should confirm with the manufacturer of the tank that the tank is capable of withstanding the test pressure required by Item d) ii) or such higher test pressure as the purchaser wishes to apply to the tank.

10.5.1.4 The tank vent pipe size shall not be less than the tank vent fitting size.

10.5.1.5 Vent pipes shall be installed a) to drain toward the tank with a minimum slope of 2%; and b) without sags or traps in which liquid can collect.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

98

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.5.1.6 The lower end of the vent pipe shall a) be connected at the top of the tank; and b) not extend into the tank more than 25 mm (1 in).

10.5.1.7 A vent pipe shall terminate at an elevation at least 150 mm (6 in) above the entry to the fill pipe. The outlet shall be provided with a weatherproof hood or vent cap having a free open area at least equal to the cross-sectional open area of the vent pipe. The vent hood or cap shall prevent ingress of foreign objects and blockage by ice build-up. Note: A normal vent pipe where the opening faces downward without a vent cap does not meet this requirement.

10.5.1.8 A vent pipe that terminates adjacent to a building shall be installed so that the termination point is a) close to the wall; b) sufficiently high to clear local typical ground snow accumulation; and c) not less than 600 mm (2 ft) from i) any operable window; ii) any other building openings; and iii) the vertical projection of any window or building opening that is at a lower elevation than the termination of the vent pipe.

10.5.1.9 Where a vent pipe termination is recessed into the façade of a building a) the recess shall comply with Clause 10.1.12; and b) if a door, screen, or similar element is installed in front of the recess, it shall i) have a minimum open area not less than ten times the open area of the normal and emergency vents, or combined normal and emergency vents; and ii) have at least 50% of the open area located at the bottom of the element.

10.5.1.10 A vent pipe shall be installed so that the termination point is sufficiently close to the fill pipe opening to allow the vent whistle to be clearly audible to the person filling the supply or storage tank, and not more than 1 m (39 in) horizontally, unless an alternative overfill protection device has been installed in accordance with Clause 10.1.3. Note: See Annex I for filling operation recommendations.

10.5.1.11 Vent pipes shall not be cross-connected with fill pipes or with fuel oil return lines from burners.

10.5.1.12 Venting of auxiliary supply tanks shall also comply with the requirements of Clause 10.6.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

99

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.5.2 Venting of tanks installed indoors 10.5.2.1 When installed inside a building, an engine enclosure, shed, or other type of permanent housing, a tank, except an integral supply tank certified as part of the appliance, shall be equipped so that the normal and emergency vents, or combined normal and emergency vents are suitably piped to the outdoors.

10.5.2.2 For tanks provided with secondary containment, where the secondary enclosure is provided with an emergency vent, the secondary containment emergency vent is not required to terminate to the outdoors.

10.5.2.3 The height and equivalent length of the normal vent shall not cause the pressure at the bottom of the supply or storage tank to exceed 70 kPa (10 psi) due to oil flow in the normal vent pipe as a result of overfilling the tank. The maximum height at the maximum equivalent length of the normal vent shall not exceed a) the values in accordance with i) Table 3 a) for tank capacities up to 2500 L (550 gal) that have combined normal and emergency vents; or ii) Table 3 b) for tank capacities up to 15 000 L (3300 gal) and equipped with a normal vent size of NPS 2; or b) a height of 7 m (23 ft) and length of 365 m (1198 ft) for tanks, such as CAN/ULC-S601, with capacities greater than 15 000 L (3300 gal) equipped with a normal vent size of NPS 3 and a separate emergency vent sized in accordance with Clause 10.5.2.4. Note: See Annex F regarding the calculation method for equivalent length of fittings.

Table 3 a) Normal vent maximum equivalent length for tank capacities up to 2500 L (550 gal) with combined normal and emergency vents (See Clause 10.5.2.3.) Combined normal and emergency vent pipe size, NPS Vent height, m (ft)

2

2.5

3

4

7 (22.9)

Maximum equivalent pipe length, m (ft) — 10.4 (34.2) 30.2 (99)

113 (372)

6 (19.6)

12.5 (41.0)

30.2 (99)

87.7 (287)

328 (1078)

5 (16.4)

20.7 (67.9)

49.9 (163)

145 (475)

DE

4 (13.1)

28.9 (94.8)

69.7 (228)

202 (664)

DE

3 (9.8)

37.1 (121)

89.4 (293)

259 (852)

DE (Continued)

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

100

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 3 a) (Concluded) Combined normal and emergency vent pipe size, NPS Vent height, m (ft)

2

2.5

3

4

2 (6.5)

45.3 (148)

109 (358)

317 (1041)

DE

1 (3.2)

53.4 (175)

129 (423)

DE

DE

Maximum equivalent pipe length, m (ft)

Notes: 1) This Table applies to tanks that use a combined normal and emergency vent such as tanks built to CAN/ULC-S602. 2) Vent height is measured from the bottom of the tank. 3) Equivalent pipe length identified as “DE” shall be designed by an engineer. 4) See Annex F.

Table 3 b) Normal vent maximum equivalent length for tank capacities up to 15 000 L (3300 gal) and normal vent size of NPS 2 (See Clause 10.5.2.3.) Emergency vent pipe size, NPS 3

4

≥6

Vent height, m (ft)

Maximum equivalent pipe length, m (ft) For normal vent size NPS 2

7 (22.9)

49.7 (163)

143 (471)

DE

6 (19.6)

144 (473)

415 (1364)

DE

5 (16.4)

238 (783)

DE

DE

4 (13.1)

333 (1092)

DE

DE

3 (9.8)

DE

DE

DE

2 (6.5)

DE

DE

DE

1 (3.2)

DE

DE

DE

Notes: 1) This Table applies to tanks that use separate normal and emergency vent such as tanks built to CAN/ULC-S601. 2) Vent height is measured from the bottom of the tank. 3) The maximum equivalent length of an NPS 2 normal vent is dependent on the size of the emergency vent. This Table assumes the run length of the emergency vent is approximately the same as the run length of the normal vent. 4) Equivalent pipe length identified as “DE” shall be designed by an engineer. 5) See Annex F.

10.5.2.4 Tank emergency vent sizes for horizontal and rectangular tanks shall be increased in size based on total equivalent vent length in accordance with Table 4. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

101

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 4 Tank emergency vent size based on equivalent length for horizontal and rectangular tanks (See Clauses 10.5.2.4, 10.5.2.6, and 10.5.3.2.) a) Metric Emergency vent size§ NPS 2

490

Normal vent size, NPS —

4

6

8

10

51.3

131.7

403.1

—

—

—

—

460

775

—

18.8

51.8

165

—

—

—

—

700

965

—

10.9

32.1

106

437

—

—

—

1200

1400

—

12.8

47

208

1600

—

—

2

3.1 —

1500

2029

42

136

930

—

—

2846

2

—

17.8 —

2500

67

480

—

—

5000

4514

2

—

—

18.9 —

189

800

—

10 000

6558

2

—

—

—

22.4 —

84

378

1130

15 000

7623

2

—

—

—

—

59

278

840

—

—

—

205

600

156

469

Tank volume, L

Vent rate, * m3/h

250

2-1/2

3

Equivalent length,†‡ m

25 000

9259

3

—

35 000

10 510

3

—

—

—

—

47 —

50 000

12 035

3

—

—

—

—

—

115

355

75 000

14 020

3

—

—

—

—

—

80

257

—

—

—

—

66

217 195

100 000

15 148

3

—

125 000

15 932

3

—

—

—

—

—

150 000

16 604

3

—

—

—

—

—

57 —

175 000

17 191

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

164

200 000

17 721

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

156

4

6

8

10

177

b) Imperial Emergency vent size§ NPS 2

289

Normal vent size, NPS —

168

432

1322

—

—

—

—

102

457

—

61

169

541

—

—

—

—

155

569

—

35

105

347

1433

—

—

—

Tank volume, gal

Vent rate,* ft3/min

55

2-1/2

3

Equivalent length,†‡ ft

(Continued) February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

102

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 4 (Concluded) b) Imperial Emergency vent size§ NPS 2

Tank volume, gal

Vent rate,* ft3/min

266

825

Normal vent size, NPS —

333

1195

2

10 —

555

1676

2

1111

2658

2222

2-1/2

3

4

6

8

10

Equivalent length,†‡ ft 41

154

682

5249

—

—

137

446

3051

—

—

—

58 —

219

1574

—

—

2

—

—

62 —

620

2624

—

3861

2

—

—

—

73 —

275

1240

3707

3333

4488

2

—

—

—

—

193

912

2756

5555

5451

3

—

—

—

—

1968

—

—

154 —

672

—

511

1538

7777

6187

3

—

11 111

7085

3

—

—

—

—

—

377

1164

16 666

8254

3

—

—

—

—

—

262

843

22 222

8918

3

—

—

—

—

—

216

711

—

—

—

—

639

27 777

9379

3

—

33 333

9775

3

—

—

—

—

—

187 —

38 888

10 120

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

538

44 444

10 432

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

511

580

* For tanks 1500 L (330 gal) and larger, flow rates are from CAN/ULC-S601, Table 2. For smaller tanks, they are calculated in accordance with NFPA 30. † Total of actual pipe run lengths and equivalent length for fitting losses. ‡ Equivalent length based on a maximum allowable pressure in the tank of 70 kPa under emergency conditions. § Equivalent lengths are based on both the normal vent and the emergency vent used for venting under emergency conditions. These values do not apply if the normal and emergency vents are combined.

10.5.2.5 Tank emergency vent sizes for vertical tanks shall be increased in size based on total equivalent vent length in accordance with Table 5.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

103

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 5 Tank vent size based on equivalent length for vertical tanks (See Clauses 10.5.2.5, 10.5.2.6, and 10.5.3.2.) a) Metric Emergency vent size or combined normal/emergency vent* NPS 3

4

6

8

10

12

74

517

—

—

—

372

—

—

—

—

74 —

466

—

—

7265

—

—

107 —

317

—

15 000

8403

—

—

—

102 —

232

—

25 000

10 194

—

—

—

—

152

394

11 576

—

—

—

—

113

297

Tank volume, L

Vent rate,* m3/h

Equivalent length,† m

500

1555

1000

1830

21 —

2500

3370

10 000

35 000

b) Imperial Emergency vent size or combined normal/emergency vent* NPS Tank volume, gal

Vent rate,* ft3/min

3

111

916

222

1081

68 —

555

1984

2222

4

6

8

10

12

242

1696

—

—

—

1220

—

—

—

—

242 —

1528

—

—

4277

—

—

351 —

1040

—

3333

4947

—

—

—

334 —

761

—

5555

6001

—

—

—

—

498

1292

7777

6815

—

—

—

—

370

974

Equivalent length,† ft

* From CAN/ULC-S601, Table 2. † Total of actual pipe run lengths and equivalent length for fitting losses.

10.5.2.6 For all tanks, pipe sizes for vent pipes of equivalent length exceeding the values in Table 4 or 5 shall be designed by an engineer on the following basis: a) The combined normal and emergency airflow rates shall be in accordance with the tank installation standard requirements or, in their absence, to CAN/ULC-S601. b) The pressure in the tank air space shall not exceed 70 kPa (10 psi) for horizontal and rectangular tanks, and 35 kPa (5 psi) for vertical tanks, under emergency conditions. Note: See Annex F for the basis of design information for sizing of vents.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

104

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.5.2.7 A tank installed indoors and which is provided with a separate emergency vent connection shall a) have the tank emergency vent i) piped to the outdoors; and ii) terminated above the level of the tank fill point; and b) if protected by a device to prevent water or other objects entering the emergency vent, the freearea opening of the vent terminal shall not be less than the vent pipe free area.

10.5.3 Common venting of tanks 10.5.3.1 Where a tank has separate normal and emergency vents, the two vents may be combined in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or the tank standard.

10.5.3.2 Vents for two or more supply tanks installed indoors may be combined into a single common vent, provided that the common vent a) has an internal cross-sectional area equal to the sum of the internal areas of the individual vents; or b) is sized so as to i) not exceed the normal air space maximum pressure in accordance with the tank listing at a normal condition airflow equivalent to the maximum tank filling rate for one tank; ii) not exceed the allowable vacuum in accordance with the tank listing at a normal airflow equivalent of the maximum tank fuel withdrawal rate from the aggregate volume of the tanks; and iii) not exceed the maximum air pressure under emergency conditions in accordance with the tank listing or, in the absence of such requirements, 70 kPa (10 psig), at an emergency airflow rate in accordance with the tank listing or, in its absence, with Table 4 or 5 as applicable. Where tanks are installed in the same storage room, the vent airflow capacity shall be the aggregate vent flow rate of all tanks connected to the common vent.

10.5.3.3 Where tanks are located in multiple storage rooms and vents are sized in accordance with Clause 10.5.3.2 b), the common vent may be sized based on the largest vent serving any one storage room.

10.6 Venting of auxiliary supply tanks 10.6.1 General Normal venting and emergency venting of an auxiliary supply tank shall be a) through an overflow pipe in accordance with Clause 10.6.2; or b) installed to vent directly to the outdoors and be provided with two independent means of level control to shut off fuel supply to prevent overfilling of the auxiliary supply tank, in accordance with Clause 10.6.3. Note: For CAN/ULC-S602 tanks and CAN/ULC-S670 tanks, the normal and emergency venting are combined.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

105

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.6.2 Venting through an overflow pipe 10.6.2.1 When venting an auxiliary supply tank through the overflow pipe to the main supply tank, the overflow pipe and accessories shall comply with Clause 10.5 and Clauses 10.6.2.2 to 10.6.2.4.

10.6.2.2 When venting the auxiliary supply tank through the overflow pipe, the overflow pipe shall a) discharge directly to the main supply tank; b) be at least the greater of i) twice the cross-sectional area of the supply line; ii) not less than 50 mm (2 in); and iii) not less than the size of the vent connection on the tank; c) not project into the main supply tank more than 25 mm (1 in); d) be large enough that the full capacity of the pump supplying the auxiliary supply tank can be returned to the main supply tank without increasing the pressure in the auxiliary supply tank above the design pressure of the auxiliary supply tank or a gauge pressure of 35 kPa (5 psi) measured at the bottom of the auxiliary supply tank and 7 kPa (1 psi) measured at the top of the auxiliary supply tank, whichever is less; e) be installed to drain from the connection of the vent pipe to both the auxiliary supply tank and the main supply tank; f) be installed without sags or traps in which liquid can collect; and g) be without valves or obstructions.

10.6.2.3 Where the auxiliary supply tank is elevated above the main supply tank, the following shall apply: a) The overflow line from the auxiliary supply tank to the main supply tank shall be installed in a manner that results in any fuel draining to the main supply tank not being trapped in the overflow line. b) The overflow line shall be equipped with a vacuum breaker that is located at the auxiliary supply tank overflow connection and that will result in the negative pressure in the auxiliary tank not exceeding 300 Pa (0.09 in of mercury).

10.6.2.4 Where the physical construction of the overflow pipe can result in restricted venting, the auxiliary supply tank shall be equipped with an additional emergency vent that is a) of a sufficient size to effectively provide emergency venting in case of fire; b) terminated in free air outside the building at a point at least 1 m (40 in) above the highest level of the overflow pipe; and c) equipped with a fusible-link fire valve, installed directly on top of the auxiliary tank, that is normally closed but that opens when the temperature at the valve exceeds 177 °C (350 °F). Note: A vacuum breaker is not considered a vent.

10.6.3 Venting to atmosphere 10.6.3.1 Where an auxiliary supply tank is directly vented to the outdoors, the vent shall comply with Clause 10.5 and Clauses 10.6.3.2 to 10.6.3.5. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

106

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

10.6.3.2 A redundant level-control system shall be provided so that no single failure can result in overfilling of the auxiliary supply tank. As a minimum, the control system shall comply with the following: a) At least two completely separate level-detection devices shall be installed. b) Each level-detection device shall be wired independently to either i) the pumps’ motor starter to cause the pumps to shut down; ii) automatic valves on the supply line serving each auxiliary supply tank that shall cause the valves to close; or iii) a combination of a pump shut-down and valve closure on the fill line. c) Where an interposing relay is placed between the level-detection device and the pump/valve control circuit; a separate relay shall be provided for each level-detection device. Note: Safety type relays are not required.

d)

e) f)

g)

h)

i) j)

If a programmable controller is used, then at least one of the level-detection devices shall function to shut down the pump or close the tank valves without requiring the operation of the programmable controller (hard-wired system). Bypassing of high-level and critical-high-level devices in either manual or automatic mode shall be prohibited. If pump shut-down is the only means of preventing overfilling of an auxiliary supply tank, each pump starter shall be equipped with at least two motor contactors wired in series, and controlled in parallel. If automatic valves are the only means used to isolate an auxiliary supply tank, then two automatic valves shall be installed in series and controlled in parallel, and a means to relieve pressure shall be installed i) between the two automatic valves; and ii) between a check valve and an automatic valve. If both a pump shut-down and a closing of an automatic valve at the auxiliary supply tank are used, the following shall be provided as a minimum: i) a single motor contactor at the pump starter and a single automatic valve at the auxiliary supply tank; and ii) the motor contactor and the automatic valve shall be control wired in parallel. The critical-high-level device shall be installed so that a disconnection (break) in the wiring circuit will result in the stopping of the fuel supply to the auxiliary supply tank. A means of testing the critical-high-level device with fuel shall be provided.

10.6.3.3 The vent pipe shall be a) not less than the size of the vent connection on the tank; and b) increased in size depending on its developed length, in accordance with Clause 10.5.2.

10.6.3.4 Where a level-detection device is installed in the vent pipe, a) the vent pipe shall be increased in size locally at the level sensing element to maintain the vent pipe’s cross-sectional area; b) the level sensing element shall be located not more than 450 mm (18 in) above the top of the tank; c) the level sensing element shall be installed to ensure the free movement of air and oil below and above the element;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

107

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

d)

e)

a permanent means shall be provided to test the operational functionality of the level-detection device without i) oil in the vent pipe; or ii) modifying electrical wiring; and any devices and connections attached to the primary tank shall be rated for a minimum operating pressure equal to the static head imposed on the tank if the vent was filled with oil.

10.6.3.5 The overflow pipe, if provided, shall connect to the main supply tank from which the auxiliary supply tank is filled.

10.6.3.6 Where a redundant system is installed in accordance with Clause 10.6.3.2, if an overflow pipe is installed, the requirements for the overflow pipe as described in Clause 10.6.2 shall not apply.

11 Air for combustion and venting 11.1 General 11.1.1 Appliances shall be installed only where a) an adequate supply of combustion air is available to ensure proper combustion; and b) ambient air temperatures are maintained within safe operating limits.

11.1.2 Appliances shall be located in such a manner as not to interfere with proper circulation of air for combustion or ventilation within the space.

11.1.3 When an appliance is located within a building, sufficient air for combustion of oil and ventilation of the appliance shall be supplied to the space wherein the appliance is located to prevent depressurization of the building that would adversely affect the operation of the appliance and its venting system.

11.2 Air intakes 11.2.1 Outdoor air shall be introduced to the space or service room in which the appliance is located. A combustion-air duct used for drawing air from the outdoors may be directly connected to the burner if the appliance is so certified.

11.2.2 Permanent facilities for supplying outdoor air shall be provided in accordance with the following: a) There shall be a permanent air supply inlet having a total free-flow area of not less than 1.6 cm2/kW (1 in2/14 000 Btu/h, 65 cm2/USGPH, or 10 in2/USGPH) of the total input rating of the burner or burners and in no case less than 75 cm2 (12 in2).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

108

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b) c)

For spaces or service rooms not adjacent to outside walls, the combustion air shall be ducted to the service room in accordance with Clause 11.2.3. When ducts are used, the inlet air duct shall terminate in a location where the possibility of freezeup of steam or water pipes and electrical or mechanical equipment is reduced to a minimum.

11.2.3 Notwithstanding the minimum opening areas required by Clause 11.2.2, where louvres, grilles, ductwork, dampers, or similar obstructions to airflow form part of the combustion air ducting system, the ducting system shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following: a) Ducts shall have a minimum dimension of 76 mm (3 in) at any cross-section. b) The ducting shall be sized so as to not exceed 2.5 m/s (500 FPM) air velocity. c) Louvres and/or grilles shall be sized so as not to exceed 2.5 m/s (500 FPM) free area velocity. d) The total pressure loss of the combustion air ducting system shall not exceed 12.5 Pa (0.05 in. w.c.) when all appliances served by the ducting system are operating at their maximum rated capacity. Note: When ducting or ventilation openings are considered, reference should be made to applicable building regulations.

11.2.4 When making provision for outdoor combustion air, the air intake shall be not less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above the grade level, and shall be at least 0.3 m (1 ft) above the anticipated snow level for the location.

11.2.5 When a damper is provided in any opening intended to admit combustion air into the room within which an appliance is installed, the damper shall be interlocked to prevent any burner from starting before the damper is fully open.

11.2.6 In calculating free area as specified in Clauses 11.2.2 and 11.2.3, if screens are used by themselves or as part of a louvre or grille, they shall be not smaller than 6 mm (1/4 in) mesh and shall be readily accessible for cleaning.

11.3 Specially engineered installations 11.3.1 General The size of combustion air openings specified in Clause 11.2 might not apply when special engineering methods, such as mechanically supplied combustion air, are utilized to ensure an adequate supply of air for combustion and ventilation, and are in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

11.3.2 Mechanical air systems 11.3.2.1 Where fan-driven combustion air systems are used to supply combustion and ventilation air to a space or service room containing an appliance, they shall be interlocked with proof-of-airflow devices to the appliance combustion safety control system in accordance with Clauses 11.3.2.2 and 11.3.2.3. These fan-driven combustion air systems may function as a general ventilation system for the space or service room. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

109

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

11.3.2.2 Proof-of-airflow devices shall be either a) redundant pressure-differential switches measuring pressure rise across the fans, wired in series; b) an airflow measuring station with redundant flow switches wired in series; c) a single pressure-differential switch measuring pressure rise across the fans wired in series to an airflow measuring station flow switch; or d) a space air pressure measuring system with a set point of negative 5 Pa (0.02 in. w.c.).

11.3.2.3 The proof-of-airflow devices required by Clause 11.3.2.2 shall be supervised by a fan-motor proving circuit that will alarm and prevent operation of the appliances in the event of a failure of the proof-ofairflow device. (See Annex O).

11.3.2.4 Where a fan-driven combustion air system includes outdoor air preheating coils, the coils shall have a fin spacing no less than 6 mm (0.25 in). Note: It is intended that 6 mm (0.25 in) spacing means not to exceed a fin density of 160 fins/m (4 fins/in).

12 Venting products of combustion 12.1 General 12.1.1 When an appliance is located within a building, unless the appliance is otherwise certified, provision shall be made to vent the products of combustion safely outside the building, and such venting shall not pass through or be installed in return air, supply air, ventilating, or combustion air ducts and shafts.

12.1.2 Gas-fired appliances may be connected to the same venting system that serves an appliance fired by fuel oil (see Clause 12.7.1.12).

12.1.3 An appliance shall not be connected to a venting system that serves an appliance fired by solid fuel.

12.1.4 The venting facilities shall ensure that no hazard shall be created by the products of combustion.

12.1.5 All appliances shall be connected to a chimney, except those appliances that are specifically certified for other means of venting.

12.1.6 The chimney for an appliance operating on natural draft shall be capable of exhausting the products of combustion and of producing a draft not less than that recommended by the manufacturer of the appliance during the mildest weather conditions under which the appliance is expected to operate.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

110

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

During cold weather testing, excess flow performance shall be demonstrated to ensure that flow is adequate in warmer weather.

12.1.7 Where an appliance, burner, or chimney is installed, the chimney vent size shall a) be determined in accordance with Tables B.1 and B.2 and Clause 13.2.5.2; or b) be designed in accordance with good engineering practices so that i) stack draft losses shall not exceed the appliance allowable maximum back-pressure under maximum outdoor ambient operating temperatures; ii) flue-gas temperature shall not be reduced to less than 176 °C (350 °F) due to flue-gas dilution caused by draft regulation devices, unless the chimney materials are resistant to the corrosive flue gases; and iii) where required, the vent connector and chimney are insulated to reduce flue gas heat loss to maintain the required draft. Notes: 1) When two or more oil-burning appliances share the same chimney flue, the minimum required base temperature is that produced by the appliance with the lowest base temperature. 2) The appliance outlet temperature can limit the chimney vent height, in which case an insulated flue can be necessary.

12.1.8 An appliance that depends on natural chimney draft shall be connected to an individual chimney vent used for no other appliance, except as permitted by Clauses 12.1.2 and 12.7.1.12.

12.1.9 When forced or induced draft fans are used, a) the chimney shall be capable of exhausting the flue gases when such fans are operating; and b) the supply of fuel to the main burner shall be automatically shut off upon failure of the airflow.

12.1.10 A chimney flue shall extend at least 1 m (3 ft) above the highest point at which the chimney comes in contact with the roof and not less than 0.6 m (2 ft) above the highest roof surface or structure within 3 m (10 ft) of the chimney on a horizontal plane perpendicular to the chimney. Not more than 100 mm (4 in) of chimney flue above the top of the chimney cap shall be considered in calculating this height (see Figure B.2).

12.1.11 Metal chimneys and vent connectors shall be externally insulated or lined with refractory material to limit the exterior surface temperature to a maximum of 70 °C (160 °F) where accidental human contact can occur. Note: Protecting a chimney or vent connectors up to a minimum height of 2400 mm (8 ft) above a floor, grade level, or accessible work platform is considered sufficient for this purpose.

12.1.12 Metal chimneys installed outdoors shall be located at least 600 mm (24 in) from any window or door, unless the chimney is protected in accordance with Clause 12.1.11.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

111

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.1.13 Metal chimneys shall be supported a) on an exterior foundation located at grade level; or b) within or on a building, provided adequate provisions are made to accommodate the differential expansion between the chimney and the building structure.

12.2 Certified chimneys Factory-built chimneys and vent connectors shall a) conform to CAN/ULC-S629, CAN/ULC-S604, CAN/ULC-S609, or ULC/ORD-C959; b) be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s certified instructions; and c) be provided with a cleanout opening that is equipped with a tight-fitting removable cap and constructed so that no air can enter the cleanout facility when the cap is in place (see Figure B.1).

12.3 Uncertified metal chimneys — Flue-gas temperatures of 538 °C (1000 °F) and less 12.3.1 Uncertified metal chimneys serving appliances with a flue-gas temperature measured at the appliance outlet of 538 °C (1000 °F) and less shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 12.3.2 to 12.3.5.

12.3.2 Except as otherwise required by this Code, uncertified metal chimneys shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with a) ANSI/SMACNA Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards; b) ANSI/SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards; c) SMACNA Guide for Free Standing Steel Stack Construction; d) SMACNA Guyed Steel Stacks; or e) ASME STS-1.

12.3.3 Uncertified metal chimneys shall be constructed of materials suitable for the flue-gas temperature in accordance with Table 6.

Table 6 Uncertified metal chimney materials (See Clause 12.3.3.) Flue gas temperature, °C (°F)

Galvanized steel

Aluminized steel

Carbon steel

Stainless steel

200 (400) and less

P*

P

NP

P

Over 200 to 350 (over 392 to 662)

NP

P

P

P

Over 350 to 538 (over 662 to 1000)

NP

P

P

P

* Where flue-gas temperatures are less than 175 °C (350 °F), acid-resistant grades of stainless steel should be considered due to increased risk of acidic corrosion. Note: P = Permitted; NP = Not permitted.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

112

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.3.4 The material thickness of the metal chimney, joints, and reinforcement shall be sufficient to maintain structural integrity of applied loads, including wind, seismic, thermal expansion, and attachment of supports and bracing, at the flue-gas operating temperature. The wall thickness shall not be less than the values as shown in Table 7.

Table 7 Uncertified metal chimney minimum wall thickness (See Clause 12.3.4.) Equivalent diameter, mm (in)

Minimum thickness, mm (ga)

350 (14) and less

1.35 (16)

Over 350 to 400 (over 14 to 16)

1.70 (14)

Over 400 to 450 (over 16 to 18)

2.36 (12)

Over 450 (over 18)

3.12 (10)

12.3.5 Longitudinal joints shall be continuously welded. Transverse joints shall be continuously welded or flanged. Slip-type joints shall not be permitted.

12.4 Uncertified metal chimneys — Flue gas temperatures over 538 °C (1000 °F) Uncertified metal chimneys serving appliances with a flue-gas temperature measured at the appliance outlet exceeding 538 °C (1000 °F) shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 211 for medium-heat or high-heat appliances as defined in that Standard.

12.5 Masonry and concrete chimneys Masonry chimneys and concrete chimneys shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the provincial building code or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada, or NFPA 211, as applicable. Note: NFPA 211 applies to masonry chimneys, which can be built with a steel, cement, or clay liner.

12.6 Special venting arrangements When special venting arrangements are certified for use with the connected appliance, they shall be installed in accordance with the certification requirements.

12.7 Vent connector and related equipment 12.7.1 Vent connectors 12.7.1.1 Certified vent connectors shall comply with the requirements of Clause 12.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

113

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.7.1.2 Except as required by this Code, uncertified metal vent connectors shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with a) ANSI/SMACNA Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards; or b) ANSI/SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards.

12.7.1.3 The vent connector shall be sized in accordance with good engineering practice to ensure adequate draft is available at the appliance outlet such as described in the ASHRAE Handbooks.

12.7.1.4 The internal diameter of the vent connector shall equal the diameter at the appliance flue outlet.

12.7.1.5 Vent connectors shall be supported and be in good condition. For positive-pressure systems, uncertified vent connectors shall be gas-tight and pressure tested in accordance with Clause 13.7.

12.7.1.6 Vent connectors shall be constructed of non-combustible, corrosion-resistant material and, unless otherwise certified, the material shall be in accordance with Clause 12.3.3 and shall have a minimum wall thickness in accordance with Table 8.

Table 8 Uncertified metal vent connectors minimum wall thickness (See Clause 12.7.1.6.) Equivalent diameter, mm (in)

Minimum thickness, mm (ga)

≤ 250 (10)

0.61 (24)

250 to 400 (10 to 16)

0.74 (22)

> 400 (16)

1.42 (16)

12.7.1.7 The vent connector shall be installed in such a manner as to a) avoid sharp turns or other construction features that would create excessive resistance to the flow of the flue gases; b) be as short as possible while remaining in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and, for natural draft burners, be no longer than 3 m (10 ft) horizontally; c) be insulated with 25 mm (1 in) or more of insulation or be double-wall constructed, for the entire length of the vent connector for lengths beyond 6 m (20 ft); d) maintain a pitch or rise from the appliance to the chimney of at least 2% of horizontal length; e) extend through the chimney wall and be flush with the inner face of the chimney vent; f) have a clearance between the vent connector and combustible construction of not less than the clearance required by Clause 12.8; and g) have provisions for cleaning by cleanouts in the vent connector.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

114

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.7.1.8 When no dilution air is used, the following shall apply: a) Vent connector sections shall be of double-wall construction or of single-wall construction with sealed connections and insulated. b) The diameter of the vent connector shall be as required in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions.

12.7.1.9 When retrofitting with a vent connector without a dilution device, a) the accompanying burner shall operate with air of 50% or less dilution (i.e., air with CO2 levels above 10%); and b) the vent connector shall be sized in accordance with Clause 12.1.7.

12.7.1.10 Joints in vent connectors shall have a) longitudinal joints continuously welded; b) transverse joints continuously welded or flanged; c) the connection at the appliance mechanically secured by either a bolted flange, or with at least three equally spaced screws for round thimble connections without flanges; and d) the connection permanently sealed with non-combustible gaskets, sealant, or cement that shall not crack or check.

12.7.1.11 The vent connector shall not pass through any floor or ceiling.

12.7.1.12 When two or more appliances are connected to the same chimney: a) The appliances shall be oil- or gas-fired or designed and certified for use in conjunction with oilburning equipment. b) The appliances shall be located on the same storey. c) The vent outlet pressure of each appliance shall be negative or neutral. d) Each appliance shall be equipped with an individual draft control, unless otherwise certified, so as to maintain the over-fire pressure (draft) specified by the appliance manufacturer. e) The vent connectors of the appliances shall be connected directly to a common vent connector of adequate cross-sectional area and i) as close to the chimney as practicable; or ii) directly to the chimney with the vent connector from the smallest appliance located on top. f) The chimney vent shall be capable of venting the flue gas by natural draft when all appliances are firing at the same time, or a mechanical flue-gas exhauster shall be used. g) Notwithstanding Item e), an oil-burning appliance may be connected to a common vent serving two or more oil-only-fired appliances, in excess of the chimney vent capacity, provided that the appliances are equipped with a means to ensure that only the number of appliances the chimney is capable of venting shall operate simultaneously. Note: When the vents of two or more appliances are connected to a single chimney vent via a common vent or manifold, wye (“Y”) connections offer less resistance to flue-gas flow than tee (“T”) connections.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

115

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.7.1.13 When a chimney flue serving an oil-burning appliance also serves a gas-fuelled appliance, the gasfuelled appliance vent connector shall be a) through a separate flue opening above the vent connector connected to the oil-burning appliance; or b) connected into a shop-fabricated branch fitting that is as close as practicable to the chimney.

12.7.1.14 When the total flue gas temperature exceeds 400 °C (750 °F), as determined in accordance with Clause 13.2.2.1, the vent connector shall not pass through a combustible wall or partition.

12.7.1.15 When the total flue gas temperature is 400 °C (750 °F) or less, when determined in accordance with Clause 13.2.2.1, the vent connector may pass through combustible walls or partitions, provided that the construction is thermally protected at the point of passage by one of the following means: a) a ventilated metal thimble not less than 305 mm (12 in) larger in diameter than the pipe; b) a metal or burned fire-clay thimble built in brickwork or other similar material extending not less than 203 mm (8 in) beyond all sides of the thimble; or c) all combustible material in the wall or partition are cut away from the vent connector at a sufficient distance to provide the required clearance indicated in Table B.4 and Figure B.1 from such a vent connector. In this case, any material used to close up such an opening shall be noncombustible insulating material.

12.7.2 Vent connector damper 12.7.2.1 Manually operated dampers shall be interlocked to prevent the burner from firing until the damper is fully open.

12.7.2.2 Automatically operated dampers used to control the draft shall be designed and arranged to maintain a safe damper opening at all times and to prevent starting of the burner unless the damper is opened to at least 80% of the internal cross-sectional area of the vent connector. The damper may be fully closed when there is no demand for the burner to operate.

12.7.2.3 Automatically operated dampers that are not described in Clause 12.7.2.2 shall be designed to fully open upon starting of the burner and shall be so constructed that no more than 80% of the internal cross-sectional area of the vent connector can be closed off. The opening(s) shall be located so that the total area of the opening(s) will not be substantially reduced by carbon build-up. Note: Damper plates can be constructed with more than one opening.

12.7.2.4 Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 12.7.2.3, automatic vent pipe dampers which conform to UL 17 shall be installed in accordance with their installation instructions.

12.7.2.5 Baffles used to reduce peak draft shall be installed and tested to the manufacturer’s specifications. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

116

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.7.2.6 Where an appliance has personnel access to the combustion section for maintenance and inspection and is connected to a common vent connector or chimney serving other appliances, the appliance vent shall be isolated with a manual or automatic damper which is rated 100% leak tight for personnel-safe operation. The damper may also perform the functions in accordance with Clauses 12.7.2.1 to 12.7.2.3.

12.7.3 Draft regulator 12.7.3.1 Draft regulators shall conform to ULC/ORD-C378.

12.7.3.2 A draft regulator shall be installed in the vent connector of each oil-burning appliance, except for a) installations using automatically operated dampers; b) appliances using sleeve-type burners; c) appliances certified for use without draft regulators; or d) engines.

12.7.3.3 A draft regulator, when used, shall be installed in the same room or enclosure as the appliance and shall be located where it will not interfere with the supply of combustion air to the oil burner.

12.7.3.4 The location and the mounting of the draft regulator shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

12.7.4 Heat reclaimers 12.7.4.1 A heat reclaimer may be installed in the vent connector from an oil-burning appliance only when a) the total rated input capacity of all connected appliances is greater than 114 L/h (30 USGPH); b) after installation of the heat reclaimer, the appliance will still operate in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions; c) the following conditions exist after installation of the heat reclaimer: i) The clearance to combustible construction is at least 460 mm (18 in). ii) A barometric-type draft regulator which complies with Clause 12.7.2.1 is installed between the heat reclaimer and the chimney. iii) A flue-gas pressure equal to or less than –10 Pa (–0.04 in w.c.) is available upstream from the heat reclaimer or there is an over-fire pressure equal to or less than –5 Pa (–0.02 in w.c.); d) the flue-gas temperature at the base of the chimney vent (base temperature) meets the requirements of Clause 13.2.2.1; and e) adequate air supply is provided to the burner and furnace room to compensate for the air drawn from the area through the heat reclaimer.

12.7.4.2 The heat reclaimer shall not be installed within the supply or return plenum.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

117

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.8 Building construction clearances 12.8.1 Non-combustible construction Non-insulated chimneys and vent connectors shall be installed with clearances to non-combustible construction of not less than a) 50 mm (2 in) for venting components with a width of 450 mm (18 in) and less; b) 100 mm (4 in) for venting components with a width greater than 450 mm (18 in); and c) 300 mm (12 in) between a chimney located inside a chimney enclosure and the inside surface of the chimney enclosure.

12.8.2 Combustible construction 12.8.2.1 Chimneys and vent connectors shall be installed with clearances to combustible construction not less than those specified in Table 9, except as permitted by Clause 12.8.3 or where protection is provided in accordance with either Clause 12.8.4 or 12.8.5.

Table 9 Clearance to building combustible construction for chimneys (See Clauses 12.8.2.1 and 12.8.2.2.)

Location of chimney Outside building and inside building

Flue-gas temperature, °C (°F)

Unprotected, mm (in)

Protected, mm (in)

≤ 538 (1000)

450 (18)

230 (9)

> 538 (1000) and ≤ 815 (1500)

600 (24)

300 (12)

> 815 (1500)

900 (36)

450 (18)

12.8.2.2 When a chimney has been certified for installation at clearances less than those specified in Table 9, the clearances shall be not less than those marked on the chimney installation instructions.

12.8.2.3 Clearances from chimneys and vent connectors to combustible construction may be reduced, provided that the combustible construction is protected in accordance with Table B.7.

12.8.2.4 Clearances from chimneys and vent connectors to combustible construction may be reduced to a minimum of 100 mm (4 in), provided that the chimney or vent connector is insulated with a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) thick mineral wool insulation that has a maximum conductivity of 0.11 W/m × K at 538 °C (0.80 BTU × in/hr × sf × °F at 1000 °F). The clearance shall be measured from the surface of the insulation.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

118

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

12.8.3 Roof penetrations 12.8.3.1 Where an uncertified metal chimney passes through roof construction that is partially or entirely of combustible construction, the combustible roofing material shall be cut back from the chimney a minimum of 450 mm (18 in), or the combustible roofing material shall be separated from the chimney by a ventilating thimble, and the thimble shall a) be fabricated of corrosion-resistant metal, or plain carbon steel if protected from the weather; b) be a minimum 0.91 mm (20 ga) wall thickness; c) extend above and below the combustible material by a minimum distance of 225 mm (9 in); d) be separated horizontally from the combustible material by a minimum distance of 25 mm (1 in); e) be separated horizontally from the chimney wall by a minimum distance of 200 mm (8 in), except as permitted in accordance with Clause 12.8.3.2; and f) be provided with storm flashing with minimum ventilation openings equal to the thimble ventilation opening. Notes: 1) Ventilation clearances between the storm flashing and the roof should take into consideration effects of roof snow loading. 2) Refer to Figure 7.

Figure 7 Uncertified metal chimney ventilated roof thimble and clearances to combustibles (See Clause 12.8.3.1.) 225 mm (9 in) to Combustible Roofing material

Storm Flashing Ventilation Gap “W”

225 mm (9 in)

Ventilation Gap “W” (Note 1)

Combustible roofing elements Non-combustible roofing elements (structure)

225 mm (9 in)

Ventilation Gap “W” (with insulation) Insulation (optional)

25 mm (1 in) from Thimble to Roof Flashing/Roofing material

Ventilation Gap “W” (without insulation)

12.8.3.2 The ventilation space in the roof thimble may be reduced where the metal chimney is insulated at least to the top of the thimble with non-combustible mineral wool insulation that has a maximum conductivity of 0.11 W/m × K at 538 °C (0.80 BTU × in/hr × sf × °F at 1000 °F) and thickness in accordance with Table 10.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

119

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 10 Roof thimble ventilation gap based on chimney insulation thickness (See Clause 12.8.3.2.) Insulation thickness, mm (in)

Ventilation gap “W”, mm (in)

0 (0)

200 (8)

25 (1)

150 (6)

75 (3)

25 (1)

100 (4)

25 (1)

12.8.3.3 The thimble may function as a support guide or structural support for the chimney, provided that a) the contact between the chimney and the thimble is limited to the minimum required to establish a structural anchor; b) the thimble is designed to transmit gravity loads, lateral wind loading, seismic loading, and thermal expansion loads to the structure; c) there is no combustible material within 75 mm (3 in) of the thimble; d) the chimney is insulated with 100 mm (4 in) of insulation of a type in accordance with Clause 12.8.3.2; and e) the thimble ventilation gap is a minimum of 50 mm (2 in).

12.8.4 Exterior wall penetrations 12.8.4.1 Where a certified vent connector passes through an exterior wall that is partially or entirely built of combustible construction, the vent connector shall be installed with a wall thimble which conforms to CAN/ULC-S641, and clearances to combustible material shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

12.8.4.2 Where an uncertified metal vent connector passes through an exterior wall construction that is partially or entirely built of combustible construction, a) the combustible wall material shall be cut back from the vent connector by the clearance distance required by Table B.4; this clearance may be reduced if the combustible material is provided with protection in accordance with Table B.7; or b) the vent connector shall be protected with a wall thimble in accordance with Clause 12.8.4.1.

12.8.5 Chimney enclosures 12.8.5.1 Except as permitted in Clause 12.8.5.2, where chimneys pass through the floor or floors above the floor level of the appliance, the chimneys shall be enclosed in a vertical service space that is separated from the rest of the building by a fire separation constructed of concrete or masonry units with a minimum fire resistance rating in accordance with the requirements of the provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

120

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

12.8.5.2 Vertical service spaces for chimneys may be constructed of other material assemblies that are classified as fire separations under the National Building Code of Canada with the fire resistance rating required by Clause 12.8.5.1, provided that a) the separation distances in accordance with Clause 12.8.1 are met; b) the chimney is insulated with a minimum of 75 mm (3 in) thick mineral wool insulation with a maximum conductivity of 0.11 W/m × K at 538 °C (0.80 BTU × in/hr × sf × °F at 1000 °F); and c) the chimney enclosure is vented to the outdoors at the top of the enclosure and an opening is provided at the bottom of the enclosure, with a minimum vent size equivalent to a 100 mm (4 in) diameter pipe. Note: The opening at the bottom of the enclosure could require a closure in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada.

12.9 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents 12.9.1 General 12.9.1.1 Except for engines, only a complete through-the-wall venting kit certified with the appliance as a package shall be installed, except that a sidewall venting kit may be retrofitted to an appliance that was certified for operation with that kit.

12.9.1.2 A terminal guard shall be installed when required by the conditions of certification. Note: Markings on the external vent system indicate whether a guard is required.

12.9.2 Installation 12.9.2.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the certified installation instructions for the combination of kit and appliance used.

12.9.2.2 Unless otherwise certified, a vent shall not terminate a) directly above a paved sidewalk or a paved driveway that is located between two buildings and that serves both buildings; b) less than 2.13 m (7 ft) above any paved sidewalk or any paved driveway; c) within 1.8 m (6 ft) of an operable window, door, or mechanical air supply inlet, including soffit openings, to any building; Note: When not in operation, exhaust equipment can inadvertently provide a passage that allows fumes or products of combustion to leak into a building.

d) e) f)

above a gas meter/regulator assembly within 1 m (3 ft) of the vertical centreline of the regulator on a horizontal plane perpendicular to the regulator; within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any gas service regulator vent outlet or within 1 m (3 ft) of an oil tank vent or an oil tank fill inlet; less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above the grade level; Note: The vent should terminate 0.3 m (1 ft) above the anticipated snow level for the location.

g)

within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any combustion air inlet, unless the appliance is otherwise certified;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

121

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

h) i)

within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the property line; less than 1.8 m (6 ft) below a veranda, porch, or deck. If the vent terminates at or more than 1.8 m (6 ft) below the floor of a veranda, porch, or deck, the space between the floor and the vent shall be open on a minimum of two sides; j) with the flue gases directed at combustible material or any openings of surrounding buildings that are within 1.8 m (6 ft); k) less than 1 m (3 ft) from an inside corner of an L-shaped structure; l) with the bottom of the vent termination opening less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above any surface that can support snow, ice, or debris; and m) with the flue gases directed towards brickwork, siding, or other construction in such a manner that can cause damage from heat or condensate from the flue gases.

12.9.2.3 The electrical supply to the venting system shall be supplied from the appliance.

12.9.2.4 The venting system shall be installed to facilitate cleanout and removal of parts for examination, repair, or replacement.

12.9.2.5 The minimum and maximum equivalent length of the through-the-wall venting system shall be in accordance with the certified appliance manufacturer’s instructions.

13 Tests 13.1 General Testing of oil-burning equipment during its installation and/or prior to handover of the equipment to the owner or operator shall comply at a minimum with the requirements of Clause 13.

13.2 Appliances 13.2.1 Tests and observations The following tests and observations shall be performed after the installation, alteration, or servicing of combustion-related components: a) Determine that correct components are installed. b) Check burner as follows: i) For an atomizing-type burner, observe that a nozzle of the correct spray type, capacity, and spray angle is installed. ii) For a vaporizing-type burner, determine that the flow rates are correct. c) Determine that the fuel pump pressure is correct. d) Determine that the operating controls are in satisfactory condition. e) Determine that the safety and limit controls will operate properly at the correct temperature or pressure, or both. f) Determine that the combustion safety control operates properly regarding i) shut-off timing on flame failure; and ii) shut-off timing on ignition failure.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

122

CSA B139.1.0:19

g)

h)

General requirements for large installations

Ensure that there is proper combustion by checking the following: i) flue-gas pressure in the chimney base and in the appliance vent outlet and over-fire pressure; ii) smoke density of the flue gases; iii) temperature of the flue gases; iv) analysis of the flue gases; and v) over-fire. Determine that all oil connections are tight.

Notes: 1) These tests should be performed in conjunction with the manufacturer’s instructions. General test methods and procedures are given in CSA B140.0. 2) The chimney base temperature described in Clause 13.2.2.1 is different from the appliance vent outlet temperature described in CSA B140.0.

13.2.2 Test point location 13.2.2.1 The location at which appliance vent outlet pressure, vent outlet temperature, and samples for smoke density and flue-gas analysis are to be taken shall be a) at the centreline of the vent pipe; b) not more than 460 mm (18 in) downstream from the vent collar; and c) between the vent collar and the draft regulator, if used.

13.2.2.2 The sampling tube shall be positioned perpendicular to the flow of flue gases at the test location.

13.2.3 Flue-gas pressure The appliance vent outlet pressure or over-fire pressure, as applicable, shall be as specified by the manufacturer in the instructions for the equipment. The draft regulator or automatic dampers, or both, when used, shall be properly adjusted and set to maintain the pressure specified.

13.2.4 Smoke density The equipment shall operate so that the smoke density of the flue gases, as determined by the Bacharach method for determining smoke density, shall not exceed a a) Number 1 rating for equipment using used oil and Type 1 and Type 2 fuel oil (except for vaporizingtype burners of an input capacity of 3.8 L/h (1 USGPH) or less); b) Number 7 rating for vaporizing-type burners of an input capacity of 3.8 L/h (1 USGPH) or less; or c) Number 4 rating for equipment using other than Type 1 or Type 2 fuel oil.

13.2.5 Temperature 13.2.5.1 The measured vent outlet total temperature of the flue gases shall not exceed 400 °C (750 °F), except when the appliance venting system has been designed or certified for a higher temperature. Note: The temperature-sensing element should be shielded from radiant heat coming from any source upstream of the test location.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

123

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.2.5.2 The flue-gas base temperature shall be measured after the appliance has run for 5 min or long enough to achieve stabilized temperatures, whichever is less. The flue-gas base temperature shall comply with the chimney base temperature in Table B.1 or B.2.

13.2.5.3 When two or more oil-burning appliances share the same chimney flue, the lowest base temperature produced by either appliance operating alone shall be not less than the minimum value in Table B.1 or B.2.

13.2.6 Analysis of flue gases The percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gases shall be within the limits specified in the appliance manufacturer’s instructions.

13.2.7 Functioning of safety and operating controls The safety and operating controls shall function within the limits specified for the type of equipment.

13.2.8 Fuel input The fuel input shall not exceed the fuel input specified in the manufacturer’s instructions for the equipment.

13.3 Underground tanks 13.3.1 General Underground tanks, piping systems, and sumps shall be tested in accordance with Clause 13.3. Note: The requirements of Clause 13.3 are based on the requirements of the National Fire Code of Canada.

13.3.2 Frequency and methods of leak detection testing and monitoring 13.3.2.1 Every underground tank, piping system, and sump shall be tested and monitored for leaks in accordance with Tables 11 a) to 11 c), which specify the minimum requirements for the frequency and methods for a) commissioning testing; b) subsequent in-service monitoring; and c) testing when a leak is suspected.

13.3.2.2 The commissioning testing specified in Clause 13.3.2.1 shall be performed during installation in accordance with the following: a) In the case of an underground tank or underground piping system, testing shall take place after backfill and surfacing have been completed, but before the tank or system is put into service. b) In the case of a sump, hydrostatic testing shall be done after all electrical and mechanical work passing though the sump wall is completed, but before any backfilling around the exterior of the sump is completed.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

124

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.3.2.3 The frequency of the in-service monitoring specified in Clause 13.3.2.1 shall be calculated from the date of the commissioning test.

13.3.2.4 Where a loss of liquid or a gain of water not attributable to condensation is indicated by any of the leak detection measures described in Clause 13.3, the owner of the tank system shall a) investigate the cause and take corrective action to prevent further intrusion of water; b) if a leak is suspected, immediately cease withdrawing product from the affected tank until the problem is corrected; and c) in the event that a leak from the underground storage system is confirmed, comply with the local authority having jurisdiction for reporting and remediation requirements.

13.3.2.5 The minimum requirements specified in Clause 13.3.2.1 shall not preclude the appropriate use of alternative solutions, innovative new technologies, or methods capable of achieving the same objectives. Note: Alternative procedures and requirements such as those described by the National Work Group on Leak Detection Evaluations may be considered.

Table 11 a) Leak detection testing and monitoring of underground tanks (See Clause 13.3.2.1.) Type of tank Double wall

Continuous in-service monitoring Leak suspected

Commissioning test Precision leak detection test or secondary containment test*

Secondary containment monitoring

Precision leak detection test or secondary containment test*

* The secondary containment test is capable of detecting leaks in the interstitial space of the tank. Risers, connections, and vents are also susceptible to leakage and shall also be tested.

Table 11 b) Leak detection testing and monitoring of underground piping systems (See Clause 13.3.2.1.) Type of piping Double wall

Commissioning test Pipe leak detection test* and secondary containment test

Continuous in-service monitoring Secondary containment monitoring

Leak suspected Identify, repair, and retest

* See Clauses 13.3.3, 13.5.7, and 13.5.8.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

125

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table 11 c) Leak detection testing and monitoring of transition sumps (See Clause 13.3.2.1.) In-service monitoring Commissioning test

Continuous

Periodic

Leak suspected

Static liquid media leak detection test*

See Clause 9.7.4.9

Visual inspection

Identify and repair

* See Clause 13.5.9.

13.3.3 Precision leak test 13.3.3.1 The equipment to perform the precision leak test shall conform to CAN/ULC-S675.1 or CAN/ULC-S675.2.

13.3.3.2 The tank precision leak detection test shall a) be capable of measuring the level of water in the tank to within 3 mm with a probability of 0.95 or greater; b) if a volumetric method is used, be capable of measuring the level of liquid in the tank to within 3 mm with a probability of 0.99 or greater; c) be capable of detecting a leak rate of at least 0.38 L/h within a 24 h period with a probability of detection of 0.95 or greater and a probability of false alarm of 0.05 or less, accounting for variables such as vapour pockets, thermal expansion and contraction, evaporation and condensation, temperature stratification, groundwater level and tank deformation; and d) be performed, using a documented and validated method, by an individual trained in the maintenance and use of the test equipment. Note: A testing time period that exceeds 24 h is not considered a precision leak test.

13.3.3.3 When a leak is suspected and the installed precision leak system fails to detect the leak, an alternate method that differs from the original system and which conforms to Clause 13.3.3.1 shall be used to conduct another leak test.

13.3.4 Leak detection testing and monitoring methods 13.3.4.1 Where leak detection is performed using automatic tank gauging, the equipment used shall comply with the requirements of Clause 9.5.

13.3.4.2 The precision leak detection test for underground tanks that is specified in Clause 13.3.3 shall a) be verified in writing by an engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of the tank system stating that the procedure/equipment used for the precision testing meets the requirements of this Code; b) be verified annually in writing by an engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of the tank system, stating that the procedure/equipment continues to meet the requirements of this Code; and

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

126

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

c)

be conducted by an individual who has a record of initial and update training as prescribed by the tank testing equipment manufacturer and who holds an appropriate petroleum mechanic certificate.

13.3.4.3 The underground pipe leak detection specified in Clause 9.7.1.3 b) shall be tested by a petroleum mechanic prior to placing the system in service.

13.3.5 Leak detection testing of underground tanks 13.3.5.1 Leak detection tests 13.3.5.1.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 13.3.3.1, tanks may be leak tested in accordance with requirements of the standard to which it is certified where test methods are included in the tank construction Standards listed in Clause 9.1.1.

13.3.5.1.2 If a precision leak detection test specified in Clause 13.3.3.2 detects a leak on an underground supply or storage tank, the tank shall be immediately taken out of service. Note: The authority having jurisdiction might have additional requirements.

13.3.5.1.3 During a leak detection test on an underground tank, the pressure at the bottom of the tank shall not exceed the tank manufacturer’s specifications.

13.3.5.2 Pneumatic leak detection tests 13.3.5.2.1 Pneumatic leak detection tests using compressed air shall not be performed on supply or storage tanks and piping systems that once contained flammable or combustible liquids; such tests shall use nitrogen as the test gas.

13.3.5.2.2 Pneumatic leak detection tests using compressed air or an inert gas shall include the application of soap and water, or equivalent test media, to the tank and piping surface, fittings, joints, and connections to help in the detection of leaks.

13.3.5.2.3 Pneumatic leak detection tests shall be conducted prior to covering the tank or piping system.

13.3.5.2.4 Measures shall be taken to guard against the hazards associated with pneumatic leak detection testing, especially in areas where explosive mixtures of flammable or combustible liquid vapours and air could be present in the vicinity of a supply or storage tank or piping that has been in use.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

127

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.3.5.3 Protocols for pneumatic leak detection testing of supply or storage tanks 13.3.5.3.1 Where a leak is detected using the pneumatic/soap method specified in Clause 13.3.5.2.2, the leak shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the standard to which the tank has been built. The tank shall be retested using a precision leak test or secondary containment test method prior to placing the tank in service.

13.3.5.3.2 Pressure applied to underground supply or storage tanks during a pneumatic leak detection test shall be measured by an instrument calibrated in increments of not more than 1 kPa, and the maximum reading on the instrument shall not exceed 70 kPa.

13.3.5.3.3 Where a pneumatic leak detection test is conducted before a new or recertified underground supply or storage tank is backfilled, the test pressure shall be in accordance with the test pressures specified in the tank manufacturer’s specifications.

13.4 Leak testing of aboveground piping or tubing 13.4.1 Leak testing of aboveground piping shall be conducted separately from the tank leak testing described in this Code. Tanks shall be isolated from the pressure test by means of service valves or the use of flange hydrotest paddle blinds.

13.4.2 Aboveground piping or tubing shall be pneumatically tested to at least 350 kPa (50 psi) gauge pressure.

13.4.3 Where piping connects to a tank, the tank shall be isolated from the test pressure required in Clause 13.4.2 by use of one of the following measures which is located as close as possible to the tank: a) a valve; b) a flange with the use of a pressure test blank; or c) temporary removal of a short length of pipe and capping the pipe to be tested. The connections used to isolate the tank shall be subject to an in-service pressure test in accordance with Clause 13.6.3.

13.4.4 Where pumps are used to fill auxiliary supply tanks or to supply oil to a single or multiple appliances, the pump discharge and the auxiliary supply tank overflow piping and tubing shall be pneumatically tested to 350 kPa (50 psi) gauge or 120% of the piping system design pressure, whichever is greater. Note: These pumps do not include pumps provided as part of an appliance.

13.4.5 When pressure tested to 120% of the design pressure, the piping and tubing shall be raised to 120% of design pressure for 10 min; then the pressure shall be reduced to design pressure and held at that pressure during leak checking. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

128

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.4.6 The joints shall be tested by applying a leak-detection solution.

13.4.7 Piping or tubing systems shall be deemed to be leaking when any pressure drop or volume loss is detected within a 2 h period after steady temperature conditions have been established and the source of pressure has been removed.

13.4.8 If a leak is detected during the leakage test, action shall be taken to correct the leak and the tests shall be repeated.

13.4.9 Pressure measurements shall be obtained by using calibrated measuring instruments with graduations in increments not greater than a) 4 kPa (0.5 psi) for test pressures up to 350 kPa (50 psi); and b) 8 kPa (1 psi) for test pressures exceeding 350 kPa (50 psi).

13.5 Leak testing of underground piping or tubing 13.5.1 Prior to being connected to a tank, all underground piping shall be pneumatically or hydrostatically tested to at least 350 kPa (50 psi) gauge or the manufacturer’s maximum allowable test pressure, whichever is greater.

13.5.2 When exposed piping systems are subjected to a pneumatic leakage test, the joints shall be tested by applying a leak-detection solution.

13.5.3 Underground piping systems shall be deemed to be leaking when any pressure drop or volume loss is detected within a 2 h period after steady temperature conditions have been established and the source of pressure has been removed.

13.5.4 If a leak is detected during the leakage test required by Clauses 13.5.1 to 13.5.3, action shall be taken to correct the leak, and the tests required by Clauses 13.5.1 to 13.5.3 shall be repeated.

13.5.5 Pressure measurements shall be obtained by using calibrated measuring instruments with graduations in increments not greater than a) 4 kPa (0.5 psi) for test pressures up to 350 kPa (50 psi) gauge; and b) 8 kPa (1 psi) for test pressure in excess of 350 kPa (50 psi).

13.5.6 Pneumatic or hydrostatic pressure testing of piping or tubing shall not result in the pressurization of the tank to a pressure greater than 7 kPa (1 psi). February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

129

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.5.7 Underground double-wall containment piping or tubing shall be tested for leakage before backfilling and after final grading in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and a record of the tests shall be retained at the site.

13.5.8 Double-wall piping interstitial space shall be tested to 35 kPa (5 psi).

13.5.9 Sumps shall be hydrostatically tested with water prior to backfilling of the sump. The sump shall be filled to the top (not just above entry boots). The level of water shall not change within a 12 h period, and there shall be no visual signs of water leaks on the exterior of the sump or around any entry boots into the sumps. If the hydrostatic testing of the sumps occurs at the same time as the piping pressure testing occurs, then any joints or fittings inside those sumps do not require soap testing, as bubbles will be visible.

13.6 Testing of new or replacement tanks 13.6.1 Tanks with secondary containment or double-wall construction shall be tested in accordance with a method appropriate to their method of construction.

13.6.2 When installing a single-wall fuel oil tank, the authorized installer shall test the supply or storage tank and connections for leaks as described in Clause 13.6.3.

13.6.3 The authorized installer shall test the supply or storage tank and connections for leaks using one of the following two test methods: a) Pneumatic test: i) The test shall be performed on an empty tank. ii) All openings in the tank shall be closed and the tank and fuel system shall be pneumatically pressurized to a gauge pressure of 30 kPa (4 psi) but not exceeding the manufacturer’s maximum test pressure. iii) The test pressure shall be maintained for not less than 10 min. iv) All joints, connections, seams, and welds shall be checked for leaks with a liquid soap solution. b) Hydrostatic test during first filling: i) The tank welds and connections shall be inspected thoroughly during the first complete filling. ii) A warning tag shall be affixed to the fill pipe inlet and an arrangement shall be made with the oil supplier to conduct the inspection during the first filling. iii) The tag shall warn the fuel oil supplier that the tank is to be filled for the first time and that the tank shall not be filled unless an arrangement has been made with the installer to inspect the tank and fuel system during the filling operation. iv) The tank shall not be filled if access for inspection is not available.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

130

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

13.6.4 Water and sludge shall not be transferred if oil is pumped from a replaced tank to a new tank. Notes: 1) The transfer of oil to a new tank might be prohibited by the tank manufacturer’s instructions. 2) Tanks, especially those of metal construction, can corrode prematurely if oil is contaminated with water and sludge.

13.7 Leak testing of uncertified chimneys Where a portion of a chimney is located inside a building, it shall be pneumatically pressure tested to confirm it is gas-tight at a minimum pressure of 150% of its operating pressure or 14 kPa (2 psig), whichever is greater. The pressure shall be held constant for at least 2 h while the chimney is checked for leaks.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

131

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex A (informative) Referenced product and material publications Notes: 1) This Annex is an informative part of this Code. Refer to Clause 2 of CSA B139.1.0 for the year editions of these Standards. 2) This Annex lists Standards for products and materials which are certified. 3) This Annex lists products and materials which are tested or declared to comply with other standards or recognized documents but are not otherwise certified. 4) The user of this Code should be aware that the authority having jurisdiction might have modified this Annex by regulation and some products or materials might require specific approval by the authority having jurisdiction.

A.1 Certified materials Materials that are certified for use in Canada by an accredited certification body conform to one of the following publications: Notes: 1) In cases where there is overlap of certification between current and previous editions due to transition processes, products certified to the previous editions may be deemed acceptable by the authority having jurisdiction. 2) Accredited Standards Development Organizations might publish new Canadian standards or periodically amend or publish new editions of standards listed in this Annex. In cases of newly published standards or where the editions listed below are amended, replaced by new editions, or superseded by another standard(s) during the life of this referencing Code, the newly published standards or newly published or amended editions of these standards may be used for product approval purposes by accredited certification organizations. 3) The final decision on acceptability is determined by the authority having jurisdiction.

CAN/CSA-B138.1/CAN/ CSA-B138.2

Portable oil-burning equipment — Packaged equipment requirements / Installation requirements

CSA B140.0

Oil-burning equipment: General requirements

CSA B140.2.1

Atomizing-type oil burners

CSA C22.2 No. 139

Electrically operated valves

CAN/CGSB-43.146

Design, manufacture and use of intermediate bulk containers for the transportation of dangerous goods, classes 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 8 and 9

ULC/ORD-C142.14

Nonmetallic Bulk Containers for the Storage and Dispensing of Combustible and Non-Combustible Liquids

ULC/ORD-C142.20

Secondary Containments for Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks

ULC/ORD-C180

Liquid Level Gauges and Indicators for Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Tanks

ULC/ORD-C331

Guide for the Investigation of Strainers for Flammable Fluids and Anhydrous Ammonia

ULC/ORD-C378

Guide for the Investigation of Draft Equipment

ULC/ORD-C536

Flexible Metallic Hose

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

132

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

ULC/ORD-C842

Guide for the Investigation of Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

ULC/ORD-C959

540 °C and 760 °C Industrial Chimneys

CAN/ULC-S601

Standard for Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S602

Standard for Aboveground Steel Tanks for Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil

CAN/ULC-S603

Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquid

CAN/ULC-S603.1

Standard for External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S604

Standard for Factory-Built Type A Chimneys

CAN/ULC-S609

Standard for Low Temperature Vents Type L

CAN/ULC-S615

Standard for Fibre Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S629

Standard for 650 °C Factory-Built Chimneys

CAN/ULC-S633

Standard for Flexible Connector piping for Fuels

CAN/ULC-S635

Standard for Lining Systems for Existing Masonry or Factory-Built Chimneys and Vents

CAN/ULC-S641

Standard for Factory-Built Chimney Connectors and Wall Pass-Through Assemblies

CAN/ULC-S642

Standard for Compounds and Tapes for Threaded Pipe Joints

CAN/ULC-S652

Standard for Tank Assemblies for the Collection, Storage and Removal of Used Oil

CAN/ULC-S653

Standard for Aboveground Steel Contained Steel Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S655

Standard for Aboveground Protected Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S661

Standard for Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks

CAN/ULC-S663

Standard for Spill Containment Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Aboveground Storage Tanks

CAN/ULC-S664

Standard for Containment Sumps, Sump Fittings, and Accessories for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S670

Standard for Aboveground Nonmetallic Tanks for Fuel Oil and Other Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S675.1

Standard for Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S675.2

Standard for Nonvolumetric Precision Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks and Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

133

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

CAN/ULC-S677

Standard for Fire Tested Aboveground Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

CAN/ULC-S679

Standard for Metallic and Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

A.2 Tested materials The following publications apply to non-certified materials that are tested to non-Canadian standards by an independent testing organization which has applied its mark to the material. FM 7400

Liquid and Gas Safety Shutoff Valves

UL 17

Standard for Vent or Chimney Connector Dampers for Oil-Fired Appliances

ANSI/UL 428B

Standard for Electrically Operated Valves for Diesel Fuel, Biodiesel Fuel, Diesel/Biodiesel Blends with Nominal Biodiesel Concentrations up to 20 Percent (B20), Kerosene, and Fuel Oil

UL 429

Standard for Electrically Operated Valves

ANSI/UL 842

Standard for Valves for Flammable Liquids

A.3 Declared materials The following publications apply to non-certified materials that are marked or otherwise declared by the manufacturer as complying to the referenced standard. Note: Referenced standards can include Canadian and non-Canadian standards.

API 650

Welded Tanks for Oil Storage

ANSI/ASME B16.3

Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300

ANSI/ASME B16.11

Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded

ANSI/ASME B16.15

Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250

ANSI/ASME B16.39

Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions: Classes 150, 250 and 300

ASTM A53/A53M

Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless

ASTM A106/A106M

Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service

ASTM A269

Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service

ASTM A312

Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

ASTM B43

Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes

ASTM B88

Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube

CAN/ULC-S668

Standard for Liners Used for Secondary Containment of Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquid Tanks

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

134

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex B (normative) Tables and figures Note: This Annex is a mandatory part of this Code.

B.1 Tables

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

135

(See Clauses 12.1.7, 13.2.5.2, and 13.2.5.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 10.3.4, 10.7.1, 11.2.4.2, and 11.2.4.3 of CSA B139.2.)

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.1 a) Permitted chimney vent (flue) sizes and minimum base temperatures for circular vents (flues)* in chimneys with thermal resistance less than RSI 1.00 (1 m2•°C/W)

(Metric) Flue inside diameter, mm

kW

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

3.5

6

8.5

12

42

0.30

1.14

75

100

175

265

14

49

0.35

1.33

75

100

160

16

56

0.40

1.51

75

100

18

63

0.45

1.70

75

21

70

0.50

1.89

23

77

0.55

27

91

31

400

11 —

14 —

16 —

19 —

230

330

—

—

—

—

150

205

280

385

—

—

—

100

140

190

250

330

—

—

—

75

125

150

205

280

385

—

—

—

2.08

75

125

140

190

255

340

—

—

—

0.65

2.46

75

125

135

170

220

280

355

—

—

105

0.75

2.84

100

125

125

160

195

245

300

370

—

36

119

0.85

3.22

100

125

120

150

180

220

265

315

380

41

140

1.00

3.78

100

150

125

150

185

220

270

325

390

51

175

1.25

4.73

100

150

115

135

160

185

220

255

295

62

210

1.50

5.68

125

175

115

135

160

185

215

250

285

72

245

1.75

6.62

125

175

110

130

145

165

190

215

245

82

280

2.00

7.57

150

200

110

130

145

165

190

215

245

123

420

3.00

11.36

175

250

110

120

135

150

170

190

210

(Continued)

136

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Total input rating of all connected appliances

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, m

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.1 a) (Concluded) (Metric) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, mm

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, m

kW

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

3.5

6

8.5

11

14

16

19

164

560

4.00

15.14

200

275

105

115

125

140

155

165

185

205

700

5.00

18.93

225

300

105

115

120

130

145

155

170

137

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

* See Table B.6 for equivalent rectangular chimney vent (flue) sizes. Notes: 1) RSI resistance values for typical chimneys are as follows: a) RSI 0.35 (0.35 m2•°C/W): clay-lined masonry A-vent; b) RSI 0.50 (0.50 m2•°C/W): metal liner in clay-lined masonry; and c) RSI 1.00 (1.00 m2•°C/W): metal- or clay-lined masonry with 0.8 RSI insulation between liner and masonry (e.g., 50 mm of expanded mica or 35 mm of high-density glass fibreboard). 2) This Table is based on 40% excess air (40% excess air is equivalent to 11% CO2 for No. 2 fuel oil). For higher excess-air ratios, minimum flue size shall be increased. 3) For example, a furnace with 2.84 L/h nozzle is connected to a 6.0 m tall clay-lined, masonry chimney: a) The thermal resistance of this type of chimney is RSI 0.35, which is less than RSI 1.00. Therefore, this Table shall apply. b) The minimum size permitted shall be 100 mm inside diameter. c) The maximum size permitted shall be 125 mm inside diameter. d) The minimum base temperature shall be 160 °C.

(See Clauses 12.1.7, 13.2.5.2, and 13.2.5.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 10.3.4, 10.7.1, 11.2.4.2, and 11.2.4.3 of CSA B139.2.)

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.1 b) Permitted chimney vent (flue) sizes and minimum base temperatures for circular vents (flues)* in chimneys with thermal resistance less than R6 (6 ft2•h•°F/Btu)

(Imperial) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, in

Minimum base temperature, °F, for chimney height, ft

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

11

20 535

28 —

36 —

44 —

52 —

60 —

12

42

0.30

1.14

3

4

345

14

49

0.35

1.33

3

4

320

465

645

—

—

—

—

16

56

0.40

1.51

3

4

300

420

560

750

—

—

—

18

63

0.45

1.70

3

4

290

385

500

645

—

—

—

21

70

0.50

1.89

3

5

300

400

535

725

—

—

—

23

77

0.55

2.08

3

5

290

390

510

665

—

—

—

27

91

0.65

2.46

3

5

275

340

430

535

690

—

—

31

105

0.75

2.84

4

5

260

320

380

475

590

715

—

36

119

0.85

3.22

4

5

250

300

355

430

520

615

730

41

140

1.00

3.78

4

6

255

300

365

430

530

630

750

51

175

1.25

4.73

4

6

240

275

320

365

435

500

575

62

210

1.50

5.68

5

7

240

275

320

365

425

490

560

72

245

1.75

6.62

5

7

230

265

295

330

385

430

485

82

280

2.00

7.57

6

8

230

265

295

330

385

430

485

123

420

3.00

11.36

7

10

230

250

275

300

345

380

420

(Continued)

138

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

kW

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.1 b) (Concluded) (Imperial) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, in

Minimum base temperature, °F, for chimney height, ft

kW

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

11

20

28

36

44

52

60

164

560

4.00

15.14

8

11

220

240

255

285

315

340

370

205

700

5.00

18.93

9

12

220

240

250

265

295

320

340

139

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

* See Table B.6 for equivalent rectangular chimney vent (flue) sizes. Notes: 1) Thermal resistance values for typical chimneys are as follows: a) R2 (2 ft2•h•°F/Btu): clay-lined masonry A-vent; b) R3 (3 ft2•h•°F/Btu): metal liner in clay-lined masonry; and c) R6 (6 ft2•h•°F/Btu): metal- or clay-lined masonry with R4.5 (4.5 ft2•h•°F/Btu) insulation between liner and masonry (e.g., 2 in of expanded mica or 1-3/8 in of high-density glass fibreboard). 2) This Table is based on 40% excess air (40% excess air is equivalent to 11% CO2 for No. 2 fuel oil). For higher excess-air ratios, minimum flue size shall be increased. 3) For example, a furnace with 0.75 USGPH nozzle is connected to a 20 ft tall clay-lined, masonry chimney: a) The thermal resistance of this type of chimney is R2, which is less than R6. Therefore, this Table shall apply. b) The minimum size permitted shall be 4 in inside diameter. c) The maximum size permitted shall be 5 in inside diameter. d) The minimum base temperature shall be 320 °F.

(See Clauses 12.1.7, 13.2.5.2, and 13.2.5.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 10.3.4, 10.7.1, 11.2.4.2, and 11.2.4.3 of CSA B139.2.)

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.2 a) Permitted chimney vent (flue) sizes and minimum base temperatures for circular vents (flues)* in chimneys with thermal resistance equal to or greater than RSI 1.00 (1 m2•°C/W)

(Metric) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, mm

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, m

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

3.5

6

8.5

11

14

16

19

12

42

0.30

1.14

75

100

80

85

95

105

115

125

135

14

49

0.35

1.33

75

100

80

85

95

105

115

125

135

16

56

0.40

1.51

75

100

80

85

95

105

115

125

135

18

63

0.45

1.70

75

100

80

85

95

105

115

125

135

21

70

0.50

1.89

75

125

85

95

105

120

125

140

155

23

77

0.55

2.08

75

125

85

95

105

120

125

140

155

27

91

0.65

2.46

75

125

80

85

95

105

115

125

140

31

105

0.75

2.84

100

125

80

85

90

100

110

115

125

36

119

0.85

3.22

100

125

75

85

90

95

105

110

120

41

140

1.00

3.78

100

150

75

85

90

95

105

110

120

51

175

1.25

4.73

100

150

75

80

85

90

95

100

110

62

210

1.50

5.68

125

175

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

72

245

1.75

6.62

125

175

75

80

80

85

90

95

100

82

280

2.00

7.57

150

200

75

80

80

85

90

95

100

123

420

3.00

11.36

175

250

75

75

80

85

85

95

100

(Continued)

140

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

kW

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.2 a) (Concluded) (Metric) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, mm

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, m

kW

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

3.5

6

8.5

11

14

16

19

164

560

4.00

15.14

200

275

70

75

80

80

85

85

90

205

700

5.00

18.93

225

300

70

75

75

80

80

85

85

141

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

* See Table B.6 for equivalent rectangular chimney vent (flue) sizes. Notes: 1) RSI values for typical chimneys are as follows: a) RSI 0.35 (0.35 m2°C/W): clay-lined masonry A-vent; b) RSI 0.50 (0.50 m2°C/W): metal liner in clay-lined masonry; and c) RSI 1.00 (1.00 m2°C/W): metal- or clay-lined masonry with 0.8 RSI insulation between liner and masonry (e.g., 50 mm of expanded mica or 35 mm of high-density glass fibreboard). 2) This Table is based on 40% excess air (40% excess air is equivalent to 11% CO2 for No. 2 fuel oil). For higher excess-air ratios, minimum flue size shall be increased. 3) For example, a furnace with 2.84 L/h nozzle is to be connected to a 6.0 m tall clay-lined, masonry chimney with 50 mm of expanded mica between the liner and the masonry: a) The thermal resistance of this type of chimney is RSI 1.00. Therefore, this Table shall apply. b) The minimum size permitted shall be 100 mm inside diameter. c) The maximum size permitted shall be 125 mm inside diameter. d) The minimum base temperature shall be 85 °C.

(See Clauses 12.1.7, 13.2.5.2, and 13.2.5.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 10.3.4, 10.7.1, 11.2.4.2, and 11.2.4.3 of CSA B139.2.)

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.2 b) Permitted chimney vent (flue) sizes and minimum base temperatures for circular vents (flues)* in chimneys with thermal resistance equal to or greater than R6 (6 ft2•h•°F/Btu)

(Imperial) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, in

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, ft

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

11

20

28

36

44

52

12

42

0.30

1.14

3

4

185

210

245

280

320

365

60 —

14

49

0.35

1.33

3

4

180

205

230

260

290

325

360

16

56

0.40

1.51

3

4

180

200

220

240

265

295

325

18

63

0.45

1.70

3

4

175

195

210

230

250

275

300

21

70

0.50

1.89

3

5

185

200

220

250

265

295

325

23

77

0.55

2.08

3

5

175

195

215

235

255

280

305

27

91

0.65

2.46

3

5

175

185

205

220

235

255

275

31

105

0.75

2.84

4

5

175

185

195

210

225

240

255

36

119

0.85

3.22

4

5

165

185

195

205

215

225

240

41

140

1.00

3.78

4

6

165

185

195

205

215

230

240

51

175

1.25

4.73

4

6

165

175

185

195

200

210

220

62

210

1.50

5.68

5

7

165

175

185

195

200

210

220

72

245

1.75

6.62

5

7

165

175

175

185

195

200

210

82

280

2.00

7.57

6

8

165

175

175

185

195

200

210

123

420

3.00

11.36

7

10

165

165

175

185

185

195

200

(Continued)

142

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

kW

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.2 b) (Concluded) (Imperial) Total input rating of all connected appliances

Flue inside diameter, in

Minimum base temperature, °C, for chimney height, ft

kW

kBtu/h

USGPH

L/h

Minimum

Maximum

11

20

28

36

44

52

60

164

560

4.00

15.14

8

11

160

165

175

175

180

185

190

205

700

5.00

18.93

9

12

160

165

170

175

180

180

185

143

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

* See Table B.6 for equivalent rectangular chimney vent (flue) sizes. Notes: 1) R values for typical chimneys are as follows: a) R2 (2 ft2•h•°F/Btu): clay-lined masonry A-vent; b) R3 (3 ft2•h•°F/Btu): metal liner in clay-lined masonry; and c) R6 (6 ft2•h•°F/Btu): metal- or clay-lined masonry with R4.5 (4.5 ft2•h•°F/Btu) insulation between liner and masonry (e.g., 2 in of expanded mica or 1-3/8 in of high-density glass fibreboard). 2) This Table is based on 40% excess air (40% excess air is equivalent to 11% CO2 for No. 2 fuel oil). For higher excess-air ratios, minimum flue size shall be increased. 3) For example, a furnace with 0.75 USGPH nozzle is to be connected to a 20 ft tall clay-lined, masonry chimney with 2 in of expanded mica between the liner and the masonry: a) The thermal resistance of this type of chimney is R6. Therefore, this Table shall apply. b) The minimum size permitted shall be 4 in inside diameter. c) The maximum size permitted shall be 5 in inside diameter. d) The minimum base temperature shall be 185 °F.

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table B.3 Minimum vent connector thicknesses (See Clause 10.7.4 of CSA B139.2.)

Vent connector diameter, mm (in)

Minimum thickness for galvanized sheet steel, mm (in) — gauge

Minimum thickness for material other than galvanized sheet steel, mm (in) — gauge

≤ 203 (8)

0.40 (0.016) — 28

0.40 (0.016) — 26

204–254 (8–10)

0.48 (0.019) — 26

0.53 (0.021) — 24

255–305 (10–12)

0.61 (0.024) — 24

*

> 305 (12)

*

*

* As required by acceptable engineering practices. Notes: 1) These thicknesses are the minimum acceptable thicknesses. There shall be no reductions for rolling or mill tolerances. 2) When the vent connector is installed in a location having a corrosive atmosphere, a more durable material can be required.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

144

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.4 Standard clearances between appliances and vent connectors and building construction (See Clauses 4.13, 12.7.1.15, and 12.8.4.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 4.14. and 10.7.13 of CSA B139.2, Table B.7, and Figures B.12 and B.13.) Vent pipe clearances Maximum flue-gas temperatures

Above appliance or plenum (A)

Front (D)

Back and one side (B)

Bottom to floor†

400 °C (750 °F) or less (E, F)

Over 400 °C (750 °F) (E, F)

• Limited to 120 °C (250 °F) max water temperature or a gauge pressure of 103 kPa (15 psi) max steam pressure

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Not limited to 120 °C (250 ° F) max water temperature

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to a gauge pressure of 345 kPa (50 psi) max steam pressure and a gauge pressure greater than 103 kPa (15 psi)

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to a gauge pressure greater than 345 kPa (50 psi) and limited to 421 846 kJ (400 000 Btu/h) input

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Other boilers

915 mm (36 in)

2.4 m (96 in)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Permissible reductions†

(a)

(b), (c)

(a) or as above

(b) or as above

as above

(a)

(a)

Equipment

Other side

Boilers, waterwalled, jacketed, or insulated

145

(Continued)

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Appliance clearances*

Vent pipe clearances Appliance clearances*

Maximum flue-gas temperatures

Above appliance or plenum (A)

Front (D)

Back and one side (B)

Bottom to floor†

400 °C (750 °F) or less (E, F)

Over 400 °C (750 °F) (E, F)

• Limited to 99 °C (210 °F) max water temperature or a gauge pressure of 103 kPa (15 psi) max steam pressure

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Not limited to 99 °C (210 ° F) max water temperature

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to a gauge pressure of 345 kPa (50 psi) max steam pressure and a gauge pressure greater than 103 kPa (15 psi)

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to a gauge pressure greater than 345 kPa (50 psi) and limited to 421 846 kJ (400 000 Btu/h) input

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

915 mm (36 in)

2.4 m (96 in)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

(a)

(b), (c)

(a) or as above

(b) or as above

as above

(a)

(a)

Equipment

Other side

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.4 (Continued)

Service water heaters, waterwalled, jacketed, or insulated

Central furnaces Permissible reductions†

(Continued)

146

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Other service water heaters

Vent pipe clearances Maximum flue-gas temperatures

Above appliance or plenum (A)

Front (D)

Back and one side (B)

Bottom to floor†

400 °C (750 °F) or less (E, F)

Over 400 °C (750 °F) (E, F)

• Limited to 93 °C (200 °F) max air temperature

25 mm (1 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to 120 °C (250 °F) max air temperature

50 mm (2 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Limited to 177 °C (350 °F) max air temperature

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Not limited

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Duct furnaces

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

610 mm (24 in)

230 mm (9 in)

150 mm (6 in) (e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Horizontal furnaces

610 mm (24 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in) (e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Floor furnaces

915 mm (36 in)

610 mm (24 in)

150 mm (6 in) (d)

150 mm (6 in) (d)

305 mm (12 in) (f)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Circulating-type

915 mm (36 in)

610 mm (24 in)

305 mm (12 in)

610 mm (24 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

• Radiant-type

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

(a)

(b), (c)

(a) or as above

(b) or as above

as above

(a)

(a)

Equipment

Other side

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Room heaters

Cooking equipment Permissible reductions†

147

(Continued)

General requirements for large installations

Appliance clearances*

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.4 (Continued)

Vent pipe clearances Appliance clearances*

Maximum flue-gas temperatures

Above appliance or plenum (A)

400 °C (750 °F) or less (E, F)

Over 400 °C (750 °F) (E, F)

• Residential-type ranges • Restaurant-type ranges, deep fat fryers, and unit broilers

Front (D)

Back and one side (B)

Other side

Bottom to floor†

762 mm (30 in) (h)

1.22 m (48 in)

(i)

(i)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

1.22 m (48 in)

460 mm (18 in)

460 mm (18 in) (h)

(e)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Unit heaters (suspended)

460 mm (18 in)

915 mm (36 in)

305 mm (12 in)

610 mm (24 in)

1.37 m (54 in)

230 mm (9 in)

460 mm (18 in)

High-heat appliances

4.6 m (180 in)

9.1 m (360 in)

3.1 m (120 in)

3.1 m (120 in)

—

—

915 mm (36 in)

• Residential-type

915 mm (36 in) (j) 1.22 m (48 in) (k)

1.22 m (48 in) (k)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

—

460 mm (18 in)

915 mm (36 in)

• Commercial- and industrialtypes

915 mm (36 in) (j) 1.22 m (48 in) (k)

2.4 m (96 in)

915 mm (36 in)

915 mm (36 in)

—

460 mm (18 in)

915 mm (36 in)

(a)

(b), (c)

(a) or as above

(b) or as above

as above

(a)

(a)

Equipment

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.4 (Continued)

Permissible reductions†

* Capital letters refer to dimensions in Figures B.12 and B.13. † Lower case letters refer to permissible reductions specified in Note 4.

Notes: 1) Minimum clearances to construction shall be measured from the appliance, disregarding any projecting component but the burner. 2) The clearances specified in this Table are based on equipment installed in a room that is large compared to the size of the unit. See definition of “Large room” in Clause 3. 3) The clearances specified in this Table are not applicable for a unit installed in a closet or alcove.

(Continued)

148

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Incinerators

4)

149

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Lower-case letters in this Table refer to the following additional specifications, as applicable: a) When adjacent construction is i) noncombustible, this clearance may be reduced by one-third of the listed clearance; or ii) combustible and protected as described in Column 1 of Table B.7, these clearances may be reduced as permitted by Table B.7. b) These clearances shall not be reduced below those listed. c) The front of the appliance shall be the face on which the burner is installed. d) These clearances shall apply to the casing below the floor construction, including joints. e) When an appliance is installed on a combustible floor, the appliance shall be certified for such mounting, or the area of the floor on which the appliance is installed shall be protected with a ventilated air space that is provided by hollow clay tile greater than or equal to 100 mm (4 in) thick or by other masonry material that has at least equal strength and at least lower thermal conductance than hollow clay tile. The tile or masonry material shall be covered with a steel sheet and with the tile ends unsealed and the joints matched so that the air space is vented. This protection shall extend horizontally beyond the appliance at the front, back, and sides for a distance equal to the minimum unprotected side clearance of the appliance. f) The 305 mm (12 in) minimum clearance to the floor or ground shall be between the appliance and the general level of the floor of the basement or crawl space, except that where the lower 150 mm (6 in) portion of the furnace is sealed by an approved method to prevent entrance of water, the clearance may be reduced to a minimum of 50 mm (2 in). g) When the underside of the material is protected as specified in Row a) of Table B.7, the 762 mm (30 in) clearance may be reduced to 610 mm (24 in). The protection shall extend 229 mm (9 in) beyond the sides of the range unless the material or metal cabinets above the cooking top are protected by a metal ventilating hood, the top of which is greater than or equal to 610 mm (24 in) above the cooking top and is insulated with protection equal to 6 mm (1/4 in) thick insulating noncombustible board. h) Any portion of material located within 460 mm (18 in) horizontally of the cooking top section shall be protected for a vertical distance of 762 mm (30 in) above the surface of the cooking top. Such protection shall be greater than or equal to 6 mm (1/4 in) insulating noncombustible board spaced out 25 mm (1 in) by noncombustible spacers. i) The following dimensions shall apply to residential-type ranges: i) back: 229 mm (9 in); ii) fireside: 1.22 m (48 in); iii) ovenside: 916 mm (36 in); and iv) other side: 229 mm (9 in). j) This clearance shall apply above the appliance. k) This clearance shall apply above the charging door.

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.4 (Concluded)

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table B.5 Maximum spacing of supports (See Clauses 5.2.1.11 and 5.2.4.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 5.2.8 of CSA B139.2.) Pipe size, mm (in)

Spacing of supports, m (ft)

Horizontal pipe ≤ 12.5 (1/2)

1.8 (6)

19–25 (3/4–1)

2.4 (8)

32–64 (1-1/4–2-1/2)

3.0 (10)

75–100 (3–4)

4.6 (15)

127–203 (5–8)

6.0 (20)

> 203 (8)

7.6 (25)

Vertical pipe Every floor level

≥ 32 (1-1/4)

Table B.6 Equivalent rectangular sizes (See Tables B.1 and B.2.) Circular vent (flue) internal size, mm (in)

Equivalent rectangular clay liner (external) size, mm (in)

75 (3)

Not yet available

100 (4)

Not yet available

125 (5)

Not yet available

150 (6)

200 × 200 (8 × 8)

175 (7)

Not yet available

200 (8)

250 × 250 (10 × 10)

225 (9)

Not yet available

250 (10)

300 × 300 and 300 × 400 (12 × 12 and 12 × 16)

275 (11)

Not yet available

300 (12)

Not yet available

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

150

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.7 Clearance with specified forms of protection (See Clauses 4.13.1.3, 12.8.2.3, and 12.8.4.2 of CSA B139.1.0, Clause 4.14.3 of CSA B139.2, Table B.4, and Figure B.14.) Minimum clearance, mm (in)

Without protection

915 (36)

With protection as specified below (see Note 2)

Above

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

a) 6.4 mm (1/4 in) insulating, noncombustible board spaced at 25 mm (1 in)

760 (30)

460 (18)

760 (30)

375 (15)

230 (9)

305 (12)

b) 0.33 mm (0.0129 in) thick sheet metal on 6.4 mm (1/4 in) insulating, noncombustible board

610 (24)

460 (18)

610 (24)

305 (12)

230 (9)

c) 0.33 mm (0.0129 in) thick sheet metal spaced at 25 mm (1 in)

460 (18)

305 (12)

460 (18)

230 (9)

d) 0.33 mm (0.0129 in) thick sheet metal on 6.4 mm (1/4 in) insulating, noncombustible board spaced at 25 mm (1 in)

460 (18)

305 (12)

460 (18)

e) 38 mm (1-1/2 in) insulating, noncombustible cover on heating appliance

460 (18)

305 (12)

f) 6.4 mm (1/4 in) insulating, noncombustible board on 25 mm (1 in) mineral wool batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent

460 (18)

g) 0.66 mm (0.0259 in) thick sheet metal on 25 mm (1 in) mineral wool batts

460 (18)

460 (18)

305 (12)

230 (9)

150 (6)

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

Sides, rear

230 (9)

150 (6)

150 (6)

75 (3)

50 (2)

305 (12)

230 (9)

150 (6)

100 (4)

75 (3)

50 (2)

150 (6)

230 (9)

150 (6)

100 (4)

100 (4)

50 (2)

50 (2)

230 (9)

150 (6)

230 (9)

150 (6)

100 (4)

100 (4)

50 (2)

50 (2)

915 (36)

230 (9)

150 (6)

460 (18)

150 (6)

100 (4)

230 (9)

50 (2)

25 (1)

305 (12)

460 (18)

150 (6)

150 (6)

150 (6)

100 (4)

100 (4)

100 (4)

50 (2)

50 (2)

305 (12)

305 (12)

100 (4)

75 (3)

75 (3)

50 (2)

50 (2)

50 (2)

50 (2)

50 (2)

151

(Continued)

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Form of protection

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table B.7 (Concluded) Form of protection

Minimum clearance, mm (in)

Without protection

915 (36)

With protection as specified below (see Note 2)

Above

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

h) 6.4 mm (1/4 in) insulating, noncombustible board

915 (36)

915 (36)

915 (36)

460 (18)

460 (18)

460 (18)

i) 6.4 mm (1/4 in) cellular insulating, noncombustible material

915 (36)

915 (36)

915 (36)

460 (18)

460 (18)

460 (18)

460 (18)

305 (12)

230 (9)

150 (6)

Sides, rear

Vent pipe

Above

Sides, rear

305 (12)

305 (12)

230 (9)

100 (4)

100 (4)

305 (12)

305 (12)

230 (9)

75 (3)

75 (3)

reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent

152

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Notes: 1) Except for the protection indicated in Item e) of this Table, all clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the material, disregarding any intervening protection applied to the material, but in no case shall the clearance be such as to interfere with the requirements for combustion air and for accessibility. 2) Applied to the material unless otherwise specified and covering all surfaces within the distance specified as the required clearance with no protection. Thicknesses are minimum. 3) Spacers shall be of noncombustible material. 4) Mineral wool batts shall not have any combustible covering. 5) Reduced minimum clearances in columns for vent pipe correspond to dimension B in Figure B.13.

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

B.2 Figures Figure B.1 Typical chimney flue capped access (See Clauses 12.2 and 12.7.1.15 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clauses 10.3.7, 10.4, and 10.7.13 of CSA B139.2.) Chimney liner

Combustible partition or wall

Masonry chimney

Base tee

230 mm (9 in) (from Table B.4)

Vent connector Flue gas 450 °C (750°F) or less

Cleanout opening

230 mm (9 in) (from Table B.4)

Combustible partition or wall

Tight access cap

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

153

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.2 Chimney flue vertical clearance (See Clause 12.1.10 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 10.3.8 of CSA B139.2.) Less than 3 m (10 ft)

0.6 m (2 ft) min.

1 m (3 ft) min.

More than 3 m (10 ft) 1 m (3 ft) min. 0.6 m (2 ft) min.

3 m (10 ft)

Wind Minimum clearances 0.6 m (2 ft) Wind

Wind

Adjacent high building

Wind

Note: Correct chimney design is shown by the solid lines. Incorrect chimney design, as shown by the dotted lines, can result in downdrafts.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

154

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.3 Example of appliance(s) located in an large space — Combustion air and additional ventilation from outdoors (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, and 9.2.3 of CSA B139.2.)

Chimney

Vent connectors Draft regulators (if installed) Oil-fired appliances

Combustion air opening

Grade Large space See Clause 9.1.6 in CSA B139.2 for clearance to grade.

Note: The position of the combustion air opening in the outside wall shall meet the requirements of Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2. The opening shall have a total free-flow area of not less than 4.4 cm2/kW (1 in2/5000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the large space, in compliance with Clause 9.2.3 of CSA B139.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

155

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.4 Example of appliance(s) located in a limited space — Combustion air from outdoors by infiltration and ventilation from inside the building (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, and 9.2.4 of CSA B139.2.) Chimney

Vent connectors

Limited space Ventilation opening

Oil-fired appliances

Draft regulators (if installed)

Air infiltration (See note to Clause 9.2.2 in CSA B139.2) Grade

Wall Combustion air and ventilation opening

Note: Each of the combined combustion air and ventilation openings through the inside wall shall have a free-flow area of not less than 22 cm2/kW (1 in2/1000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with Clause 9.2.4 of CSA B139.2. The combustion air and additional ventilation shall be provided by infiltration from outdoors.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

156

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.5 Example of appliance(s) located in a limited space — Combustion air and ventilation from outdoors (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, 9.2.5, and 9.2.6 of CSA B139.2.) Chimney

Ventilation opening Limited space Draft regulators (if installed) Vent connectors Combustion air and ventilation opening Oil-fired appliances Wall

Grade See Clause 9.1.6 in CSA B139.2 for clearance to grade.

Note: The positions of the combined combustion air and ventilation openings through the outside wall shall meet the requirements of Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2. Each opening shall have a free-flow area of not less than 5.5 cm2/ kW (1 in2/4000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the “limited space, in compliance with Clause 9.2.6 c) of CSA B139.2. Vent connectors passing through a wall shall meet the requirements of Clauses 10.7.12 and 10.7.13 of CSA B139.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

157

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.6 Example of appliance(s) located in a limited space — Combustion air and ventilation ducted from outdoors (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, 9.2.5, and 9.2.6 of CSA B139.2.) Chimney

Ventilation duct to opening Vent connectors

Limited space Combustion air and ventilation duct opening

Oil-fired appliances

Grade

Draft regulators (if installed) Wall

See Clause 9.1.6 in CSA B139.2 for clearance to grade.

Note: The positions of the combined horizontal combustion air and ventilation ducts through the outside wall shall meet the requirements of Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2. Each duct shall have a free-flow area of not less than 11 cm2/kW (1 in2/2000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with Clauses 9.1.7 and 9.2.6 b) in CSA B139.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

158

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.7 Example of appliance(s) located in a limited space — Combustion air from outdoors and ventilation from inside the building (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, 9.2.4, and 9.2.7 of CSA B139.2.) Chimney

Vent connectors

Limited space Ventilation opening

Combustion air opening

Draft regulators (if installed) Oil-fired appliances

Grade Wall Combustion air and ventilation opening

See Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2 for clearance to grade.

Notes: 1) The position of the combustion air opening through the outside wall shall meet the requirements of Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2. The opening shall have a total free-flow area of not less than 4.4 cm2/kW (1 in2/ 5000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with Clause 9.2.7 of CSA B139.2. 2) Each ventilation opening through the inside wall shall have a free-flow area of not less than 22 cm2/kW (1 in2/1000 Btu/h) of the total input rating of the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with the requirements of Clause 9.2.4 of CSA B139.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

159

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.8 Example of appliance(s) located in a limited space — Combustion air ducted from outdoors and ventilation from inside the building (See Clauses 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.2.1, 9.2.4, and 9.2.7 of CSA B139.2.)

Chimney

Vent connectors

Limited space

Ventilation opening Draft regulators (if installed)

Combustion air duct opening

Grade Oil-fired appliances

Wall Ventilation opening

See Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2 for clearance to grade.

Notes: 1) The position of the combustion air opening through the outside wall shall meet the requirements of Clause 9.1.6 of CSA B139.2. The horizontal duct shall have a total free-flow area of not less than 4.4 cm2/kW (1 in2/5000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with Clause 9.2.7 of CSA B139.2. 2) Each ventilation opening through the inside wall shall have a free-flow area of not less than 22 cm2/kW (1 in2/1000 Btu/h) of the total input rating for the appliance(s) located in the limited space, in compliance with the requirements of Clauses 9.2.4 and 9.2.7 of CSA B139.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

160

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.9 Fuel supply tank clearances (See Clause 6.3.6 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 6.3.7 of CSA B139.2.) 50 mm (2 in)

50 mm (2 in)

100 mm (4 in)

(18 in)

Tank 2

Tank 1

460 mm

460 mm (18 in)

460 mm (18 in)

460 mm (18 in)

460 mm (18 in) 460 mm (18 in)

Tank 50 mm (2 in) 50 mm (2 in)

50 mm (2 in)

50 mm (2 in)

50 mm (2 in)

460 mm (18 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Tank 2

Tank 1

50 mm (2 in)

460 mm (18 in)

Plan views showing minimum clearance distances between tanks and walls or other tanks

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

161

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.10 a) Multiple bottom-connected fuel supply tanks (See Clauses 7.4 and 8.3.10 of CSA B139.2.) Fill pipe

Individual vent

Whistle Sealed opening Gauge

Gauge

Valve

Filter Valve

Same size as fill pipe

Cross-connected tanks with separate vents

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

162

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.10 b) Multiple bottom-connected fuel supply tanks (See Clauses 7.4 and 8.3.10 of CSA B139.2.) Fill pipe

Common vent

Individual vent Individual vent

Whistle

Sealed opening

Gauge

Gauge

Valve

Filter Valve

Same size as fill pipe

Cross-connected tanks with manifold vent

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

163

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.11 Typical installations of pressure-filled multiple top-connected fuel supply tanks (See Clauses 7.5.2 and 8.3.10 of CSA B139.2.) Supply to burner Vent whistle

Vent pipe

Fill pipe To filter

Vent whistle

Fuel oil gauge

Tanks mounted side by side Supply to burner

Fuel oil gauge

Vent whistle To filter

Vent pipe

Fill pipe

Tanks mounted end to end

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

164

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.12 Designated clearances — Furnaces (See Table B.4.) A Ceiling or joist

Vent connector

F

Warm air plenum E Appliance (furnace)

Partition or wall

Vestibule

B D Floor

Legend: A I =I the clearance from the top of the warm air plenum to construction directly above the appliance BI

=I the clearance from the rear of the appliance to construction

CI

=I (not shown) the clearances from the sides of the appliance to construction

D I =I the clearance from the front of the appliance, excluding the vestibule, to construction EI FI

=I the horizontal clearance from the vent connector to construction =I the vertical clearance from the vent connector to construction

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

165

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.13 Designated clearances — Heaters (See Table B.4.) Ceiling or joist

F

Vent connector

A

Appliance (heater)

E Partition or wall D B

Floor

Legend: A I =I the clearance from the top of the appliance to construction above the appliance BI

=I the clearance from the rear of the appliance to construction

CI

=I (not shown) the clearances from the sides of the appliance to construction

D I =I the clearance from the front of the appliance to construction EI FI

=I the horizontal clearance from the vent connector to construction =I the vertical clearance from the vent connector to construction

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

166

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.14 Clearances with specified protection (See Table B.7.) Construction using combustible material, plastered or unplastered

A

B

C

S

T

C

Source of heat (appliance, flue pipe, etc.)

Legend: A I =I the required clearance with no protection BI

=I the reduced clearance permitted by Table B.7. The protection (S) shall be applied to extend far enough in each direction to make C equal to A

CI

=I the clearance to the unprotected combustible construction

SI

=I the sheet metal or other protection used to reduce the required clearance from the source of heat to the combustible construction =I a noncombustible spacer

TI

Note: Plastered construction having combustible supports is classified as combustible, regardless of the type of lath.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

167

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.15 a) Outdoor residential tank foundations (See Clause 6.5.3 of CSA B139.2.) Dependant on tank size

(6 in)

150 mm

150 mm

75 mm (3 in)

(6 in) (6 in)

Option 1: Full foundation pad 90 mm (3.5 in) reinforced concrete pad for up to 1000 L tank capacity 140 mm (5.5 in) reinforced concrete pad for over 1000 L tank capacity

(6 in)

(6 in)

140 mm (5.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa – 3045 psi) c/w steel 6 × 6–w4/w4 welded wire mesh installed through centre line of concrete slab for tanks > 1000 L

75 mm (3 in)

Note: The example is for a 610 mm × 1525 mm (24 in × 60 in) AST.

90 mm (3.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa – 3045 psi) c/w steel 6 × 6–w4/w4 welded wire mesh installed through centre line of concrete slab for tanks ≤ 1000 L.

(6 in)

Oil tank

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of slab (typ.)

(6 in)

150 mm

150 mm

Tank width

Dependant on tank size

150 mm

150 mm

(6 in)

150 mm

Tank length (Tank dimensions may vary)

Plan view

Oil tank

If anchorage is required, tapcon screw tank leg flanges to concrete slab at all leg locations

Slope (2%) T/O slab to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil Impervious layer (top soil)

Slope grade min. 2% from slab at all locations 150 mm 150 mm

150 mm 25 mm (1 in)

(6 in)

(6 in)

150 mm

Oil tank T/O slab to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil Slope grade min. 2% from slab at all locations

If anchorage is required, tapcon screw tank leg flanges to concrete slab at all leg locations 150 mm 150 mm (6 in) (6 in) 150 mm (6 in)

25 mm (1 in)

150 mm (6 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

Welded wire mesh installed through centre line of concrete slab

(6 in)

140 mm (5.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa - 3045 psi) c/w 6 × 6-w4/w4 steel welded wire mesh for tanks > 1000 L 90 mm (3.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa - 3045 psi) c/w 6 × 6-w4/w4 steel welded wire mesh for tanks ≤ 1000 L

(6 in)

150 mm

140 mm (5.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa - 3045 psi) c/w 6x6-w4/w4 steel welded wire mesh for tanks > 1000 L 90 mm (3.5 in) concrete slab (21 MPa - 3045 psi) c/w 6x6-w4/w4 steel welded wire mesh for tanks ≤ 1000 L 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of slab (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Front elevation

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of slab (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Side elevation

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

168

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.15 b) (See Clause 6.5.3 of CSA B139.2.) Note: Location and quantity of 200 mm (8 in) × 100 mm (4 in) sleepers for a 3 leg set tank. 150 mm 200 mm

Option 2: Steel reinforced concrete sleeper system (for all tank designs)

200 mm 150 mm

200 mm (8 in)

(8 in)

(8 in)

(6 in)

(6 in)

Note: Install 1 sleeper per leg set (if there are two leg sets, 2 sleepers are required. If there are three leg sets, 3 sleepers are required.)

75 mm (3 in)

150 mm

(6 in)

Dependant on tank size

100 mm (4 in)

100 mm (4 in)

Concrete sleeper length is to extend 150 mm (6 in) past each side or end of the tank, depending upon orientation of the tank.

100 mm (4 in)

Slope grade min. 2% from sleeper at all locations

100 mm (4 in)

Dependant on tank size

75 mm (3 in)

Impervious layer (top soil) 200 mm 150 mm (8 in) (6 in)

200 mm (8 in)

75 mm (3 in)

200 mm (8 in) × 100 mm (4 in) concrete sleepers (21 MPa - 3045 psi) (length dependant on tank size) w/ 1 - 15m rebar centred within concrete sleeper T/O sleeper to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil

Plan view 150 mm 200 mm (6 in) (8 in)

150 mm (6 in)

75 mm (3 in)

150 mm

(6 in)

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” in gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of slab (typ.) 200 mm (8 in) × 100 mm (4 in) concrete (21 MPa - 3045 psi) sleepers (length dependant on tank size) w/ 1 - 15m rebar centred within concrete sleeper

T/O sleeper to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil Impervious layer (top soil)

Impervious layer (top soil)

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of sleeper (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

150 mm (6 in)

Front elevation

200 mm (8 in) × 100 mm (4 in) concrete sleepers (21 MPa - 3045 psi) (length dependant on tank size) w/ 1 - 15m rebar centred within concrete sleeper 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of sleeper (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Side elevation

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

169

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.15 c) (See Clause 6.5.3 of CSA B139.2.)

760 mm + 150 mm + 150 mm = 1060 mm (42 in)

300 mm (12 in)

300 mm (12 in)

150 mm (6 in)

Option 3: Steel reinforced concrete patio stones

(6 in)

150 mm

150 mm (6 in)

Oil tank

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of patio stones (typ.)

2 – 300 mm × 760 mm × 70 mm (12 in × 30 in × 2.8 in) reinforced concrete patio stone (21 MPa – 3045 psi) with 100 mm × 100 mm (4 in × 4 in) W4/W4 welded wire mesh

(6 in)

150 mm

760 mm (30 in)

Tank legs are to be centred at midpoint of reinforced concrete patio stone

Plan view

Oil tank

Slope: (2%) Slope grade min. 2% from patio stone at all locations 70 mm 70 mm

T/O patio stone to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil

25 mm (1 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

760 mm (30 in)

2 – 300 mm × 760 mm × 70 mm (12 in × 30 in × 2.8 in) reinforced concrete patio stone (21 MPa – 3045 psi) with 100 mm × 100 mm (4 in × 4 in) W4/W4 welded wire mesh 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of patio stones (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Impervious layer (top soil)

150 mm (6 in)

150 mm (6 in)

(2.8 in)

Slope grade min. 2% from patio stone at all locations

T/O patio stone to be 25 mm (1 in) above surrounding soil

75 mm (3 in)

(6 in)

(6 in)

150 mm

Oil tank

(2.8 in)

75 mm (3 in) 150 mm

300 mm (12 in)

150 mm (6 in)

25 mm (1 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

Front elevation

300 mm (12 in)

2 – 300 mm × 760 mm × 70 mm (12 in × 30 in × 2.8 in) reinforced concrete patio stone (21 MPa – 3045 psi) with 100 mm × 100 mm (4 in × 4 in) W4/W4 welded wire mesh 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of patio stones (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Side elevation

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

170

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.15 d) (See Clause 6.5.3 of CSA B139.2.) 150 mm (6 in) 150 mm (6 in)

150 mm (6 in)

Option 4: Pressure treated wood sleeper system

Dependant on tank width

Note: Cut ends of nominal 150 mm × 150 mm (6 in × 6 in) wood sleeper are to be treated with wood preservative.

Oil tank

Nominal 150 mm × 150 mm (6 in × 6 in) pressure treated wood sleeper centred and fastened under tank legs. Install wood sleepers flush with grade.

150 mm (6 in)

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of sleeper (typ.)

If anchorage is required, screw tank leg flanges to wood sleeper at all leg locations

Oil tank

Plan view T/O sleeper to be flush with surrounding soil

Slope (2%) Slope grade min. 2% from sleeper at all locations

Slope grade min. 2% from sleeper at all locations

T/O sleeper to be flush with surrounding soil Impervious layer (top soil)

150 mm (6 in)

150 mm (6 in)

Oil tank

Impervious layer (top soil) 150 mm 150 mm (6 in) (6 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

Nominal 150 mm × 150 mm (6 in × 6 in) pressure treated wood sleeper centred and fastened under tank legs. Install wood sleepers flush with grade. 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of sleeper (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Front elevation

150 mm (6 in)

Nominal 150 mm × 150 mm (6 in × 6 in) pressure treated wood sleeper centred and fastened under tank legs. Install wood sleepers flush with grade. 150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed sides of sleeper (typ.) Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Side elevation

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

171

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Figure B.15 e) (See Clause 6.5.6 of CSA B139.2.) 150 mm (6 in)

Centre to centre of support legs

150 mm (6 in)

Option for horizontal (flat) tank

Precast 455 mm × 455 mm × 65 mm (18 in × 18 in × 2.6 in) reinforced concrete patio stone support

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear crush stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed side of concrete pads

Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

Support layout plan view

Oil tank

Oil tank

Oil tank

Slope surface of crush stone sub base away from tank area

Support cradle

Impervious layer (top soil)

Precast 455 mm × 455 mm × 65 mm (18 in × 18 in × 2.6 in) reinforced concrete patio stone support

12.7 mm (1/2 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

65 mm (2.6 in)

150 mm (6 in)

Impervious layer (top soil)

Centre to centre of of support legs

Side elevation

150 mm (6 in)

150 mm (6 in) of 3/4 in clear crush stone or “A” gravel mechanically compacted along bottom and around all exposed side of concrete pads

Front elevation

Undisturbed non-organic free draining, densely compacted soil

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

172

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex C (informative) Replacement burners and replacement combustion heads for residential oil burners Notes: 1) This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code. 2) This Annex reproduces the text of CSA B140.2.3. 3) This Annex reproduces the text of CSA B139-04 regarding replacement burners that are not certified to be used with the appliance.

C.1 Field installation of burners Replacement residential burners and replacement combustion heads should be certified and comply with Clauses C.2 and C.3.

C.2 General C.2.1 Prior to the installation of a burner, the installer should examine the appliance in which the burner is to be connected to ensure that the appliance and chimney are in good condition and suitable for oil firing and that the vent passages and combustion chamber will be tight against leaks.

C.2.2 If the appliance or chimney is neither in good condition nor suitable for oil firing, the installer should inform the owner and the burner should remain inoperative until the necessary repairs or alterations have been made.

C.2.3 Oil burners should be installed in accordance with the burner manufacturer’s installation instructions.

C.2.4 When the ash pit is not used as part of the combustion chamber, provision should be made to prevent the accumulation of vapours in the ash pit by a) removing the ash pit door; b) providing bottom ventilation to the ash pit; or c) completely filling the ash pit with noncombustible material.

C.2.5 When the ash pit is partly occupied by the combustion chamber, the remaining space of the ash pit should be completely filled with noncombustible material. No air pockets should be left where vapours could accumulate.

C.2.6 A door or other means should be provided to permit the relief of excessive combustion-zone pressure. The operation of the door or other means should not result in injury to persons or damage to fuel lines, electrical circuits, controls, etc.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

173

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

C.2.7 Provision should be made to permit adequate observation of the flame zone to determine the burner fire condition.

C.3 Firing rate The firing rate of the burner should not exceed the rate that is safe for the appliance.

C.4 Combustion chamber Note: See also Annex H.

C.4.1 The combustion chamber should be constructed of firebrick or other suitable material.

C.4.2 The dimensions of the combustion chamber should be in accordance with the specifications given in the burner manufacturer’s instructions.

C.5 Secondary air supply When a secondary air supply is required, the provision for secondary air should be in accordance with the burner manufacturer’s instructions.

C.6 Controls C.6.1 Primary safety controls C.6.1.1 The burner should be equipped with a primary safety control of a type suitable for use with the burner.

C.6.1.2 The primary safety control should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, with particular attention given to voltages and ambient temperatures.

C.6.1.3 When the primary safety control is of the type defined as a combustion safety control, the control should function, upon ignition failure or flame failure, to shut off the burner within the applicable time period described in Clauses C.6.1.4 to C.6.1.11.

C.6.1.4 The combustion safety control should function to actuate or de-energize the shut-off device within the applicable time periods specified in CSA B140.2.1. Note: See Annex E for details.

C.6.1.5 Tolerances on the nominal timings listed in Table E.1 should be allowed, as follows: a) 10% of the nominal timing for nominal timings of 15 s or more; and b) 1 s for nominal timings of less than 15 s.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

174

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

C.6.1.6 The input for determining the flame failure response time should be the maximum input to the main burner.

C.6.1.7 For a burner equipped to fire at a single fixed rate, the trial-for-ignition period of main flame should be based on the maximum input for which the burner is approved.

C.6.1.8 For a multi-rate or modulating burner equipped to start on low fire only, the trial-for-ignition period should be based on the low fire input to the burner that is to be initially ignited, provided that this input cannot be increased until ignition at this low fire input is established and proved.

C.6.1.9 When the maximum input for the trial-for-ignition period of the main flame is over 76 L/h (20 USGPH), a proven igniter or pilot should be provided.

C.6.1.10 When a proven igniter or pilot is used, the trial-for-ignition period of the pilot should be not more than 15 s. At the end of the trial-for-ignition period of the main flame, supervision of only the main flame should begin.

C.6.1.11 When intermittent ignition is employed or if the ignition system is re-energized in 0.8 s or less after flame extinguishment, the maximum flame failure response time should be 30 s where the maximum input to the burner is in the range of 11 L/h to 26 L/h (3 USGPH to 7 USGPH).

C.6.1.12 Combustion safety controls, when installed in the vent pipe, should be supported independently of the vent pipe by a No. 6 jack chain or the equivalent.

C.6.1.13 When the oil burner is not equipped to provide safe automatic restarting after shutdown, any control that functions to shut off the burner should require manual resetting at a location within sight of the appliance protected.

C.6.2 Limit controls C.6.2.1 Limit controls should be fitted on each installation to prevent unsafe operation in case of failure of the operating control or under abnormal conditions.

C.6.2.2 A limit control should be installed on an appliance to prevent the following limits, as applicable, from being exceeded: a) low-pressure steam boiler: 103 kPa (15 psi);

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

175

CSA B139.1.0:19

b) c)

d) e)

f)

General requirements for large installations

high-pressure steam or hot water boiler: pressure or temperature as applicable and not more than the maximum allowable working pressure for the boiler; low-pressure hot water boiler: i) open system: 93 °C (200 °F) at outlet; and ii) closed system: 120 °C (250 °F) at outlet; service hot water heater: 99 °C (210 °F) at outlet; warm air furnaces: i) 120 °C (250 °F) outlet air temperature for an appliance intended for installation with standard clearances; and ii) 93 °C (200 °F) outlet air temperature for an appliance intended for installation with clearances less than those specified as standard clearances or for installation in confined spaces (e.g., closets or alcoves); and gravity and floor furnaces: 177 °C (350 °F) at outlet.

C.6.2.3 A suitable low-water cut-off control should be fitted on each steam boiler and on each forcedcirculation water boiler as required by CSA B51.

C.6.3 Operating controls Each burner should be provided with at least one operating control in addition to the limit control. Note: The operating control may be a separate thermostat or other control and it need not form part of the appliance assembly.

C.6.4 Control circuits C.6.4.1 A safety control should be connected in a two-wire safety circuit. One side of the circuit should be grounded and the nominal voltage rating of the circuit should not exceed 120 V. Note: A safety control circuit intended to be connected directly to a (nominal) 120 V power supply branch circuit should not be grounded within the equipment.

C.6.4.2 A safety control should interrupt the ungrounded conductors of the circuit.

C.6.4.3 A safety control circuit intended to be connected directly to a (nominal) 120 V power supply branch circuit should have overcurrent protection rated or set at not more than the value appropriate for the rating of the electrical components (including conductors) in the circuit.

C.6.4.4 Except for multi-phase loads and circuits in which the load to be controlled exceeds the contact rating of the safety control*, safety controls that open an electrical circuit to the burner or to the shut-off device should directly open the circuit, regardless of whether the switching mechanism is integral to or remote from the sensing element. * In these instances, the safety control can interrupt the coil circuit of a magnetic relay or contactor, which in turn directly opens the circuit to the burner or the shut-off device. Note: The purpose is to minimize the interposing of other controls in the safety control circuit, the failure of which can generate an unsafe condition that the safety control is intended to prevent. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

176

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

C.6.4.5 When it is necessary to have power to maintain a control in an operative state, the power supply to that control should not be interrupted by a limit control or operating control other than a manually operated switch.

C.6.5 Interlocking C.6.5.1 A burner using steam or air for atomizing the oil should be interlocked to shut off the oil supply upon failure of the atomizing medium.

C.6.5.2 A burner installation using forced or induced draft fans, or both, should be interlocked to shut off the oil supply upon failure of any fan.

C.6.5.3 Automatic burners having hinged firing heads that can be readily opened should be interlocked to prevent operation of the burner when the firing heads are not in the fully closed position.

C.6.5.4 Automatic burners requiring the preheating of the fuel oil should be interlocked so that no oil can be delivered for combustion until the oil is at the required temperature.

C.6.5.5 A burner using an oil supply system that is not equipped to regulate or control the oil pressure within the required limits for the safe operation of the burner should be equipped with an interlock to shut off the burner before the pressure rises above or drops below the safe operating limits.

C.6.5.6 Where air for combustion can be interrupted without stopping the oil flow to the burner, the oil supply should be interlocked so that it will be shut off upon air failure.

C.7 Application C.7.1 This Annex describes the provision of alternative combustion heads or end-cones intended to be fitted to currently in-service residential gun-type burners to improve combustion efficiency.

C.7.2 This Annex applies to the provision of complete residential gun-type burners intended to improve combustion efficiency.

C.8 General requirements C.8.1 Replacement burners and combustion heads are supplied as components of a kit that contains all the necessary parts for the conversion, excluding the nozzle and combustion chamber. The parts are February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

177

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

designed so that only minor cutting or fitting, as specified in the manufacturer’s instructions, is required. No welding of parts should be required.

C.8.2 The make and kit number should be marked on the outside of the packaged kit.

C.8.3 The kit components should be designed so that any parts removed for servicing of the burner can be replaced only in the correct operating position.

C.8.4 The kit components should be designed to ensure concentricity between the nozzle and the burner head.

C.8.5 The kit should include installation instructions that identify a) the make and model of the kit; b) the make and model of the specific burner(s) for which the kit is designed; c) the length of the air tube; and d) the firing range of the converted burner. A diagram showing the location of burner parts relative to each other and the location of the burner relative to the appliance should be included.

C.8.6 The kit or complete burner should include installation instructions that a) require a combustion chamber of ceramic fibre material having at least a 1260 °C (2300 °F) continuous operating temperature capability to be installed or used to line the existing chamber; b) prohibit a conversion where the new combustion chamber or liner would have to be installed in direct contact with the vertical sections of the appliance heat exchanger; c) require that the existing combustion chamber, if it is to be retained, be in a serviceable condition before any liner is installed; d) require that the combustion chamber be without a corbel or flame baffle. Corbels or flame baffles on an existing chamber should be removed; e) refer the installer to Table H.1 for recommended combustion chamber dimensions; f) include a warning that higher flame temperature from an improved efficiency burner can cause heat exchanger burnout; g) require that the nozzle flow rating be established on the basis of an estimated heat demand. A nozzle at least one standard flow rating smaller than that marked on the appliance nameplate should be installed; Note: It is possible that a further decrease in nozzle size will be warranted.

h) i) j)

include step-by-step instructions, together with whatever precautions are necessary, to ensure a correct conversion; show the proper method for closing any secondary air ports on the appliance or show the steps required to seal any opening surrounding the burner air tube where a smaller air tube is used; and require the completion of the label specified in Clause C.8.7 and its attachment to the converted appliance.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

178

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

C.8.7 The kit or burner should include a self-adhesive label, which is to be completed by the converter and attached to the appliance, showing a) the name of the manufacturer of the kit or complete burner; b) the model number of the kit or complete burner; c) the statement “The new nozzle rating shall be at least one standard size smaller than the original nozzle rating appearing on the appliance nameplate”; d) the rating of the nozzle installed as part of the conversion; e) the identity of the converter; and f) the date of the conversion.

C.8.8 The kit or burner should include a marking that warns of the fragility of the ceramic fibre combustion chamber.

C.8.9 The kit or burner should include a copy of the procedure for the inspection of the existing appliance, worded as follows: Procedure for the inspection of an existing oil-burning appliance The following procedure is intended as a guide in determining whether an appliance has been properly installed and is in an acceptable condition for continued use. This procedure applies to central furnace and boiler installations, and it should be recognized that not all situations can be anticipated using generalized procedures. Accordingly, additions to this procedure might be necessary. CAUTION: SOME FURNACE OR BOILER DESIGNS WILL NOT TOLERATE THE HIGHER FLAME TEMPERATURE GENERATED BY RETENTION HEAD BURNERS. a) This procedure is to be performed prior to any attempt to modify the appliance or the installation. b) If it is determined that there is a condition that could result in unsafe operation, the owner is to be advised to have the condition corrected before the appliance is put back into service. c) The following steps are to be followed when making the inspection: i) Shut off the electrical power supply to the appliance. ii) Visually inspect the vent connector and chimney for proper size and horizontal pitch, and determine that there is no blockage, restriction, leakage, excessive corrosion, inadequate clearances, or any other condition that could cause unsafe operation. iii) Applicable only to furnaces — Inspect or test the heat exchanger for cracks and indications of excessive temperature or excessive corrosion. iv) Applicable only to boilers — Inspect for evidence of water leaks. d) Unless a recent combustion efficiency test result is available, the combustion efficiency should be determined for the existing appliance in accordance with Clause 13 of CSA B139.1.0 or Clause 11 of CSA B139.2 as applicable, and recorded.

C.8.10 The kit or burner should include a copy of the procedure for the examination and testing of the burner and appliance, worded as follows:

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

179

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

Procedure for the Examination and Testing of the Burner and Appliance to Determine Suitability for Conversion a) This procedure is to be performed before any modification is undertaken. b) Each of the following steps is to be followed: i) Visually determine whether the blower wheel is properly positioned. In some cases, it is possible to re-position the blower wheel to minimize pressure loss due to air recirculation. ii) Determine that the opening for burner insertion is large enough to pass the proposed combustion head. iii) Measure the position of the burner and determine whether, after modification, the position will need to be changed in order to maintain the correct relationship between the burner head and the combustion chamber. iv) Examine the combustion chamber and determine whether the interior lining is ceramic fibre material: if it is, determine whether the lining needs to be replaced; if it is not, determine whether a new refractory liner of ceramic fibre material can be installed. v) Determine whether the heat demand can be met by a further reduction in the firing rate.

C.8.11 The kit or burner should include a copy of the procedure for installation, worded as follows: Procedure for the Installation of a Replacement Burner or Replacement Combustion Head a) The installation is to be in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and performed in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction by mechanics experienced in such services. When required by the authority having jurisdiction, such mechanics must be licensed to perform this service. b) The installation is to comply with the applicable requirements of CSA B139, Installation code for oilburning equipment. c) The correct combustion chamber is to be installed. d) The nozzle specification and oil pressure are to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. e) After the modification is completed, the combustion efficiency test specified in Clause 13 of CSA B139.1.0 or Clause 11 of CSA B139.2 is to be performed. A copy of the test report is to be given to the homeowner or furnace operator. f) The specification label is to be completed and affixed to the appliance in a readily visible location. g) A label noting the fragility of the ceramic fibre combustion chamber is to be affixed to the appliance in a readily visible location.

C.8.12 Clauses C.8.6 to C.8.11 [excluding Clause C.8.10 b) i)] are intended for use with complete burners.

C.9 Tests A burner, converted by a kit according to the accompanying manufacturer’s instructions, should comply with the construction and performance requirements of CSA B140.2.1 when tested in a combustion chamber lined with a ceramic-fibre-type refractory.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

180

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

Annex D (informative) General recommendations for the third-party auditor, installer, service provider, operator, and wholesaler/ retailer of used-oil-burning equipment Note: This informative (non-mandatory) Annex has been written in normative (mandatory) language to facilitate adoption where users of the Code or regulatory authorities wish to adopt it formally as additional requirements to this Code.

D.1 Third-party auditor The auditor shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and the auditor’s mandate shall be provided by the authority having jurisdiction.

D.2 Installer The installer shall a) ensure that the equipment is installed by a licensed oil-burner mechanic according to the manufacturer’s instructions, this Code, and Tables D.1 and D.2; b) be trained by a manufacturer’s representative; c) provide training to the owner/operator in the operation, maintenance, and record-keeping requirements in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the authority having jurisdiction; d) take a representative oil sample to be analyzed in accordance with Clause D.6; and e) register with the authority having jurisdiction and, if required, keep records of the following, with a copy forwarded to the owner/operator: i) owner of the equipment; ii) legal location of site; iii) contact person at site; iv) name and address of installer; v) make, model, and serial number of the appliance; vi) name of the person trained in the operation, maintenance procedures, maintenance frequencies, and record-keeping responsibilities in accordance with the manufacturer’s certified instructions; vii) signature of the installer and the person(s) trained in the operation and maintenance of the equipment; and viii) confirmation that a representative oil sample has been taken upon installation and has been analyzed in accordance with Clause D.6.

D.3 Service provider The service provider shall a) ensure that the used-oil-burning equipment is serviced i) by a licensed oil-burner technician; and ii) according to the manufacturer’s instructions and according to this Code; and b) provide and retain on file records of service work performed, including any corrective actions taken and tests performed for the customer.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

181

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

D.4 Operator The operator of the used-oil-burning equipment shall a) perform the operator’s maintenance functions as specified in the manufacturer’s instructions; b) ensure that a licensed oil-burner technician performs those maintenance functions that require such a technician as specified in the manufacturer’s instructions and in this Code; c) ensure that a representative oil sample is taken annually and the analysis recorded; and d) maintain a logbook that contains the equipment registration form and documentation of the performance of the functions outlined in Items a) and b).

D.5 Appliance wholesaler/retailer The appliance wholesaler/retailer shall keep records of the sale of every used-oil-burning appliance , and the records shall include its model number, serial number, customer location, and the date sold.

D.6 Oil sampling Oil sampling shall meet the following requirements: a) An initial sample taken upon installation shall be analyzed for all of the properties listed in Table D.3. b) Subsequent samples shall be similarly analyzed, except for polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). c) Samples shall be taken from different levels of the tank and shall be representative of the oil being burned. The sampling method shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. d) If a sample fails any of the tests listed in Table D.3, a second sample shall be taken within two business days. If the second sample fails, the used oil in the sampled tank shall be managed in a manner approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

Table D.1 Typical minimum building wall size requirements — Minimum wall length, m (ft), where wall height is greater than 5 m (16 ft) (See Clause D.2.) Maximum oil consumption, L/h (USGPH)

Maximum ash concentration, % by weight 1

1.5

2

4 (1.1)

3 (9.8)

4 (13.1)

6 (19.7)

8 (2.2)

6 (19.7)

8 (26.2)

11 (36.1)

12 (3.2)

8 (26.2)

13 (42.6)

17 (55.8)

14 (3.7)

10 (32.8)

15 (49.2)

20 (65.6)

Notes: 1) Based on a virtual source model. For buildings outside these conditions, a site review shall be conducted by the authority having jurisdiction. 2) This Table is for guidance. Applicable requirements can vary according to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

182

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table D.2 Typical stack-receptor minimum straight-line distance chart (See Clause D.2.)

Oil consumption, L/h (USGPH)

Receptor below stack, m (ft)

Receptor above stack, m (ft)

≤ 4 (1.1)

6.1 (20)

9.5 (31.2)

>4 (1.1)–8 (2.2)

8.6 (28.2)

13.6 (44.6)

>8 (2.2)–12 (3.2)

10.5 (34.4)

16.5 (54.1)

>12 (3.2)–14 (3.7)

11.4 (37.4)

17.8 (58.4)

Notes: 1) Based on Scorer-Barrett model. 2) This Table is for guidance. Applicable requirements can vary according to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

Table D.3 Typical quality criteria for used oil (See Clause D.6.)

Constituent/property

Maximum allowable limits

Test method

Arsenic

5 mg/kg

ASTM D5185

Cadmium

2 mg/kg

ASTM D5185

Chromium

10 mg/kg

ASTM D5185

Lead

50 mg/kg

ASTM D5185

Total halogens

1500 mg/kg

EPA 8121, EPA 9020b, ASTM D808

Total PCBs

2 mg/kg

ASTM D4059

Flashpoint

38 °C* (100 °F*)

†

* Minimum allowable limit. † Tag Closed Cup Tester (ASTM D56) or Setaflash Closed Cup Tester (ASTM D3828) or Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester (ASTM D93).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

183

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex E (informative) Combustion safety control timing Note: This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code.

Table E.1 Combustion safety control timing (See Clause C.6.1.5.) Nominal maximum response timing, s Maximum firing rate of main burner, L/h (USGPH) ≤ 11 (3)

> 11 (3) ≤ 26 (7)

Type of ignition

Fuel-oil type

Trial-forignition response period (main flame)

Unproved electric ignition or unproved pilot

1 or 2

45

45

Interrupted unproved electric ignition or unproved pilot

1 or 2

30

3

Intermittent unproved electric ignition or unproved pilot, or if ignition re-energized within 0.8 s after flame failure

1 or 2

30

30

Proved electric ignition or proved pilot

1 or 2

15*

3

30*

3

Only interrupted ignition 4, 5, or 6 acceptable > 26 (7) ≤ 76 (20)

Unproved electric ignition or unproved pilot; only interrupted ignition acceptable

1 or 2

15

3

Proved electric ignition or proved pilot

1 or 2

15*

3

30*

3

15*

3

30*

3

Only interrupted ignition 4, 5, or 6 acceptable > 76 (20)

Flamefailure time

Proved electric ignition or proved pilot

1 or 2

Only interrupted ignition 4, 5, or 6 acceptable * See Clause C.6.1.5.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

184

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex F (informative) Calculation of vent piping equivalent length Note: This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code.

F.1 General F.1.1 When considering tank venting, two conditions should be evaluated: normal venting and emergency venting. Normal venting occurs during tank filling operations (positive pressure) and fuel withdrawal from the tank (vacuum). Emergency venting occurs when the tank is exposed to a fire, causing vaporization of the fuel in the tank, thereby raising the pressure in the air space at the top of the tank; failure to relieve this pressure could cause rupturing of the tank. In addition to venting, consideration should be given to abnormal pressure being exerted on the tank if the tank is overfilled, resulting in oil flow in the vent pipes.

F.1.2 For normal venting, the size of the vents and maximum equivalent lengths for elbows is based on the following criteria: a) the maximum developed pressure in the air space of the tank does not exceed 7 kPa (1 psi) during tank filling operations; b) the maximum vacuum developed in the air space of the tank does not exceed 300 Pa (1.2 in w.c.) vacuum during fuel withdrawal; c) a tank fill rate of 5.4 L/s (85 gpm) for tanks up to 15 000 L (3330 gal), and 9.2 L/s (150 GPM) for larger tanks; d) a normal open vent cap, or a combination pressure/vacuum vent cap, which has an initial opening pressure of 3.5 kPa (8 oz), is provided on the vent; and e) tank withdrawal rates of up to 1.3 L/s (20 gpm).

F.1.3 For emergency venting, the size of the pre-calculated vent lengths and maximum equivalent lengths for elbows is based on the following criteria: a) The maximum developed pressure in the air space of the tank does not exceed 70 kPa (10 psig) during a fire event. b) The emergency airflow rates are based on the combined normal and emergency airflow rates found in CAN/ULC-S601, for both horizontal and vertical tanks, or where values are not available they are based on calculation methods described in NFPA 30. c) Gas temperature and pressure for air are used at standard conditions in accordance with the notes in CAN/ULC-S601. d) An emergency vent cap is provided on the vent, with a maximum pressure loss of 17 kPa (2.5 psi) at the airflow rate in Item b).

F.1.4 During an overfill event, as oil flows through the vent pipe, the height of the vent causes a hydrostatic pressure to act on the tank, as well as the additional pressure caused by piping dynamic losses due to the oil flowing in the vent pipe. The maximum condition occurs once the oil reaches the outlet of the

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

185

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

vent pipe; the maximum prescriptive vent heights and vent lengths listed in this Code are based on the following criteria: a) the maximum developed pressure at the bottom of the tank does not exceed 70 kPa during an overfill event; b) the maximum tank fill rates are as described in Clause F.1.2 c); c) a normal vent cap is provided on the vent as described in Clause F.1.2 d); d) oil dynamic viscosity of 0.002 kg/m × s at 15 °C; and e) oil density of 824 kg/m3 at 15 °C.

F.1.5 For pipe elbows, equivalent length is a concept used to allow pipe fitters to account for the additional frictional effects of piping elbows and other fittings that increase the resistance of the vent pipe to the vented air. This additional resistance temporarily raises the pressure in the tank above atmospheric pressure as it is filled with fuel oil, or results in back pressure when the tank is venting vapours under emergency conditions. This equivalent length will vary based on the type of fitting (90° or 45° elbow), as well as the velocity of the fluid flowing through the fitting. The equivalent length of 45° elbows may be assumed to be equal to one-half the equivalent length of 90° elbows of the same nominal diameter. For example, on a 1200 L (266 gal) tank, a 50 mm (2 in) diameter 90° elbow will cause the same amount of frictional resistance (and therefore pressure on the tank) as 1.5 m (5 ft) of straight pipe at an emergency airflow rate of 1466 m3/h (52 000 ft3/h). Therefore, each 50 mm (2 in) 90° elbow is considered to have an equivalent length of 1.5 m (5 ft) of straight pipe at the emergency vent flow rate for a 1200 L (266 gal) tank. See Table F.1 for equivalent lengths of elbows for normal venting and Table F.2 for equivalent length of elbows for emergency venting.

F.2 Normal venting For the purpose of this Code, the equivalent lengths of 90° elbows at normal venting airflow rates are as shown in Table F.1. However, for most installations, the equivalent length for elbows under emergency flow conditions will govern.

Table F.1 Equivalent lengths of elbows under normal venting conditions (See Clauses F.1.5 and F.2.) Equivalent length of straight pipe of same size, m (ft) 90° piping elbow size, mm 15 000 L (3300 gal) (in) Maximum tank volume* ≤ 38 mm (1-1/2 in)

0.8 (2.6)

Over 15 000 L (3300 gal) tank volume* —

50 mm (2 in)

0.8 (2.6)

1.0 (3.5)

65 mm (2-1/2 in)

0.9 (2.9)

1.1 (3.6)

75 mm (3 in)

1.1 (3.6)

1.3 (4.3) (Continued)

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

186

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table F.1 (Concluded) Equivalent length of straight pipe of same size, m (ft) 90° piping elbow size, mm 15 000 L (3300 gal) (in) Maximum tank volume*

Over 15 000 L (3300 gal) tank volume*

100 mm (4 in)

1.2 (3.9)

1.5 (5)

150 mm (6 in)

1.4 (4.5)

1.8 (6)

* Assumes a lower fill rate for tanks up to 15 000 L (3300 gal) and the higher fill rate for larger tanks. (See Clause F.1.2.)

F.3 Emergency venting F.3.1 The worst-case venting condition is under emergency conditions; therefore, the following information is presented only for emergency venting.

F.3.2 For the purposes of this Code, the equivalent lengths of 90° elbows at emergency flow rates are as shown in Table F.2 for tanks up to 2500 L (550 gal).

Table F.2 Equivalent lengths of elbows under emergency venting conditions for tanks up to 2500 L (550 gal) (See Clauses F.1.5 and F.3.2.) NPS size‡ Tank volume, L* (gal)

Flow, m3/h (ft3/h) †

1-1/4

1200 (266)

1466 (51 000)

1.0 (3.5)

1.2 (4)

1.5 (5)

1.8 (6)

2.3 (7.5)

2.9 (9.5)

3.9 (12.5)

2500 (550)

2846 (100 000)

—

—

—

1.8 (6)

2.3 (7.5)

3.0 (9.5)

4.2 (13.5)

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

4

6

Equivalent length of straight pipe based on emergency vent pipe, m (ft)

* Tanks of this size generally utilize combined normal and emergency vents, i.e., tanks certified to CAN/ULC-S602. † Emergency flow rate provided for information. Select equivalent length based on next largest tank volume and the size of the emergency vent. ‡ While equivalent lengths are shown for small pipe diameters, do not use this Table to determine the required vent size based on tank volume. Refer to CSA B139.1.0 or CSA B139.2 as applicable to determine the minimum allowable vent size based on tank volume.

F.3.3 For the purposes of this Code, the equivalent lengths of 90° elbows at emergency flow rates are as shown in Table F.3 for tanks 2500 L (550 gal) and larger.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

187

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table F.3 Equivalent lengths of elbows under emergency venting conditions for tanks 2500 L (550 gal) and larger (See Clauses F.3.3 and F.6.) NPS size†

Tank vol­ ume, L (gal)

Flow, m3/h (ft3/h)*

2

2500 (550)

2846 (100 000)

—

1.8 (6)

2.3 (7.5)

3.0 (9.5)

4.2 (13.5)

5.2 (17)

—

5000 (1100)

4514 (159 000)

—

—

—

3.1 (10)

4.3 (14)

5.5 (18)

6.8 (22)

25 000 (5500)

9259 (326 000)

—

—

—

—

4.5 (14.5)

5.7 (18.5)

7.2 (23.5)

125 000 (27 500)

15 932 (562 000)

—

—

—

—

—

5.9 (19)

7.5 (24.5)

200 000 (44 000)

16 604 (586 000)

—

—

—

—

—

—

7.5 (24.5)

2-1/2

3

4

6

8

10

Equivalent length of straight pipe based on emergency vent pipe, m (ft)

* Emergency flow rate provided for information. Select equivalent length based on next largest tank volume and the size of the emergency vent. † While equivalent lengths are shown for small pipe diameters, do not use this Table to determine the required vent size based on tank volume. Refer to CSA B139.1.0 or CSA B139.2 as applicable to determine the minimum allowable vent size based on tank volume.

F.4 Overfill The maximum equivalent length and maximum height of a vent to prevent a tank exceeding 70 kPa at the bottom of the tank during an overfill event can be estimated using the following approximate relationship: Le = (70 – 9.3 Z)/K where LeI =I maximum equivalent length, m ZI

=I maximum vent height, m

KI

=I a constant that is dependent on tank fill rate, the size of the tank vent, and whether the normal vent is combined with the emergency vent.

The values of K are shown in Table F.4.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

188

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Table F.4 Values of constant K (See Clause F.4.) K constant Tank volume Vent size, NPS

≤ 2500 L* (550 gal)

≤ 15 000 L† (3300 gal)

> 15 000 L† (3300 gal)

1-1/4

8.6470

—

—

1-1/2

3.9670

—

—

2

1.1357

—

—

2-1/2

0.4707

—

—

3

0.1620

0.0985

—

4

0.0432

0.0342

—

6

0.0055 —

0.0134

8

0.0060 —

10

—

—

0.0015

0.0039

* Combined normal and emergency vents. † Separate normal and emergency vents.

F.5 Example — Residential and small commercial installations The following example demonstrates the procedure for calculating equivalent lengths of vent piping for small installations governed by CSA B139.2: a) Calculate the equivalent length as follows: Equivalent length, metric = 4.3 m length of pipe + (three 90° elbows × 1.0 m each) + (two 45° elbows × 0.5 m each) = 4.3 + 3.0 + 1.0 = 8.3 m equivalent length Equivalent length, imperial = 14 ft length of pipe + (three 90° elbows × 3.5 ft each) + (two 45° elbows × 1.75 ft each) = 14 + 10.5 + 3.5 = 28 ft equivalent length b) Because 8.3 m (28 ft) is longer than the 7.6 m (25 ft) equivalent length specified for a 32 mm (1-1/4 in) pipe in Clause 8.3.3 of CSA B139.2, a 32 mm (1-1/4 in) diameter vent should not be used. c) Use 38 mm (1-1/2 in) instead, as follows: Equivalent length, metric = 4.3 m length of pipe + (three 90° elbows × 1.2 m each) + (two 45° elbows × 0.6 m each) = 4.3 + 3.6 + 1.2 = 9.1 m equivalent length Equivalent length, imperial = 14 ft length of pipe + (three 90° elbows × 4 ft each) + (two 45° elbows × 2 ft each) = 14 + 12 + 4 = 30 ft equivalent length d) Because 9.1 m (30 ft) is shorter than the permissible equivalent length of 15.2 m (50 ft) specified in Clause 8.3.3 of CSA B139.2, a 38 mm (1-1/2 in) vent may be used. e) If, however, a 4.3 m (14 ft) vent were installed with two 90° elbows rather than three, the equivalent length would be calculated as follows: Equivalent length, metric February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

189

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

f)

4.3 m + (2 × 1.0 m) + (2 × 0.5 m) = 7.3 m Equivalent length, imperial 14 ft + (2 × 3.5 ft) + (2 × 1.75 ft) = 24.5 ft In the situation described in Item e), a 32 mm (1-1/4 in) pipe may be used because 7.3 m (24.5 ft) is shorter than the 7.6 m (25 ft) equivalent length specified in Clause 8.3.3 of CSA B139.2.

F.6 Example — Large installations The following example demonstrates the procedure for calculating equivalent lengths of vent piping for large installations governed by CSA B139.1.0. Calculate the developed vent length and vent pipe size for a tank installation with the following conditions: a) The tank is a CAN/ULC-S601, horizontal cylindrical tank with a capacity of 22 000 L (4830 gal), provided with an NPS 3 normal vent and an NPS 6 emergency vent. b) The tank is installed in the basement level, where the floor level is 6 m (19.5 ft) below the grade level, with the bottom of the tank at 200 mm (8 in) above floor level. c) The fill pipe is located at the minimum elevation above grade level. d) The normal vent pipe is located at the minimum elevation above the grade level. e) The emergency vent pipe is located adjacent to the normal vent pipe and terminates at the same location. f) The fill and normal vent pipe are located laterally distant from the tank so that the running length of the vent pipe is 45 m (148 ft) (total of horizontal and vertical lengths). g) Both the normal and emergency vents have 8 × 90 degree elbows and 1 × 45 degree elbow each. Step 1: Check the height of the normal vent pipe above the bottom of the tank. First determine the height of the fill pipe; this will be 1 m (3 ft) above local grade [CSA B139.1.0, Clause 10.1.11 a)]. Next, the minimum vent pipe height is therefore 1150 mm (45 in) above grade level (CSA B139.1.0, Clause 10.5.1.7); this then makes the elevation of the top of the vent above the bottom of the tank to be 6000 mm + 1150 mm – 200 mm = 6950 mm (236 in + 45 in – 8 in = 273 in). Because this value is greater than 4.15 m (13.5 ft), but less than 7 m (23 ft), the vent height meets the Code requirement that components and fittings connected to the top of the tank will withstand a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 70 kPa (10 psi) (CSA B139.1.0, Clause 10.5.1.2). Step 2: Determine the maximum equivalent length of vent pipe to protect the tank against overpressurization due to overfilling. From CSA B139.1.0, Clause 10.5.2.3 b) applies to a tank capacity of 22 000 L (4830 gal). At a height of 7 m (23 ft) and a NPS 3 normal vent, the maximum equivalent length of the normal vent is 365 m (1197 ft). Step 3: Determine the maximum developed length of the emergency vent and vent size due to fire exposure. Referring to CSA B139.1.0, Clause 10.5.2.4, for a tank of 22 000 L (4830 gal) capacity, Table 4 applies and the standard NPS 6 size emergency vent [for a 22 000 L tank (4830 gal)] has a maximum allowable equivalent length of 47 m (154 ft). Now calculate the total developed equivalent length of pipe as follows = 45 m (148 ft) of pipe + (eight 90° elbows × 4.5 m (14.5 ft)* each) + (one 45° elbow × 4.5 m (14.5 ft)* each × 0.5†) = 45 + 36 + 2.25 = 83.25 m (148 + 118 + 7 = 273 ft) February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

190

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

* See Table F.3. † See Clause F.1.5.

Because 83.25 m (273 ft) is greater than 47 m (154 ft), the emergency vent should be increased in size to NPS 8, which will have an allowable maximum equivalent length of 205 m (672 ft). Checking back against step 2, the developed equivalent length of 83.25 m (273 ft) is less than 365 m (1197 ft), so this vent size of NPS 8 satisfies the requirements of Clauses 10.5.2.3 and 10.5.2.4 of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

191

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex G (informative) Tanks for central oil distribution systems Note: This informative (non-mandatory) Annex has been written in normative (mandatory) language to facilitate adoption where users of the Code or regulatory authorities wish to adopt it formally as additional requirements to this Code.

G.1 A distribution main shall not be connected to a point below the liquid level of an underground tank. When the distribution main is connected below the liquid level of an aboveground tank, a readily accessible internal or external shut-off valve shall be installed in the main as close as practicable to the tank. If external, the shut-off valve and its tank connections shall be made of steel. Connections between the tank(s) and the distribution main shall be a) made with double-swing joints or flexible connections; or b) otherwise arranged to permit the tank(s) to settle without damaging the system. Such connections, when above ground, shall be located within the secondary containment area.

G.2 Tanks shall be installed according to the applicable provisions of Clause 6 of CSA B139.1.0 and CSA B139.2 and the following requirements: a) Tank fill systems shall be designed to avoid air entrainment in oil being supplied to, or oil already in, the tank and to avoid stirring up sediment. b) Tanks shall be sloped down and away from the outlet so that water and sediment will accumulate in such a manner as to eliminate any chance of their entering the fuel outlet line. Normal precautions shall be taken to remove such accumulations on a regular basis. Note: The provisions of Clause 6.3.8 of CSA B139.1.0 do not apply.

c)

An approved air eliminator and filter shall be installed on the header to the distribution piping in systems using suction pumps or air-padded reservoirs.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

192

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex H (informative) Appropriate refractory-type combustion chamber data for gun-type furnace-conversion oil burners Notes: 1) This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code. 2) See Clause C.4.

H.1 The combustion chambers for oil burners with firing rates lower than 19 L/h (5 USGPH) should be constructed of insulating-type refractory material (firebrick) suitable for temperatures less than or equal to 1260 °C (2300 °F).

H.2 The combustion chambers for oil burners with firing rates between 19 L/h and 38 L/h (5 USGPH to 10 USGPH), inclusive, should be constructed of insulating-type refractory material (firebrick) suitable for temperatures less than or equal to 1425 °C (2600 °F).

H.3 The combustion chambers for oil burners having firing rates in excess of 38 L/h (10 USGPH) should be constructed of insulating-type refractory material (firebrick) suitable for temperatures less than or equal to 1650 °C (3000 °F).

H.4 Heat loss through the walls of the combustion chambers specified in Clauses H.1 to H.3 should be arrested by backing up the walls with an insulating material that has a maximum heat transfer coefficient of 0.65 at a mean temperature of 315 °C (600 °F) and a minimum thickness of 25 mm (1 in).

H.5 Heat loss through the floors of the combustion chambers specified in Clauses H.1 to H.3 should be arrested by underlaying the floor with an insulating material that has a maximum heat transfer coefficient of 0.5 at a mean temperature of 315 °C (600 °F) and a minimum thickness of 13 mm (1/2 in).

H.6 Combustion chambers specified in Clauses H.1 to H.3 should be designed and installed in relation to the boiler or furnace so as to yield a minimum heat release of 310 kW/m3 (30 000 Btu/h/ft3) and a maximum of 569 kW/m3 (55 000 Btu/h/ft3) of primary combustion volume.

H.7 Combustion chambers for hot water boilers should project at least 50 mm (2 in) above the bottom of the water legs of such boilers to avoid baking sediment in the legs.

H.8 Table H.1 outlines recommended combustion chamber sizes for gun-type furnace-conversion oil burners firing up to 95 L/h (25 USGPH). February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

193

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table H.1 Recommended combustion chamber sizes for gun-type furnace-conversion oil burners (See Clauses C.8.6 and H.8.) Typical dimensions* Floor area

Rectangular

Round

Recommended

Minimum

Maximum

Width

Length

Height

Diameter

Height

L/h

USGPH†

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

1.51

0.40

413

64

316

49

497

77

203

8

203

8

330

13

229

9

330

13

1.89

0.50

413

64

316

49

497

77

203

8

203

8

330

13

229

9

330

13

2.27

0.60

413

64

316

49

497

77

203

8

203

8

356

14

229

9

356

14

2.46

0.65

413

64

316

49

497

77

203

8

203

8

356

14

229

9

356

14

2.84

0.75

458

71

361

56

555

86

203

8

229

9

356

14

241

9-1/2

356

14

3.22

0.85

523

81

413

64

632

98

203

8

254

10

356

14

254

10

356

14

3.78

1.00

613

95

484

75

742

115

241

9-1/2

254

10

356

14

279

11

356

14

4.73

1.25

768

119

606

94

929

144

254

10

305

12

356

14

318

12-1/2

356

14

5.11

1.35

826

128

652

101

1 000

155

279

11

305

12

356

14

330

13

356

14

5.68

1.50

923

143

729

113

1 103

171

279

11

330

13

381

15

343

13-1/2

381

15

6.24

1.65

1013

157

800

124

1213

188

305

12

330

13

381

15

356

14

381

15

6.62

1.75

1071

166

845

131

1290

200

305

12

356

14

406

16

368

14-1/2

406

16

7.57

2.00

1213

188

968

150

1471

228

330

13

381

15

406

16

393

15-1/2

406

16

8.52

2.25

1368

212

1090

169

1658

257

330

13

406

16

406

16

419

16-1/2

406

16

9.46

2.50

1516

235

1213

188

1839

285

350

14

432

17

432

17

445

17-1/2

432

17

11.36

3.00

1819

282

1432

222

2187

339

381

15

483

19

432

17

483

19

432

17

13.25

3.50

2123

329

1671

259

2555

396

406

16

508

20

457

18

521

20-1/2

457

18

15.14

4.00

2426

376

1910

296

2916

452

457

18

533

21

457

18

559

22

457

18

194

(Continued)

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Firing rate

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table H.1 (Continued) Typical dimensions* Floor area

Rectangular

Round

Recommended

Minimum

Maximum

Width

Length

Height

Diameter

Height

L/h

USGPH†

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

17.03

4.50

2729

423

2148

333

3284

509

457

18

584

23

457

18

584

23

457

18

18.92

5.00

3000

465

2387

370

3613

560

483

19

610

24

483

19

610

24

483

19

20.82

5.50

3303

512

2626

407

3974

616

508

20

635

25

483

19

660

26

483

19

22.71

6.00

3600

558

2865

444

4335

672

533

21

660

26

483

19

686

27

483

19

24.60

6.50

3903

605

3103

481

4658

722

559

22

686

27

508

20

711

28

508

20

26.50

7.00

4200

651

3342

518

5013

777

584

23

711

28

508

20

737

29

508

20

28.39

7.50

4503

698

3581

555

5374

833

610

24

737

29

508

20

762

30

508

20

30.28

8.00

4800

744

3768

584

5729

888

635

25

762

30

533

21

787

31

533

21

32.17

8.50

5103

791

4006

621

6032

935

635

25

787

31

533

21

813

32

533

21

34.06

9.00

5342

828

4239

657

6387

990

660

26

813

32

533

21

838

33

533

21

35.96

9.50

5639

874

4477

694

6742

1045

660

26

864

34

533

21

864

34

533

21

37.85

10.00

5935

920

4710

730

7032

1090

686

27

864

34

559

22

889

35

559

22

41.64

11.00

6529

1012

5181

803

7735

1199

711

28

914

36

584

23

—

—

—

—

45.42

12.00

7123

1104

5652

876

8361

1296

737

29

965

38

584

23

—

—

—

—

49.21

13.00

7632

1183

6039

936

8474

1391

762

30

1016

40

610

24

—

—

—

—

53.00

14.00

8129

1260

6503

1008

9664

1498

787

31

1041

41

610

24

—

—

—

—

56.78

15.00

8613

1335

6968

1080

10 258

1590

813

32

1067

42

635

25

—

—

—

—

64.34

17.00

9652

1496

7897

1224

11 516

1785

864

34

1143

45

660

26

—

—

—

—

71.92

19.00

10 664

1653

9284

1439

12 748

1976

914

36

1194

47

686

27

—

—

—

—

79.49

21.00

11 787

1827

9619

1491

13 826

2143

965

38

1245

49

711

28

—

—

—

—

(Continued)

195

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

Firing rate

CSA B139.1.0:19

February 2019

Table H.1 (Concluded) Typical dimensions* Floor area

Rectangular

Round

Firing rate

Recommended

Minimum

Maximum

Width

Length

Height

Diameter

Height

L/h

USGPH†

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

cm2

in2

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

87.06

23.00

12 761

1978

10 387

1610

14 858

2323

1016

40

1270

50

737

29

—

—

—

—

94.63

25.00

13 170

2125

11290

1750

16 129

2500

1067

42

1321

52

762

30

—

—

—

—

Note: This Table applies to both “common” firebrick and “insulating” firebrick. Insulating firebrick is suitable for chambers and, when used, should be of the following grades: a) for a firing rate less than 19 L/h (5 USGPH), 1260 °C (2300 °F) brick; b) for a firing rate of 19–38 L/h (5–10 USGPH), 1425 °C (2600 °F) brick; and c) for a firing rate greater than 38 L/h (10 USGPH), 1650 °C (3000 °F) brick.

196

General requirements for large installations

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

* The “typical dimensions” specified in this Table are suitable for nozzles having spray angles of 80° in the lower firing rates (11.36 L/h [3.00 USGPH] or less) and 60° in the higher firing rates (over 11.36 L/h [3.00 USGPH]). When the burner or the installation conditions require the use of a wider (90°) or narrower (30–45°) spray angle, the length-to-width relationships for rectangular chambers specified in this Table should be adjusted to suit the conditions encountered. The recommended floor area in this Table should be maintained when adjusting the relationship of the dimensions to accommodate wide or narrow spray angles; in no case should the floor area be less than the appropriate minimum value specified in this Table. † The firing rates shown in this column correspond to nozzle size only when pump pressure is 690 kPa (100 psi).

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex I (informative) Filling operations Note: This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code.

I.1 This Annex is included to indicate the basic filling precautions recommended by this Code.

I.2 During fuel delivery operations, the maximum filling rate should not exceed 325 L/min (85 USG/min).

I.3 Tanks with remote fill pipe openings should not be filled if the tank vent whistle is not clearly audible to the person operating the fill nozzle.

I.4 If the vent whistle is inaudible, filling operations should cease immediately. Non-functional vent whistles should be repaired or replaced immediately.

I.5 The filling of a portable container inside a building from a tank with a capacity larger than 230 L (50 gal) should be by means of a hand-operated pump only. Provision should be made for containing and cleaning spills according to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

197

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex J (informative) Fuel tanks and water contamination Note: This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code.

J.1 Internal corrosion of a tank can be a problem in specific geographical areas. Corrosion has been primarily caused by bacterial contaminants in the fuel, as well as the presence of chlorides in the water accumulated at the bottom of the tank. Tanks located outdoors will generally experience higher water content due to internal condensation of water vapour passing through the tank vent, especially in the spring and fall months. Internal corrosion can be controlled by establishment of maintenance procedures based on testing and removal of water and solids from the bottom of the tank. Consideration should be given to tank installations that provide access to the bottom of the tank to permit the installation of temporary or permanent tank cleaning equipment without removing fuel from the tank.

J.2 Because water and contaminants at the bottom of the tank can prevent an engine used for emergency purposes from operating, a supply line to the engine should be installed so that the engine fuel supply (suction) connection is located such that 5% of the tank volume provides a sump volume not usable by the engine. With the introduction of ultra-low-sulphur diesel fuel, as well as the use of blended bio-diesel, the ability for the fuel to carry emulsified water as droplets in the fuel has increased significantly. While a test for the presence of water at the bottom of the tank might be clear, the oil sample can still indicate the presence of water. Consideration should be given to supplemental water separators/fuel filters in addition to the standard fuel filter installed on the engine.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

198

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex K (normative) Maintenance — Aboveground and underground tanks, and underground piping Note: This Annex is a mandatory part of this Code.

K.1 Aboveground tanks installed outdoors at grade level — Secondary containment Secondary containment shall be inspected on a regular basis, not less than once per week, to ensure the removal of any accumulated surface water, snow, drums, portable containers, objects, or product that would reduce the fluid volume capacity below that required by Clauses 8.7.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 7.3.4 a) i) of CSA B139.2. The owner or operator shall maintain a written record of this inspection for the life of the tank. Where secondary containment is provided with valves that allow the removal of accumulated surface water or product, they shall be closed and locked when not engaged in a supervised draining operation, and the valve positions shall be clearly marked, whether opened or closed.

K.2 Aboveground vertical tanks K.2.1 An aboveground tank constructed to CAN/ULC-S601 or API 650, and installed prior to the coming into force of this Code shall be internally inspected using the procedure for inspection in API 653. The interval criteria shall be a) the fifteenth year of age; b) within ten years of its last internal inspection prior to the date of the coming into force of this Code; or c) within five years of the date of coming into force of this Code. After the required interval, inspection shall be in accordance with the requirements of Clause K.2.3.

K.2.2 Aboveground tanks constructed to CAN/ULC-S601, or API 650 shall be given an in-service external inspection at intervals not exceeding five years according to the requirements of API 653.

K.2.3 Aboveground tanks constructed to CAN/ULC-S601 or API 650 and installed at grade level shall be internally inspected at least every ten years, beginning with its fifteenth year of age or in accordance with the interval criteria stated in API 653.

K.2.4 The inspections required by Clauses K.2.1, K.2.2, and K.2.3 shall be documented, and the documentation shall be retained for the life of the tank. The following requirements shall apply: a) If the inspection required by Clauses K.2.1, K.2.2, and K.2.3 does not confirm the acceptability of an aboveground tank for continued service, the owner of the tank shall stop using the tank and shall immediately withdraw all product from the tank and notify the distributor; or

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

199

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

b)

if the owner upon further investigation wishes to continue using the tank, the owner shall i) take corrective action to ensure the acceptability of the tank for continued service; and ii) have a report prepared by an engineer that confirms the acceptability of the tank for continued service, and submit a copy of the report to the regulatory authority.

K.3 Aboveground and underground tank disuse Notes: 1) In Clause K.3, “not used” means out of service or unsupervised. It is not intended to apply to seasonally used equipment or equipment used for emergency or standby purposes only. 2) Any time periods identified in Clause K.3 are effective following the date of adoption of this Code by the authority having jurisdiction.

K.3.1 Where an aboveground or underground tank is not used for more than 180 days, but not exceeding three years, the owner or operator of the tank shall empty the tank and all associated piping of fluid content and make the tank and connected piping vapour-free.

K.3.2 Where an aboveground or underground tank is not used for more than three years, the owner or operator of the tank and the owner of the property on which the tank is located shall remove the tank and all associated piping.

K.4 Underground piping and sumps K.4.1 Except for an approved self-diagnosing leak detection system, all electronic or mechanical leakdetection equipment shall be inspected and tested for satisfactory operation at least annually, and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

K.4.2 Sumps shall be internally visually inspected on an annual basis and a report shall be provided to the owner or operator of the tank system, and the leak monitoring detection device shall be tested to ensure its proper operation.

K.4.3 The interstitial space of underground product piping shall be pressure tested annually.

K.4.4 A corrosion protection system that uses sacrificial anodes or an impressed-current system for an underground metallic tank system shall be tested and verified in writing to the owner to be in working order by a corrosion protection tester at intervals not exceeding two years, and the record of testing and certification shall be retained by the owner.

K.4.5 Where it is found that the cathodic protection system cannot be verified as required by Clause K.4.4, the owner shall bring the corrosion protection system to proper working order within 180 days or discontinue handling fuel with that system.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

200

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex L (normative) Maintenance — Residential installations Note: This Annex is a mandatory part of this Code.

L.1 Regular maintenance L.1.1 The owner or operator of the oil-burning equipment shall ensure, at least once per year, that it is maintained in accordance with Clauses L.1.2 to L.5. Note: Maintenance should also be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

L.1.2 Except for bottom outlet tanks installed in accordance with Clause 6.3.9 of CSA B139.2, tanks shall be tested for water at the bottom of the tank. Where found, the water shall be removed.

L.1.3 The sight gauge shall be inspected to ensure that it is operating. The sight gauge shall be replaced, if necessary.

L.1.4 The fuel pump pressure shall be checked to ensure that the pressure conforms to the appliance manufacturer’s requirements. The fuel pump shall be adjusted or replaced as necessary.

L.1.5 The fuel pump’s automatic cut-off valve or separate control valve shall be checked to ensure that it is operating as intended. The fuel pump shall be repaired or replaced as necessary.

L.1.6 The electrodes shall be cleaned and adjusted. The electrodes shall be replaced as necessary.

L.1.7 The nozzle shall be inspected to determine whether it conforms to the manufacturer’s indicated flow rate, spray angle, and pattern. The nozzle shall be replaced, if necessary, with a similar type. If a sizing change is justified, the nozzle shall be replaced with a nozzle of greater or lesser capacity. If flame impingement is present, the nozzle shall be replaced with a nozzle with a flow rate and spray angle that will prevent flame impingement, as verified by a visual inspection of the flame pattern produced by the new nozzle.

L.1.8 The combustion chamber shall be inspected and repaired or replaced as necessary.

L.1.9 The heat exchanger shall be inspected and, where necessary, the vent passages and vent pipes shall be cleaned.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

201

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

L.1.10 The operation of the high-temperature-limit control shall be checked and, if necessary, replaced.

L.1.11 The safety timing and the flame-out timing shall be checked. The applicable combustion control(s) shall be replaced, if necessary.

L.1.12 The CO2 level shall be measured at the location specified in Clause 13.2.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.2.1 of CSA B139.2.

L.1.13 The flue-gas temperature shall be measured at the location specified in Clause 13.2.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.2.1 of CSA B139.2 to determine whether it meets the temperature requirements of Clause 13.2.5.1 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.2.4.1 of CSA B139.2. If not, the appropriate measures shall be taken to bring the flue-gas temperature below the specified maximum.

L.1.14 The over-fire pressure (draft) shall be measured to ensure that it satisfies the requirements of the burner/appliance manufacturer. The draft shall be adjusted, if necessary.

L.1.15 The pressure (draft) in the vent shall be measured at the location specified in Clause 13.2.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.2.1 of CSA B139.2 to determine whether it conforms to that specified on the appliance and in the manufacturer’s certified instructions. The necessary measures shall be taken to ensure that the specified pressure (draft) can be maintained during the normal operation of other building venting/exhaust systems.

L.1.16 The smoke density shall be measured at the location specified in Clause 13.2.2 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.2.1 of CSA B139.2 to determine whether it is within the burner/appliance manufacturer’s recommended range. If necessary, changes or adjustments shall be made so that the smoke density will remain within that range.

L.1.17 The barometric damper shall be inspected and cleaned and, if necessary, shall be adjusted or replaced with a certified barometric damper.

L.1.18 If an anticipator is present, the thermostat shall be inspected. If necessary, the thermostat shall be adjusted.

L.1.19 The chimney shall be inspected and any debris found shall be removed. If necessary, the chimney shall be cleaned or repaired, or both.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

202

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

L.1.20 The fuse serving the appliance shall be appropriate and correctly sized.

L.2 Fuel filters L.2.1 The fuel filter element shall be inspected and, if necessary, replaced with a fuel filter element and gasket suitable for the installed system.

L.2.2 If the system is equipped with a fuel or water separator, the fuel strainer or water separator shall be cleaned, inspected, drained, and, if necessary, replaced with a new unit suitable for the installed system. Note: A new gasket is required even when the existing strainer or water separator is re-installed.

L.2.3 The fuel or water separator housing/canister shall be inspected and, if any signs of corrosion are found, replaced with a housing/canister suitable for the installed system.

L.2.4 Where the fuel filter element/casing is of a single-use design, the fuel filter element/casing shall be replaced with a fuel filter element/casing suitable for the installed system.

L.3 Forced-air furnaces L.3.1 If an add-on air conditioner or heat pump is present, the return air temperature and the supply air temperature in the bonnet shall be measured to determine whether the temperature rise and bonnet temperatures are within the range specified by the manufacturer and other applicable codes and standards or, in the absence of such requirements, 50 °C (90 °F). Note: Over time, the air conditioner or heat pump coil often becomes blocked with dirt or lint.

L.3.2 In a residential application, if there is a return air inlet within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the furnace or within an enclosed space or furnace room containing the furnace, the inlet shall be closed and sealed.

L.3.3 The air filters shall be inspected and shall be cleaned or replaced, as necessary.

L.3.4 If an electronic air cleaner is part of the heating system, the generation of ozone shall be prevented by ensuring that the airflow through the air cleaner is sufficient and passes through the entire air cleaner.

L.3.5 The blower assembly shall be inspected and, if necessary, shall be cleaned and lubricated.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

203

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

L.3.6 If a blower fan belt is present, it shall be determined whether the tension is adjusted properly, whether the belt is in proper alignment, and whether the belt is in good condition. The blower fan belt shall be adjusted or replaced, as necessary.

L.3.7 A test for heat exchanger leaks shall be conducted if, during a service call, any of the following symptoms of a leaky heat exchanger is in evidence: a) the owner or other building occupants report odours that could be attributable to products of combustion during furnace operation or at start-up; b) an O2 or CO2 test in the vent indicates that excessive dilution of the flue gases is occurring after the air circulation blower starts operation; c) greasy or oily soot is present at duct connections or registers; or d) there is any reason for suspicion, such as excessive moisture within the building, history of the furnace type, or customer complaints of illness during the heating season.

L.3.8 The heat exchanger shall be tested for leaks using one of the following: a) a smoke bomb; b) a smoke pencil (draft detector) to determine whether the forced-air-circulating fan pressurizes the heat-exchanger combustion zone when the heat exchanger is hot and when it is cool (two tests) and when the vent pipe has been removed and the vent opening of the furnace has been blocked or sealed; or c) an electronic flue-gas analyzer to check for any CO or CO2 in excess of the normal ambient levels within the warm air distribution supply plenum, with the air distribution fan off. Note: The test specified in Item b) is considered to be the most accurate and acceptable test.

L.3.9 If the test conducted in accordance with Clause L.3.7 or L.3.8 indicates that there is a leak in the heat exchanger, the heat exchanger or the furnace shall be replaced.

L.4 Boilers L.4.1 The system shall be inspected for leaks and, if necessary, shall be adjusted or repaired.

L.4.2 The circulating pump, if present, shall be inspected to ensure that it is working properly and, if necessary, shall be lubricated.

L.4.3 The system pressure shall be checked to determine whether it exceeds the boiler manufacturer’s or system designer’s maximum and whether the pressure is sufficiently high for proper circulation with the installed head pressure. The system pressure shall be adjusted, if necessary.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

204

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

L.4.4 The pressure-relief valve shall be checked to determine whether it is operating correctly. If necessary, the pressure-relief valve shall be replaced.

L.4.5 The automatic fill valve, if present, shall be checked and, if necessary, shall be adjusted or replaced.

L.4.6 The expansion tank shall be checked to determine whether it is operating as intended. If necessary, the expansion tank shall be recharged with air or shall be replaced.

L.5 Domestic hot-water heaters The operating controls shall be checked (see Clause 13.2.1 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 11.1 of CSA B139.2).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

205

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex M (informative) Operations Note: This informative Annex has been written in mandatory language to facilitate adoption by anyone wishing to do so.

M.1 Underground leak detection Any interstitial tank alarm shall be investigated by an authorized person as soon as reasonably possible to verify the cause of the alarm.

M.2 Underground tank vents If a vent becomes obstructed, normally indicated by inability to fill or slow filling, a) product shall not be withdrawn from the tank; and b) the tank shall not be used until corrective action has been taken to repair the obstruction.

M.3 Operation M.3.1 When tank vehicles are being unloaded, vehicle operators shall remain a) in constant view of the fill pipe; and b) in constant attendance at the delivery control valve.

M.3.2 If an underground tank is overfilled, the product level shall be lowered to a maximum of 95% of the tank volume within 24 h.

M.3.3 If a leak in an underground tank is detected, whether single- or double-wall and in the primary or secondary containment of the tank, the fuel in the tank shall be removed immediately. The leak shall be reported by the tank owner or operator to the local authority having jurisdiction. The tank shall not be used to store fuel again and shall be removed from the ground within 180 days of the confirmation of the leak and destroyed.

M.3.4 When the interstitial space of a double-wall underground tank system is vacuum-monitored in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, the vacuum shall be left in place and monitored using an approved vacuum switch. If an alarm occurs, a petroleum mechanic shall then test the tank according to the manufacturer’s instructions for testing of the tank. If the cause of the interstitial alarm is verified according the tank manufacturer’s test procedures and it is not due to a leak in the tank (i.e., in the test fittings, vacuum gauge, electrical wiring, etc.), the source of the problem shall be repaired, and the vacuum shall be brought back up to a level according with the manufacturer’s instructions and reconnected to the continuous alarm monitoring system. Once it is reconnected, the petroleum mechanic shall release the vacuum from the interstitial space to test that the leak detection system is operating and that the audible and visual alarm occur. Then the vacuum and system can be put back on in continuous operation. This process shall be documented in a dated report by the petroleum mechanic, and a copy shall be provided to the owners of the tank for their records.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

206

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

M.3.5 Where a liquid (typically brine) interstitial monitoring system is used on a double-wall underground tank in place of a vacuum, the liquid shall be approved by, or supplied by, the tank manufacturer. An approved float device shall be installed to monitor the level of liquid in the interstitial. If an alarm occurs, a petroleum mechanic shall then test the tank according to the manufacturer’s instructions for testing of the tank. If the cause of the interstitial alarm is verified according to the tank manufacturer’s test procedures and it is not due to a leak in the tank (i.e., in the test fittings, float, electrical wiring, etc.), the source of the problem shall be repaired, and the liquid level or float shall be adjusted and reconnected to the continuous alarm monitoring system. Once it is reconnected, the petroleum mechanic shall activate the float and test that the leak detection system is operating and that the audible and visual alarm occur. Then the system can be put back on in continuous operation. This process shall be documented in a dated report by the petroleum mechanic, and a copy shall be provided to the owners of the tank for their records. If a leak is detected and found to be in any of the fittings coming off the interstitial of the tank, once repaired, the level of the float or liquid shall be adjusted according to the manufacturer’s requirements and put back into continuous operation. An in-situ leak test of the tank according to the manufacturer’s instructions shall be completed on the tank.

M.3.6 Level 1 leak detection testing on existing single-wall tanks shall be completed annually.

M.3.7 Level 2 leak detection on double-wall tanks shall be continually monitored.

M.4 Spill response If a spill occurs, the spill response shall proceed in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

207

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex N (informative) Glossary Notes: 1) This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code. 2) The following terms are commonly in use but are not referenced in this Code. 3) For the purpose of the CSA B140 Series of standards, the following terms are deemed to be definitions and are to be used in conjunction with the definitions found in Clause 3.

Air-circulating blower — the complete blower assembly, including the blower wheel or fan, the blower housing, the motor, and the drive, used to provide the means for the circulation of air in an appliance. Air temperature rise — the difference in temperature between the average temperature of the air discharged from the air-outlet opening and the average temperature of the air entering the air-inlet opening. Note: The outlet-air temperature is measured in the largest plenum take-off downstream of the connection to the plenum such that the radiated heat from the heat exchanger does not directly strike the temperature sensor. The inlet-air temperature is measured in the return air plenum downstream from all branch connections.

Antiflooding device — a primary safety control that causes the fuel to be shut off upon the rise of fuel above the normal level or upon receiving excess fuel. Appliance — Automatic appliance — an appliance equipped with an automatic burner. Cooking appliance — an appliance intended for supplying heat for cooking purposes. Note: See Appliance in Clause 3.

Appliance control system — a combination, as applicable, of a primary safety control, limit controls, and operating controls used to control the burner of an appliance. Note: The system can be a) automatic, where the burner, when started, will continue for an unlimited number of operating cycles without manual attention unless shut down by the combustion safety control; b) semi-automatic, where the burner, when started, will continue for an unlimited number of operating cycles without manual attention unless shut down by the combustion safety control or limit control; or c) manual, where the burner, when started, will complete only one cycle of operation without manual attention.

Appliance supply piping — the fuel supply piping leading to the burner of an appliance from a supply tank or, in the case of a central oil distribution system, from the subatmospheric or demand valve immediately downstream of the meter. Blower control (fan control) — the temperature-actuated switch controlling only the on-off operation of an air-circulating blower. Burner unit — one or more burners that can be ignited safely from one source of ignition. Combustion products — see Products of combustion in Clause 3. Contamination — any release of fuel oil or used oil or any combination of the two, resulting directly or indirectly from human activities, that exceeds levels acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Continuous pilot — see Pilot. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

208

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Draft — Flue-outlet draft — see Vent outlet pressure in Clause 3. Over-fire draft — see Over-fire pressure in Clause 3. Note: See Draft in Clause 3.

Drop pipe — the vertical pipe that conducts fuel down to an appliance. Expanding pilot — see Pilot. Firebox — a metal enclosure in which fuel or gaseous derivatives of fuel are burned and that forms a portion of the heat exchanger. Note: See Combustion chamber in Clause 3.

Flame safeguard — see Combustion safety control in Clause 3. Flame-sensing device — the component of a combustion safety control that senses flame. Flue-gas loss — the heat loss escaping in the flue gases. Flue pipe — see Vent connector in Clause 3. Heat transfer surface — the surface of a heat exchanger designed to transfer heat between two physically separated fluids. Intermittent pilot — see Pilot. Interrupted pilot — see Pilot. Kerosene — see Fuel oil in Clause 3. Laundry stove — an appliance consisting of one or more open-top burners mounted on high legs or having a cabinet base. Oil burner assembly — an assembly comprising an oil burner and such devices as can be necessary to control the supply of fuel and combustion air to the burner. Package unit — an appliance supplied by one manufacturer as a complete unit, including burner, controls, and integral wiring. Pilot — a flame that is used to ignite the fuel at the main burner or burners. Continuous pilot — a pilot that burns without turndown throughout the entire time the burner is in service, whether or not the main burner is firing. Expanding pilot — a pilot that normally burns at a low turndown throughout the entire time the burner is in service, whether or not the main burner is firing, except that upon a call for heat the pilot automatically expands so as to reliably ignite the main burner. Note: This pilot can be turned down at the end of the flame-establishing period for the main burner.

Intermittent pilot — an electrically ignited pilot that is automatically lit whenever there is a call for heat and that burns throughout the entire period that the main burner is firing.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

209

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Interrupted pilot — an electrically ignited pilot that is automatically lit each time there is a call for heat and in which the pilot fuel is cut off automatically at the end of the flame-establishing period of the main burner. Self-energized pilot — the pilot used in a self-energized control system. Pilot valve — a valve that controls the supply of fuel to a pilot burner. Piping riser — the vertical pipe that conducts fuel upward. Potential — as applicable to electrical power circuits means voltage in accordance with CSA C22.1. Proved pilot — see Clause 3. Purge — the replacement of existing fluid, gaseous or liquid, in the fuel piping or the appliance with the desired fluid. Radiator — a metal enclosure located within the furnace casing, consisting of secondary heating surfaces, and forming a portion of the heat exchanger. Secondary heating surface — the surfaces of those portions of the heat exchanger conveying the combustion products or flue gases from the enclosure forming the primary heating surfaces to the vent outlet. Self-energized control system — a burner control system in which part of the heat energy of the pilot is converted through a thermopile to electrical energy that is sufficient to operate the control system and automatic valves. Self-energized pilot — see Pilot. Self-generating millivolt circuit — a circuit in which an electromotive force is generated by the effect of the heat of a flame upon a thermopile element. Service compartment — a normally enclosed compartment of an assembly that is accessible for occasional operations such as “lighting up” or the adjustment, cleaning, or servicing of such parts of the equipment as air filters, blowers, motors, and controls. Temperature relief valve, fusible-plug-type — a device that opens, and keeps open, a relief opening by the melting or softening of a fusible plug or cartridge at a predetermined temperature. Temperature relief valve, reseating- or self-closing-type — a valve that opens automatically when a predetermined temperature is exceeded and closes automatically when the temperature falls below a predetermined lower value. Unvented appliance — an appliance not intended to be connected to a venting system. Venting system — Direct venting system — a venting system that is constructed and installed so that all the air for combustion and draft control is taken from the outside atmosphere and all the combustion products are discharged to the outside atmosphere.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

210

CSA B139.1.0:19

General requirements for large installations

Mechanical venting system — a venting system that uses a mechanical device to exhaust the vented products. Notes: 1) The appliance burner is not part of the venting system. 2) Examples of vented products include draft inducers and power venters.

Negative pressure vent — a vent in which the pressure inside the vent or vent connector is less than the pressure outside the vent or vent connector. Non-mechanical venting system — a venting system that does not use a mechanical device to exhaust the vented products. Positive pressure vent — a vent in which the pressure inside the vent or vent connector is greater than the pressure outside the vent or vent connector. Type L venting system — a certified venting system consisting of factory-made parts, each designed to be assembled without requiring field fabrication, for use with oil-burning appliances that are approved for use with Type L venting systems. Note: See Venting system in Clause 3.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

211

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

Annex O (informative) Combustion air proving safety interlocks Note: This Annex is not a mandatory part of this Code.

O.1 General O.1.1 Where a combustion air supply fan is directly interlocked to a single appliance in a one-to-one relationship, the interlocking and proof-of-combustion air requirements are relatively simple. When a one-to-one relationship cannot be achieved, such as where one or more combustion air supply fans serve an unequal number of appliances, the interlocking for proof-of-combustion becomes more complex. For such unequal systems, depressurization of the space or service room containing the appliances may use active pressure monitoring, and control of the space air pressure may be implemented; the design of such systems must consider the stability of the outdoor air pressure reference as the measurement of the outdoor air pressure can be susceptible to rapid changes caused by wind acting on the sensing element.

O.1.2 Proof-of-airflow devices can be susceptible to failure due to outdoor air debris build up over time on the sensing elements, especially where combustion air supply fans are operating for prolonged periods. Differential air pressure sensors that measure the pressure rise across the combustion air supply fan can become defective if either or both of the sensing ports become plugged; if this occurs on the discharge port, when the combustion air fan shuts down, the differential air pressure sensor might continue to read as if the fan were operating. Similarly, a pitot-tube type airflow measuring station has the pitot port open to the direct airflow path; if debris plugs this port during fan operation, after the fan shuts down, the pitot port will continue to read as having pressure, even though the static pressure port will read no pressure. This results in a false positive measured airflow.

O.1.3 Due to the potential long-term defect in an airflow-proving device, this Code requires redundant airflow-proving devices arranged such that both devices must prove airflow before an appliance(s) can start. In addition, this Code requires supervision of these devices to ensure they will “zero out” when the fan stops, through the use of a third device that proves fan-motor operation. The intent is that when the fan motor stops, the circuit must prove the airflow-proving devices have returned to a zero state before the next operation cycle. This Code does not prescribe the type of instruments to use, or how they are to be wired to achieve the performance requirement. However, Figure O.1 illustrates this concept of supervising the airflowproving devices as follows: a) The airflow-proving switches are normally open, closing on airflow. This makes the circuit and the associated relay fail-safe in that any break in the circuit will de-energize relay CR1 or CR2, which will remove the run permissive to the appliances. b) Similarly, the fan-motor current switch will energize relay CR3 when the fan is running.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

212

General requirements for large installations

CSA B139.1.0:19

c)

d)

In the supervision circuit, if either of the airflow-proving switches (CR1-1 or CR2-1) are closed (meaning their relays are energized and therefore the airflow-proving switches are closed) and if the fan-motor is OFF, the relay contact CR3-1 will be closed and an alarm will be generated. For the permissive interlock to the appliances, CR1-2 and CR2-2 must be closed (airflow is proven) and the alarm relay contact AR1-1 must be closed (relay AR1 is not energized).

Functionally, if one of the airflow-proving devices becomes defective during fan operation and fails in a closed position while the fan is operating, once the fan shuts-down, the alarm relay AR1 will energize and prevent a future restart of the appliance.

Figure O.1 Example of a supervised airflow-proving system (See Clause O.1.3.) 1

Proof-of-air flow (Device No. 1)

N Fan airflow switch

CR1

Fan pressure switch

CR2

Fan current switch

CR3

Proof-of-airflow (Device No. 2)

Fan-motor current switch

CR1-1

CR3-1

Reset

AR1

Air flow device fault check R

CR2-1

Air flow proving device failure alarm

AR1

CR1-2

February 2019

CR2-2

AR1-1

Permissive interlock to flame-safety control circuit

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

213

National Standard of Canada CSA B139.1.1:19 General requirements for stationary engines

®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

Published in February 2019 by CSA Group A not-for-profit private sector organization 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3 To purchase standards and related publications, visit our Online Store at store.csagroup.org or call toll-free 1-800-463-6727 or 416-747-4044. ICS 27.060.10; 91.140.20 ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0 © 2019 Canadian Standards Association All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without the prior permission of the publisher.

CSA B139.1.1:19

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19 General requirements for stationary engines 0 Introduction This Code concerns the installation of stationary engines and associated ancillary equipment installed in multi-unit residential, commercial, industrial, and institutional buildings.

1 Scope 1.1 This Code specifies minimum requirements for the installation of oil-fuelled stationary engines used for a) the generation of electrical power for buildings; b) the generation of electrical power in accordance with CSA C282; c) the generation of electrical power in accordance with CSA Z32; and d) directly connected shaft power for building equipment, industrial equipment, and emergency equipment. Note: Examples of “building equipment” include air compressors and refrigeration equipment; “industrial equipment” includes pumps, compressors, hoisting equipment; and “emergency equipment” includes fire pumps. This Note does not impose limits on types of driven equipment.

1.2 The requirements of CSA B139.1.0 apply in addition to this Code. Where a conflict or inconsistency exists between CSA B139.1.0 and this Code, the requirements of this Code shall take precedence.

1.3 In this Code, “shall” is used to express a requirement, i.e., a provision that the user is obliged to satisfy in order to comply with the Code; “should” is used to express a recommendation or that which is advised but not required; and “may” is used to express an option or that which is permissible within the limits of the Code. Notes accompanying Clauses do not include requirements or alternative requirements; the purpose of a note accompanying a Clause is to separate from the text explanatory or informative material. Notes to tables and figures are considered part of the table or figure and may be written as requirements. Annexes are designated normative (mandatory) or informative (non-mandatory) to define their application.

1.4 The values given in SI units are the units of record for the purposes of this Code. The values given in parentheses are for information and comparison only.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

215

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

2 Reference publications Clause 2 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

3 Definitions Clause 3 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

4 Engine installation 4.1 Engines 4.1.1 The following components and accessories are considered to be part of an engine and, where they are factory installed, shall be exempt from this Code: a) engine block, heads, and engine fuel-injection piping, engine-driven fuel pumps; b) fuel oil cooler piping; c) fuel oil supply inlet piping connection to i) engine-mounted filters; ii) engine frame-mounted filters; or iii) engine frame-mounted bulkhead fittings; d) fuel oil return outlet piping connection to i) engine return fuel-rail outlet fitting; or ii) engine frame-mounted bulkhead fitting; e) flexible connector or hose connector that forms part of fuel piping described in Items c) and d), where supplied by the engine manufacturer; f) the exhaust manifold flange, or the turbocharger outlet flange for turbocharged engines, but not any flexible connectors; and g) an integral supply tank or integral auxiliary supply tank that does not exceed 45 L (10 gal) capacity. Note: Refer to Figure 1.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

216

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

Figure 1 Engine appliance boundary limits (See Clauses 4.1 and 5.1.1.)

V

V

Diesel Exhaust (Vent)

5 4

Heat

F

Fuel oil supply

1

6

2

4

Fuel oil return

Engine fuel injection system

1

(alternate)

F

6

(alternate)

4

6 1

F

(alternate)

(alternate)

4 1

F 3

(alternate)

Engine Appliance Legend

External (Field) Piping Legend

Engine internal piping/ venting 1

Engine mounted fuel filter (all metal)

2

Engine mounted fuel injector pump

3

Remote oil filter and/or water separator

4

Fusible link valve when required (may be included as part of appliance)

5

Exhaust turbo-charger (if equipped)

6

Engine mounted return oil cooler

External fuel supply flexible connector or hose connector

Engine internal piping/ venting boundary point

External fuel supply piping V

Engine internal piping boundary point at bulkhead fitting fastened to engine frame; engine frame on vibration isolation

External exhaust vent External fuel supply rigid piping boundary point, rigidly supported and isolated from engine vibration

Engine flexible connector or hose connector or annealed tubing

4.1.2 For a skin-tight engine enclosure installed outdoors, the exhaust piping inside the enclosure shall be included as part of the appliance.

4.1.3 Where hose connectors are provided as part of the engine appliance, they shall be protected by a

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

217

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

fusible-link valve in accordance with Clause 5.1.2 of CSA B139.1.0, and the fusible-link valve shall be installed a) at the fuel inlet connection; and b) either as part of the appliance or be field installed.

4.2 Filters 4.2.1 An oil line-mounted device that includes an oil filter or a water separator or both shall conform to Clause 5.1 of CSA B139.1.0. If a fuel oil filter or strainer assembly or a water separator is provided for the engine, it shall be located inside the engine service room or engine enclosure where the engine is located.

4.2.2 A single fusible-link valve may be used to satisfy the requirements of both Clauses 4.1.3 and 4.2.1, where applicable, provided that a) the fusible-link valve is installed on the same pipeline and is upstream of the oil line-mounted devices and hose connectors; and b) the fusible-link valve, oil line-mounted devices, and hose connectors are located in the same room or enclosure.

4.3 Engine systems with sub-base fuel tanks 4.3.1 Where a manufactured engine system includes a supply tank or auxiliary supply tank and the system is located in an engine enclosure, building, shed, or other type of permanent housing, the fill, normal, and emergency vent pipes, or combined normal and emergency vent pipes shall terminate outdoors.

4.3.2 Supply tanks or auxiliary supply tanks provided as part of an appliance shall comply with Clause 6.2.1 of CSA B139.1.0.

4.4 Trailer-mounted engine-generators Where engine-driven generators are installed and operated on trailers that are capable of being relocated to other premises,* the installation shall comply with CAN/CSA-B138.1/CAN/CSA-B138.2 or CSA B139 as applicable. * Such as rental generators, or mobile service generators used by one owner. Note: The operator should be aware that it is not permitted to transport fuel in tanks covered by this Code. The requirements of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and its regulations will also apply.

4.5 Fire pumps conforming to NFPA 20 4.5.1 General Where engine-driven fire pumps are installed in accordance with NFPA 20, the requirements of NFPA 20 shall govern except as described in Clauses 4.5.2 to 4.5.11.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

218

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

4.5.2 Tank construction Engine supply tanks shall be of metallic construction in accordance with Clause 6.2.1.2 of CSA B139.1.0, and Clause 6.2.1 of CSA B139.1.1. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.4.1.4.1 and 11.4.1.4.4.

4.5.3 Tank supports Engine supply tank supports shall comply with the requirements of Clause 6.3.3 a) of CSA B139.1.0 except where a) the tank forms part of a manufactured package fire pump assembly and is supported on a common factory built structural steel frame; and b) the pump service room is provided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13 that is designed with a minimum water supply duration of 2 h. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.4.1.4.2 and 11.4.3.3.

4.5.4 Tank capacity Where an indoor engine supply tank capacity, individually or in the aggregate, is in excess of 5000 L (1100 gal), the requirements of Clause 6.5 shall apply. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.4.1.4.3.1 and 11.4.3.2.

4.5.5 Tank venting Engine supply tank normal vents, emergency vents, or combined normal/emergency vents shall be in accordance with Clause 10.5 of CSA B139.1.0. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.4.1.5.3.1 and 11.4.1.5.3.1.A.

4.5.6 Tank connections Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 6.2.2, the engine fuel supply pipe connection may be connected to the side of the engine supply tank, provided that the following requirements are met: a) the aggregate capacity of one or more fuel tanks connected to the engine shall not exceed 2500 L (550 gal); and b) except at the connection to the tank and to the engine, pipe joints shall be i) welded; ii) threaded and seal-welded; or iii) threaded, if inspected during the course of weekly diesel fire pump no-flow condition testing in accordance with the provincial or territorial fire code or in its absence, the National Fire Code of Canada. All inspection reports as required by NFPA 25 shall be maintained onsite and be readily accessible. Instructions shall be posted at the fuel tank requiring the fuel piping between the tank and the engine to be inspected for leaks. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clause 11.4.1.5.4.1.

4.5.7 Tank overfill protection Engine supply tanks shall be provided with overfill protection in accordance with Clause 10.1.3 of CSA B139.1.0 and, where applicable, Clause 10.5.1.3 of CSA B139.1.0. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clause 11.4.2.4.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

219

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

4.5.8 Fuel flexible connections Connections of fuel piping to engines shall be made with a flexible connector in accordance with Clause 5.2.1.6 of CSA B139.1.0 and Clause 5.1.1 of CSA B139.1.1. Notes: 1) Hose connectors should not be used for this purpose as this Code would require a fusible-link shut-off valve and such a valve is not permitted under NFPA 20 in the fuel supply line to the engine. See Clause 5.1.2 of CSA B139.1.0. 2) Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.4.4.1 and 11.4.4.5.2.

4.5.9 Clearance to combustibles Notwithstanding any requirements of NFPA 20, the requirements for clearances to combustible material from chimneys (engine exhaust stacks) shall conform to the requirements of Clause 12.8 of CSA B139.1.0. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clauses 11.5.2.6 to 11.5.2.8.

4.5.10 Spark-arresting mufflers In a classified area in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, the use of spark-arresting mufflers as part of an exhaust system that terminates in that area shall be subject to approval by the electrical authority having jurisdiction. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clause 11.5.3.5.

4.5.11 Fuel maintenance systems Where an active fuel maintenance system is installed in accordance with NFPA 20, a) a drain located on the bottom of the tank may be connected to the fuel maintenance system; and b) a shut-off valve may be installed on the return line from the fuel maintenance system to the supply tank, provided that it is equipped with a device to keep the valve locked in the open position, or a pressure-relief valve may be installed in accordance with Clause 5.4.3.1 of CSA B139.1.0. Piping joints shall comply with Clause 4.5.6. Note: Refer to NFPA 20, Clause 11.6.4.

5 Engine fuel piping, tubing, and fittings 5.1 Engine fuel piping 5.1.1 Where the fuel supply and return piping connections to an engine are made with a flexible connector or a hose connector, they shall be provided only to limit engine vibration transmitted to the fuel piping and shall a) be of a length not less than two times the manufacturer’s minimum length for vibration control, but shall not exceed 600 mm (24 in) total length; b) have the fuel piping on the tank side of the connector rigidly supported to the building structure;* c) have the engine side of the connector rigidly supported at the engine or a bulkhead fitting that is connected to the engine support frame; and d) have the connector installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and as follows: i) only one bend shall be installed in the connector, and the bend shall be at least 1.5 times the manufacturer’s minimum bend radius†; and February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

220

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

ii)

the connector shall not be subject to compression due to expansion of the fuel piping.

* See Figure 1. † While a single bend is permitted, it is preferable that there be no bends in the connector, to extend its working life.

5.1.2 The return line from the engine shall terminate either a) in the auxiliary supply tank from which the fuel is fed to the engine; b) in the supply tank that directly supplies fuel to the engine; or c) in the main supply tank that supplies fuel to the engine’s auxiliary supply tank, provided that the main supply tank has sufficient reserve capacity above its normal high level limit to accommodate the capacity of the auxiliary supply tank. Note: For Item c), when the fuel is returned to a main supply tank, the flow rate will be significantly greater than the engine consumption rate.

5.1.3 Where the fuel being returned from the engine to the engine supply tank is at a temperature higher than 38 °C (100 °F), the return line shall be connected to a drop tube that extends to a maximum of 15 cm (6 in) from the bottom of the tank and provided with a minimum 6 mm (1/4 in) diameter hole located at the top of the drop tube within the ullage space of the engine supply tank. Note: See Clause 6.4.

5.2 Stainless steel tubing and fittings Subject to the authority having jurisdiction, a double-ferrule compression fitting and tubing system of stainless construction may be used for piping between a supply tank and the engine to which it is connected.

6 Tanks 6.1 General Unless otherwise required in Clause 6, the requirements for an auxiliary supply tank shall also apply to a supply tank that is directly connected to one or more engines.

6.2 Engine supply tanks — Installation 6.2.1 Tanks that directly supply engines shall be either a) certified as a double bottom system and provided with a visual or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; b) certified as a double-wall vacuum monitored interstitial space, and provided with a visual vacuum gauge or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; c) certified as an integral contained type designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and provided with a visual or electrical monitoring device of the interstitial space; d) installed in a certified open or closed secondary containment designed to contain at least 100% of the tank volume, and have provision for examination or monitoring of the contained space; or e) installed in an engineered secondary containment system which conforms to the provincial or territorial fire code or in its absence, Part 4 of the National Fire Code of Canada. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

221

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

6.2.2 The fuel lines to and from the engine supply tank to the engine shall enter the engine supply tank through fittings located on the top of the tank.

6.2.3 An electrically powered level control device and automatic valves for auxiliary supply tanks supplying generators shall be provided with continuous power. Note: Tying into the generator circuit and main power is acceptable.

6.3 Venting of engine supply tanks Venting of supply tanks and auxiliary supply tanks shall comply with the requirements of CSA B139.1.0.

6.4 Operating temperature 6.4.1 The operating temperature for an indoor engine supply tank shall comply with the requirements of Clause 6.2.3.2.1 of CSA B139.1.0.

6.4.2 Where an engine supply tank is located outdoors, including sub-base tanks and tanks located inside an engine enclosure, the oil temperature in an engine supply tank may exceed 38 °C (100 °F), provided that the engine supply tank is separated from adjacent buildings or property lines by a distance of at least 3 m (10 ft). Note: Fuel oil temperatures in engine supply tanks can exceed 38 °C due to outdoor ambient and solar heating, as well as due to engine return oil heating.

6.4.3 Where confirmation of engine supply tank oil temperature in accordance with Clause 6.4.1 or 6.4.2 is required, the temperature shall be measured as follows: a) The equipment served by the engine supply tank shall be operated at maximum rated capacity for at least 2 h. b) The supply oil temperature to the equipment shall be measured as close to the outlet connection on the engine supply tanks as possible.* c) Measurement of the surface temperature of the pipe shall be acceptable for this purpose, using appropriate measurement instrumentation.† * For the purpose of this test, the oil temperature supplied to the engine will represent the average tank temperature. † Use of a digital thermometer with type K contact thermocouple would meet this requirement.

6.5 Engine supply tanks — Capacity and protection 6.5.1 Indoor installation 6.5.1.1 Except as permitted by Clause 6.5.1.2, engine supply tanks shall be installed in engine service rooms. Note: The provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada and CSA C282, provide additional requirements and restrictions related to auxiliary supply tanks and generators.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

222

CSA B139.1.1:19

General requirements for stationary engines

6.5.1.2 Capacities of engine supply tanks installed in engine service rooms shall comply with Figure 2. Capacities of engine supply tanks installed outside of engine service rooms shall comply with Clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.4 of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

223

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

Figure 2 Engine supply tanks installed indoors (See Clause 6.5.1.2.) Engine Tanks

Tanks installed in Engine Service Room

Aggregate per room ≤ 5000 L (1100 gal)?

No

Yes

Each tank ≤ 2500 L (550 gal)?

Aggregate per room ≤ 20 000 L (4400 gal)

No

Each tank ≤ 5000 L (1100 gal)

Yes

Protection Level I Required

Protection Level II Required

Tanks installed in Engine Service Room(s) having a minimum 1hr FRR

Tanks installed in Protected Engine Service Room(s) having a minimum 2hr FRR

Maximum 2500 L (550 gal) per tank; Maximum 5000 L (1100 gal) aggregate per Engine Service Room

Stop Not Permitted

No

Stop Not Permitted

Yes

Yes

(Note)

No

Maximum 5000 L (1100 gal) per tank; Maximum 20 000 L (4400 gal) aggregate per Protected Engine Storage Room

Unlimited building aggregate

Unlimited building aggregate

Engine Service Room(s) may be at any level in the building

Protected Engine Service Room(s) may be at any level in the building

Note: Fire protection of engine service rooms is not required for this protection level under this Code, but might be required under other codes or regulations. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

224

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

6.5.1.3 Requirements for engine supply tank protection level shall be as described in Table 1.

Table 1 Protection levels (See Clause 6.5.1.3.) Protection level Requirement

I

II

Tank location

Any level

Any level

Tanks to be located in engine service rooms

Yes

Yes

Engine service rooms are protected

No*

Yes

Room leak detection

No

Yes

Fire detection

No*

Yes

Fire-resistant rating of exterior exposing walls

No†

No†

Smoke venting of engine service room

No*

No*

* Item is not required by this Code for this protection level, but might be required under the National Building Code of Canada, the National Fire Code of Canada, or provincial regulations. † Exterior exposing walls could be required to be constructed as rated fire separations unless minimum separation distances apply in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada.

6.5.1.4 Each engine service room shall be separated from the rest of the building, including any adjacent service rooms, by a fire separation having a minimum fire resistance rating as required by its protection level, and shall have a) a floor of concrete or other non-combustible construction, and treated as necessary to be impermeable to fuel oil; b) a non-combustible, liquid-tight sill or ramp to a height corresponding to 10% of the volume of the largest tank in the room, and at least 150 mm (6 in) high; and c) walls to the height of the retained oil that are built to withstand the natural pressure due to the liquid head of the retained oil when this height exceeds 150 mm (6 in). Note: Supporting structures such as columns, arches, etc., supporting the roof or floor above the engine service room could still require to be constructed with a fire resistance rating in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada.

6.5.1.5 Where the protection level requires engine service rooms to be protected, each engine service room shall be provided with an automatic fire suppression system in accordance with NFPA 13 or NFPA 37.

6.5.1.6 Where the protection level requires engine service rooms to have leak detection, the engine service room shall be provided with a device to detect oil, and the detection shall be alarmed and monitored at a supervised location.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

225

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

6.5.1.7 Where the protection level requires an engine service room to have fire detection, the engine service room shall be provided with fire detectors in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada and shall be monitored by either a) a fire alarm system, if the building is provided with one; or b) a supervised location, if the building is not equipped with a fire alarm system. Note: A supervised location can be a building operations office, a security office, or a remote security service, or the requirement can be satisfied by providing remote notification to a building operator or owner, but in any case 24 h coverage is not required.

6.5.2 Outdoor installations — At grade level Capacity and protection requirements for engine supply tanks installed outdoors at grade level shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 6 and 8 of CSA B139.1.0.

6.5.3 Outdoor installations — Above ground-level storey When located outside above the ground-level storey of the building, auxiliary supply tanks supplying engines shall exceed neither an individual capacity of 1250 L (275 gal) nor an aggregate capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) connected to the same supply line and, in the case of double-bottom tanks, shall be provided with secondary containment designed for outdoor use. Note: “Outside above the ground-level storey” means the tank is placed on a roof, balcony, overhang, parking structure, or similar structure.

6.6 Protection against siphon leaks 6.6.1 In Clause 6.6.3, “aggregate capacity of engine supply tanks connected to one engine fuel supply line” shall mean a) where auxiliary supply tanks are automatically refilled from main supply tanks, the total volume of the auxiliary supply tanks plus the connected main supply tanks; or b) where auxiliary supply tanks are not used, the total volume of supply tanks. See Figures 3 a) and 3 b).

6.6.2 Where the engine fuel supply line is located or partially located at a level below the maximum fuel level of the engine supply tank(s), the fuel supply line shall be protected from siphon leaks in accordance with Clause 6.6.3 (see Figure 4).

6.6.3 When required by Clause 6.6.2, where the aggregate capacity of engine supply tanks connected to one engine fuel supply line serving one or more engines exceeds 2500 L (550 gal), then an engine supply tank siphon protection system shall be provided by at least one of the following measures: a) the fuel line from the engine supply tank to the engine shall be equipped with an anti-siphon valve* located as close as possible to each engine supply tank outlet; b) provision of a non-combustible containment system, equipped with a leak detection system, that shall i) surround each engine supply tank and any filter assembly not directly mounted on the engine body with a capacity of at least 45 L (10 gal) per containment system;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

226

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

ii)

c)

d)

e)

have the leak detection system sensor installed at least 50 mm (2 in) below the top of the containment system; and iii) have an alarm annunciate at a supervised location that is monitored on a 24 h basis; an engine supply tank volume monitoring and alarm system, that shall i) detect a 2% reduction of oil volume in each tank while the engine is not in operation;† ii) have the alarm disabled during normal engine operations to prevent false alarms; and iii) have an alarm annunciate at a supervised location that is monitored on a 24 h basis; an automatic valve installed on each engine supply line that is located as close as possible to the engine supply tank outlet and that shall only open when the engine is running. The automatic valve shall i) function in the loss-of-power position with zero fluid pressure; and ii) fail 1) closed on loss of power; or 2) open on loss of power, and an oil leak detection system shall be installed at a suitable location or locations to detect oil from a leak along the length of the supply line that shall annunciate an alarm to a supervised location that is monitored on a 24 h basis; and where auxiliary supply tanks are automatically refilled from one or more main supply tanks, an electrical interlock system that shall i) except as specified in Item ii), prevent automatic refilling of each auxiliary supply tank‡unless the associated engine is operating; ii) permit one automatic refill of each auxiliary tank upon shutdown of the engine, but shall not permit the runtime to exceed a limit of 1) 30 min; 2) the time required to refill each tank from its normal low level; or 3) the equivalent time required to transfer 2500 L (550 gal), whichever is less; and iii) have an alarm annunciate at a supervised location that is monitored on a 24 h basis if the fuel transfer pumps are operating while engines are not operating;

* Some generator fuel pumps have limited suction lift available to open an anti-siphon valve in addition to overcoming other suction (fuel supply) line pressure losses. † The level measurement system will need to be calibrated to account for the normal reduction in oil volume as the oil temperature decreases after conclusion of an engine run. ‡ Shutting down of a transfer pump or closing of an auxiliary supply tank fill valve would satisfy this requirement.

Figure 3 a) Auxiliary supply tank automatically refilled from main supply tank (See Clause 6.6.1.) Engine fuel supply line

Auxiliary Supply Tank AST

Main Supply Tank MST 1

Main Supply Tank MST 2

Engine Aggregate Capacity = ΣVAST + ΣVMST

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

227

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

Figure 3 b) Supply tanks directly connected to engine (See Clause 6.6.1.) Engine fuel supply line

Supply Tank ST 1

Supply Tank ST 2

Engine Aggregate Capacity = ΣVST

Note: The engine fuel supply line may serve one or more engines.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

228

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

Figure 4 Anti-siphon protection requirements (See Clause 6.6.2.) Start

Engine supply line below tank oil level?

No

Notes: 1) Aggregate means the total capacity of all tanks, including both auxiliary supply tank(s) and main supply tank(s), which serve one engine supply line. 2) “AST”: Auxiliary Supply Tank. 3) “MST”: Main Supply Tank. 4) “ST”: Supply Tank.

No anti-siphon requirements

Yes

Engine fed from AST?

Engine fed directly from Supply Tank

No

Yes Aggregate ST capacity > 2500 L (550 gal)

Engine fed from auxiliary supply tank

No

No anti-siphon requirements

Sum of MST and AST connected to an engine fuel supply line

Aggregate AST and MST > 2500 L (550 gal)

No

No anti-siphon requirements Yes

Yes

AST automatically refilled?

No

Yes Use engine run interlock?

Select antisiphon measure

No

Yes

Anti-siphon valve at the tank directly supplying the engine

Local containment with detection

Engine run interlock for AST refill

Tank volume change monitoring

Automatic tank valve opens on engine run

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

229

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

7 Air for combustion and venting 7.1 General 7.1.1 Outdoor air openings may be provided with automatic dampers, which may be divided into combustion air dampers and ventilation air dampers.

7.1.2 Ventilation inlet air dampers may be operated as part of a temperature control system for the service room, including operation with an auxiliary room ventilation fan if provided.

7.2 Combustion air damper interlocks 7.2.1 Except as permitted in Clauses 7.2.2 to 7.2.4, when a damper is provided in any opening intended to admit combustion air into the service room within which only engines are installed, the damper shall be interlocked to prevent any associated engine from starting before the combustion air damper is fully open.

7.2.2 In a service room with multiple stationary engines, where each stationary engine has a dedicated combustion air damper, then the combustion air damper may be interlocked only to its associated engine.

7.2.3 For emergency generators, standby generators, or firewater pumps, the combustion air damper interlock is not required, provided that a) the intake combustion air dampers*, and the intake ventilation air dampers if provided separately, are sized for a maximum face velocity of 2.0 m/s (400 fpm); b) the combustion air dampers and intake ventilation air dampers i) fail open on loss of power; ii) open on a generator or firewater pump run command from the generator or firewater pump control panel; and iii) fail open fully in under 30 s; c) the combustion air damper remains open at all times while the generator or firewater pump is operating; d) the ventilation air damper remains open for at least the first 30 s after start of all dampers moving to the open position;† and e) the combustion air damper is equipped with a position switch that is set at least at 85% open to annunciate an alarm to a supervised location if the damper is not proved open after 30 s. * The term “dampers” herein refers to automatically controlled dampers powered by damper actuators. † The intent is for the ventilation air damper to go to its fully open position and not come under temperature control (if provided) until the combustion air damper is also fully open.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

230

General requirements for stationary engines

CSA B139.1.1:19

7.2.4 For non-emergency engine-driven equipment, the combustion air damper interlock is not required, provided that a) all the requirements of Clause 7.2.3 are met; and b) there is a 30 s time delay from engine start command to the beginning of cranking the engine.

8 Venting products of combustion 8.1 General 8.1.1 Except as permitted by Clause 8.2, exhaust stacks shall comply with the requirements for metal chimneys in Clause 12 of CSA B139.1.0.

8.1.2 Exhaust piping shall be arranged to allow expansion of the pipe to take place without damage to the engine, piping, or building structure.

8.1.3 The connector between exhaust piping and the exhaust manifold at the engine shall be flexible to prevent transmission of vibration to the exhaust systems.

8.1.4 Exhaust piping shall be sized to ensure that the back pressure on the engine does not exceed the level recommended by the engine manufacturer.

8.1.5 The exhaust stack shall be terminated outdoors to minimize the entry of rainwater when the engine is not in operation. Note: An exhaust flapper on smaller engines and an ASHRAE stack-head for larger exhaust pipes are examples of protection for vertical discharge stacks.

8.1.6 The exhaust system shall be installed to pitch to a low point to drain water and condensate away from the engine and shall be provided with a drain line at the low point that is a) constructed of schedule 40 carbon steel pipe or schedule 10 stainless steel pipe; b) provided with a manual shut-off valve located not more than 1000 mm (40 in) above the floor and installed at a distance from the exhaust pipe that would allow a temperature at the valve low enough to protect operating staff from injury and avoid valve seal failure; and c) terminated outdoors, or indoors to a safe location.* * A safe location would include a floor drain that is not located in the engine service room, or inside the engine service room where it drains to a portable container.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

231

CSA B139.1.1:19

General requirements for stationary engines

8.1.7 Except for exhaust systems installed inside of skin-tight engine enclosures, exhaust systems shall be insulated to limit the exhaust system surface temperature to not exceed a) 70 °C (160 °F) where a person can come in contact with the exhaust pipe; and b) 150 °C (300 °F) if located within 300 mm (12 in) of other equipment or building components, except as otherwise addressed by Clause 12.8 of CSA B139.1.0.

8.2 Exhaust stack — Flue-gas temperatures of 538 °C (1000 °F) and less In addition to the requirements of Clause 12 of CSA B139.1.0, where the flue-gas temperature at the engine flue-gas outlet is 538 °C (1000 °F) or less, uncertified exhaust stacks for engines may be constructed of the following materials: a) for emergency and standby generators, and other emergency equipment, i) ASTM A53 minimum schedule 10 plain carbon steel pipe; or ii) ASTM A312 minimum schedule 10 stainless steel pipe; and b) for prime-duty and continuous-duty generators and other non-emergency engine-driven equipment, minimum ASTM A312 schedule 10 stainless steel pipe of type 316 grade or other acidresistant stainless steel grades.

9 Pressure test of uncertified metal exhaust stacks 9.1 Where a portion of an engine uncertified metal exhaust stack downstream of any engine exhaust expansion joint (flexible connection unit) is located inside a building, it shall be pneumatically pressure tested to confirm it is gas-tight at a minimum pressure of 150% of maximum engine exhaust operating pressure or 14 kPa (2 psig), whichever is greater. The pressure shall be held constant for at least 2 h while the exhaust stack is checked for leaks.

9.2 As an alternative to Clause 9.1, an uncertified metal exhaust stack may be hydraulically pressure tested with water to a level at least 1.5 m (5 ft) above the last weld located inside the building. Note: The application of this test should be carefully considered to prevent any water from leaking down into the engine through the exhaust manifold, or into an exhaust silencer, and the construction and support of the exhaust stack should be able to withstand the weight of the water. This test method should only be considered if there is no practical method for sealing the exhaust outlet.

10 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents 10.1 General 10.1.1 Where the exhaust vent of an engine terminates horizontally through a wall or enclosure, it shall comply with the requirements of Clause 10.1 and other requirements of this Code.

10.1.2 An engine exhaust may be vented through-the-wall, provided that this type of venting is documented and accepted in the manufacturer’s installation instructions. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

232

CSA B139.1.1:19

General requirements for stationary engines

10.1.3 If the portion of the exhaust vent located outside of the building or enclosure is within 2.4 m (8 ft) of any floor, grade level, or accessible platform and the surface temperature of the exhaust vent exceeds 70 °C (158 °F), a) a guard around the exhaust vent shall be provided and the temperature of any external part of the guard shall not exceed 70 °C (158 °F); b) the distance between the guard and the side of the exhaust vent shall not be less than 25 mm (1 in); and c) no external openings in the guard shall exceed a dimension of 12 mm (0.5 in). Note: For the purpose of this requirement, metal mesh or screen are considered part of the external surface of the vent terminal, guard, or shield.

10.1.4 Exhaust systems shall terminate outside the structure at a point where hot gases, sparks, or products of combustion will discharge to a safe location.

10.2 Installation 10.2.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

10.2.2 A vent shall not terminate a) for continuous or prime duty generators, directly above a paved sidewalk or a paved driveway that is located between two buildings and that serves both buildings; b) within 3 m (10 ft) of an operable window, door, or mechanical air supply inlet, including soffit openings, to any building; Note: When not in operation, exhaust equipment can inadvertently provide a passage that allows fumes or products of combustion to leak into a building.

c)

above a gas meter/regulator assembly within 1 m (3 ft) of the vertical centreline of the regulator on a horizontal plane perpendicular to the regulator; d) within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any gas service regulator vent outlet or any other gas control device vent; e) within 1 m (3 ft) of an oil tank vent or an oil tank fill inlet; f) less than 2.1 m (7 ft) above the grade level; g) within 3 m (10 ft) of any combustion air inlet; h) within 3 m (10 ft) of the property line other than a municipal property line; i) less than 3 m (10 ft) below a veranda, porch, or deck. If the vent terminates at or more than 3 m (10 ft) below the floor of a veranda, porch, or deck, the space between that structure and the vent shall be open on a minimum of two sides; j) with the flue gases directed at combustible material or any openings of surrounding buildings that are within 3 m (10 ft); k) less than 2.1 m (7 ft) from an inside corner of an L-shaped structure; l) with the bottom of the vent termination opening less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above any surface that can support snow, ice, or debris; m) with the flue gases directed towards brickwork, siding, or other construction in such a manner that can cause damage from heat or condensate from the flue gases; and n) with the flue gases directed towards a sidewalk, driveway, or areas where people might be present within 2.1 m (7 ft). February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

233

CSA B139.1.1:19

General requirements for stationary engines

10.2.3 The venting system shall be installed to facilitate cleanout and removal of parts for examination, repair, or replacement.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

234

National Standard of Canada CSA B139.1.2:19 General requirements for special installations

®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

Published in February 2019 by CSA Group A not-for-profit private sector organization 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3 To purchase standards and related publications, visit our Online Store at store.csagroup.org or call toll-free 1-800-463-6727 or 416-747-4044. ICS 27.060.10; 91.140.20 ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0 © 2019 Canadian Standards Association All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without the prior permission of the publisher.

CSA B139.1.2:19

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19 General requirements for special installations 0 Introduction CSA B139.1.2 concerns the installation of special installations, including used-oil-burning appliances, field installation of burners, construction heaters and temporary supply tanks. Special requirements for the installation of central oil distribution systems and vehicle heaters are also included.

1 Scope 1.1 This Code applies to the installation of appliances, equipment, components, and accessories where oil is used for fuel purposes in a) used-oil-burning appliances; b) central oil distribution systems; c) construction heaters and fuel systems; and d) vehicle heaters.

1.2 This Code provides minimum requirements for the field installation of burners and their combustion control systems.

1.3 The requirements of CSA B139.1.0 apply in addition to this Code. Where a conflict or inconsistency exists between CSA B139.1.0 and this Code, the requirements of this Code shall take precedence.

1.4 In this Code, “shall” is used to express a requirement, i.e., a provision that the user is obliged to satisfy in order to comply with the Code; “should” is used to express a recommendation or that which is advised but not required; and “may” is used to express an option or that which is permissible within the limits of the Code. Notes accompanying clauses do not include requirements or alternative requirements; the purpose of a note accompanying a clause is to separate from the text explanatory or informative material. Notes to tables and figures are considered part of the table or figure and may be written as requirements. Annexes are designated normative (mandatory) or informative (non-mandatory) to define their application.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

236

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19

1.5 The values given in SI units are the units of record for the purposes of this Code. The values given in parentheses are for information and comparison only.

2 Reference publications Clause 2 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

3 Definitions Clause 3 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

4 Used-oil-burning appliances 4.1 Prohibition on use Used-oil-burning appliances shall not be installed in buildings intended to be used for residential occupancy. Such appliances installed in other buildings shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Note: See Annex D of CSA B139.1.0.

4.2 Installation 4.2.1 Used-oil-burning appliances shall be installed as required by this Code and inspected and accepted by a qualified oil burner technician with documented training traceable to the manufacturer or authorized agent. Installers of used-oil-burning appliances shall be responsible for teaching the operator appliance maintenance in accordance with the procedures recommended by the manufacturer.

4.2.2 Used oil shall be used only in appliances certified for such use.

4.2.3 A 150 µm or finer filter medium shall be installed in the supply line of all used-oil-burning appliances.

4.2.4 For used-oil-burning equipment, the suction line opening shall be as far as practicable from the fill line opening into the tank and shall be at least 0.3 m (1 ft) above the bottom of the tank. The suction line shall enter from the top of the tank. Note: This is to reduce the possibility of the entry of sediment to the suction line.

4.3 Markings for used-oil-burning equipment For used-oil-burning equipment, a label shall be installed at the used oil collection transfer point that states “WARNING — Used Oil Only! — Warning: Do not add chlorinated oils, solvents, or paint thinners to the used oil”/ “ATTENTION — Huile usée seulement! — ATTENTION: Ne pas ajouter d’huile chlorée, solvents, ou diluants à peinture dans l’huile usée”. The label shall be supplied by the appliance manufacturer and shall conform to the label requirements of CSA B140.0. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

237

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19

4.4 Tank capacity For used-oil-burning appliances, a) the minimum capacity of an individual used-oil supply tank shall be 910 L (200 gal); and b) the maximum capacity of the used-oil supply tank shall be in accordance with CSA B139.1.0 as applicable.

4.5 Tank fill pipes, openings, and fittings 4.5.1 The entry to the fill pipe for a used-oil supply tank may be located inside a building.

4.5.2 When a tank that is used for the collection of used oil is filled from inside a building, a manual or fastacting normally closed spring-loaded shut-off valve shall be installed in the fill line to prevent vapour from entering the building.

4.5.3 When a fuel transfer pump is employed to fill a used-oil supply tank, automatic overfill protection shall be provided.

4.6 Tests 4.6.1 Smoke density The equipment shall operate so that the smoke density of the flue gases, as determined by the Bacharach method for determining smoke density, shall not exceed the values for used-oil-fired equipment, including used-oil vaporizing-type burners, in accordance with Clause 13.2.4 of CSA B139.1.0.

4.6.2 Log book For used-oil-burning equipment, the installer shall ensure that a permanent log book is available at the installation for recording maintenance and service work.

5 Field installation of burners The site installation of burners including combustion control systems and fuel-oil control trains, other than those certified for the unit, shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Note: See Annexes C and H of CSA B139.1.0.

6 Central oil distribution systems 6.1 General 6.1.1 A central oil distribution system shall conform to Clause 6 and all other applicable provisions of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

238

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19

6.1.2 Only an appliance equipped with primary safety controls specifically certified for the appliance shall be connected to a central oil distribution system.

6.1.3 Equipment such as appliances, piping, and tubing shall be suitable for connection to a central oil distribution system. Equipment installation shall comply with CSA B139.1.0.

6.1.4 Suitable ventilation shall be provided, and a minimum temperature of 2 °C (35 °F) shall be maintained in such facilities as control cabinets, piping compartments, and accommodation housing central pump units.

6.1.5 Pipe joining shall be in accordance with CAN/CSA-Z662.

6.2 Maintenance Provision for leak detection and containment shall be as required by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.3 Tanks The requirements for installation of central oil distribution tanks shall be determined by the authority having jurisdiction. (See Annex G of CSA B139.1.0.)

6.4 Piping 6.4.1 Oil shall be fed from the supply tank or tanks either by gravity or by distribution pump. All distribution piping shall be installed as required by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.4.2 Underground oil distribution mains shall a) not pass within 1 m (3 ft) of a building; b) be buried to a minimum depth of 760 mm (30 in) or to whatever depth is necessary to ensure a fuel temperature of not less than –1 °C (30 °F), except that in permafrost areas special provisions can be required; c) be located above ground where the mains enter a building; d) have provision made for expansion, contraction, and support of piping; and e) when laid in a common trench with underground power and/or communication cables or conduit, maintain a horizontal clearance between vertical planes through the adjacent external surfaces of the pipelines and cables, conductors, or conduit of the underground utility of at least 100 mm (4 in), with the pipeline preferably at a lower level.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

239

CSA B139.1.2:19

General requirements for special installations

6.5 Valves 6.5.1 A readily accessible manual shut-off valve shall be installed in each oil service pipe. The shut-off valve shall be installed at the outside of the wall where the pipe enters a building and shall be protected against physical damage. Note: Aboveground piping can require some source of heat to prevent clogging of the pipe by the oil due to cold during the heating season.

6.5.2 A certified device shall be provided on each oil service pipeline to automatically shut off the oil supply if the supply line between this device and the appliance leaks. This device shall be a) located on the appliance side of the manual shut-off valve required by Clause 6.5.1; b) not more than 1 m (3 ft) from the entry of the oil service pipe into the structure or from the takeoff point from an oil distribution main; c) installed in accordance with its certification; and d) solidly supported and protected from damage.

6.5.3 Means shall be provided to limit the oil pressure at the appliance inlet to a maximum gauge pressure of 20 kPa (3 psi). If a pressure-reducing valve is used, it shall be a type approved for the service.

6.5.4 Except as provided in Clause 6.5.5, a manual-reset device shall be provided to automatically shut off the oil supply to the appliance if the oil pressure at the appliance inlet exceeds a gauge pressure of 55 kPa (8 psi).

6.5.5 A manual-reset device shall not be required when the distribution system is supplied from a gravity tank in which the maximum level of oil (hydrostatic head) is such that the gauge pressure in the system at the appliance inlet cannot exceed 20 kPa (3 psi).

6.5.6 Clauses 6.5.1 to 6.5.5 shall apply to each unit of a building divided into separate units as if each unit were a separate building.

6.5.7 A main shut-off valve shall a) be installed on the building oil distribution main before it branches to the individual units; b) be located outside the building; c) be protected from physical damage; and d) have a permanent sign to identify it, which shall i) be attached to the building above the snow level; ii) be at least 75 mm (3 in) wide; iii) be white with 10 mm (3/8 in) high blue lettering; and iv) have a blue arrow pointing to the valve.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

240

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19

6.6 Pumps A distribution pump shall be equipped with a device that will protect the system and alert the operator in the event that the discharge pressure exceeds that for which the system was designed. This device shall be one of the following: a) a manual-reset pressure-limit switch; b) a pressure switch that limits the pump operation and activates an alarm; or c) a bypass, either integral or external to the pump, that activates an alarm.

6.7 Piping test After installation, piping shall be tested in accordance with Clause 13.4 or 13.5 of CSA B139.1.0 as applicable, except the pressure shall be maintained and recorded for at least 10 h.

7 Construction heaters 7.1 Construction heaters shall conform to Clause 7 and to all other applicable provisions of CSA B139.1.0. Note: Unvented direct-fired heaters are approved for use only in open spaces, such as outdoors or in unenclosed areas under construction.

7.2 Construction heaters shall be located so as to prevent their physical damage or upsetting.

7.3 Indirect-fired heaters shall be connected to a securely supported sheet-metal vent pipe that conveys the products of combustion to the outside of the building.

7.4 Where construction heaters are used in confined or enclosed spaces, an adequate supply of air for combustion and a provision for ventilating the space shall be provided.

7.5 Combustible materials and debris, such as straw, plastic, canvas, and wood, shall be kept clear of the construction heater by at least the clearances specified on the instruction plate on the heater.

7.6 All piping, tubing, and accessories shall, where necessary, a) be supported and secured; and b) be protected from damage or strain.

7.7 Where a separate fuel tank is used to supply one or more construction heaters, it shall be installed in accordance with Clauses 5, 6, 8, and 10 of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

241

CSA B139.1.2:19

General requirements for special installations

7.8 A direct-fired construction heater may be installed and used in the area of a building that is under construction, repair, or alteration, provided that a) no persons other than the workers carrying out the construction, repair, or alteration are occupying any part of the area; b) the products of combustion from the heater are prevented from entering any other part of the building occupied for its intended use by any person; and c) no person is sleeping in the area.

7.9 The lessor of a construction heater shall, at the time of delivery to the lessee, ensure that a) the construction heater and its accessories are approved and are in a safe operating condition; and b) the lessee is instructed in the safe installation and use of the construction heater and its accessories.

7.10 The lessee of a construction heater shall ensure that a) the construction heater and its accessories are installed and used in accordance with the certified manufacturer’s safety instructions; b) the installation of a construction heater and any associated piping or tubing and the repair, servicing, or removal of the heater are performed only by a person holding an approved qualification; c) the handling and the operation of a construction heater and its accessories are performed by a person who has been instructed in the proper performance of such handling and operation; and d) a malfunctioning or damaged construction heater and its accessories are removed from service and such malfunction or damage is reported to the lessor.

7.11 Where the owner of a construction heater and its accessories is also the user of the heater and accessories, the owner shall ensure that a) the construction heater and its accessories are approved and are maintained in a safe operating condition; b) the construction heater and its accessories are installed and used in accordance with the certified manufacturer’s instructions; c) the installation of a construction heater and any associated piping or tubing and the repair, servicing, or removal of the heater are performed only by a person holding an approved qualification; d) the handling and the operation of a construction heater and its accessories are performed by a person who has been instructed in the proper performance of such handling and operation; and e) a damaged or malfunctioning construction heater and its accessories are removed from service.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

242

General requirements for special installations

CSA B139.1.2:19

8 Vehicle heaters 8.1 General 8.1.1 Clause 8 outlines the requirements for heaters designed to heat automobiles, buses, transport trucks, and cargo trailers, whether or not the vehicle is in motion.

8.1.2 Heaters shall be of the enclosed-flame type only.

8.1.3 Heaters shall be installed so that any leakage of fuel will drain outside of the vehicle without contaminating the inside of the vehicle.

8.1.4 Air for combustion shall be drawn from outside the heated compartment, and all products of combustion shall be exhausted outside of the vehicle to open air in such a manner that they are not likely to re-enter the vehicle.

8.1.5 Circulating air may be drawn from inside or outside the vehicle, and any duct that passes through the engine or engine exhaust compartment shall be sealed so that no air or fumes from such a compartment can enter the circulating air.

8.2 Installation 8.2.1 A heater shall be installed with clearances to combustible materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s certified instructions.

8.2.2 The heater shall be so located or protected as to prevent contact by occupants or cargo, unless the surface temperature of the protecting grilles or of any exposed portions of the heater, including exhaust stacks, pipes, or conduits, is lower than the temperature that would cause contact burns. Adequate protection shall be afforded against igniting parts of the vehicle or burning occupants by direct radiation.

8.2.3 Fan belts or other moving parts shall be guarded to protect occupants from injury and to prevent cargo from causing damage to the unit.

8.2.4 Every heater and every heater enclosure shall be securely fastened to the vehicle in a manner that will prevent relative motion during normal usage or in the event that the vehicle overturns.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

243

CSA B139.1.2:19

General requirements for special installations

8.2.5 Every heater shall be assembled and installed so as to minimize the likelihood of the disassembly of its parts, including exhaust stacks, pipes, or conduits, upon overturn of the vehicle in or on which the heater is mounted.

8.2.6 Heaters shall be installed so that they are accessible or so that they can be readily removed for necessary routine servicing.

8.2.7 When, either in normal operation or in the event of overturn, there is, or is likely to be, relative motion between the heater and its fuel tank or in the fuel lines between them, a suitable means shall be provided at the points of greatest stress to allow this motion without causing failure of the fuel lines or the tank.

8.2.8 Fuel shall not be supplied to the heater by gravity. The pumping and piping arrangement shall be so arranged that in the event of the vehicle’s overturning, the fuel supply to the burner will shut off.

8.2.9 Heaters shall be installed in such a position that it is not possible for a fire within the heater enclosure to block an exit route.

8.2.10 Heaters requiring electrical power for operation shall be provided with a fuse or circuit breaker. A disconnect switch shall be provided and placed: a) either before or after entrance to the vehicle; and b) before reaching the heater enclosure.

8.2.11 All automatically operated heaters shall be equipped with a combustion safety control that will turn off the fuel supply in the event of flame or ignition failure and with a high-limit control that will shut down the firing side of the heater in the event of overheating.

8.2.12 Manually operated heaters shall be equipped with telltale indicator lights to indicate to the driver when the heater is operating properly.

8.2.13 Heater controls shall be located so as to discourage tampering by unauthorized persons, and the controls shall either be located so that the driver can operate them without taking attention away from the road or be located where the driver will have to stop the vehicle and vacate the driving position to make adjustments. If only a manual means of shut-off is available, that means shall be readily accessible from the driver’s position.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

244

National Standard of Canada CSA B139.2:19 Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

®A trademark of the Canadian Standards Association, operating as “CSA Group”

Published in February 2019 by CSA Group A not-for-profit private sector organization 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3 To purchase standards and related publications, visit our Online Store at store.csagroup.org or call toll-free 1-800-463-6727 or 416-747-4044. ICS 27.060.10; 91.140.20 ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0 © 2019 Canadian Standards Association All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without the prior permission of the publisher.

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19 Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings 0 Introduction CSA B139.2 concerns the installation of low-capacity boilers, furnaces, air heaters, domestic water heaters, and similar residential-type appliances, including the associated ancillary equipment, installed in residential and small commercial buildings. Users should note that the design of fuel systems anticipated in this Code might not be subject to provincial legislation requiring sealing of the design and provision of construction review services by an engineer. Where the installation does not meet the restrictions and limitations imposed by this Code, the installation is to be installed in accordance with CSA B139.1.0.

1 Scope 1.1 This Code applies to the installation of appliances, equipment, components, and accessories where oil is used for fuel purposes in applications that include a) space heating; b) service water heating; and c) small process application

1.2 This Code applies to the installation of appliances and associated equipment where a) the building is a residential or commercial building as defined by the National Building Code of Canada, does not exceed 3 storeys in building height, and does not exceed 600 m2 (6458 ft2) in building area; b) the individual or total appliance fuel input rating does not exceed 9.5 L/h (2.5 GPH); c) the maximum fuel input rate to all appliances connected to a common chimney does not exceed 205 kW (700 kBtu/h); d) supply tanks do not exceed an individual capacity of 2500 L (550 gal), nor do they exceed a total capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal) for each premises; and e) no fuel pumps other than appliance integrally mounted fuel pumps are used. Note: The intent of this Code is to apply to residential buildings and small commercial buildings in accordance with the provincial building code or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with Part 9 of the National Building Code of Canada.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

246

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

1.3 This Code provides minimum requirements for installing or altering all stationary and portable oilburning equipment, including a) furnaces; b) boilers; and c) water heaters.

1.4 This Code provides minimum requirements for installing or altering ancillary equipment, including a) piping and tubing; b) control devices; c) venting systems; d) accessories; e) heat distribution systems that affect the proper operation of the oil-burning equipment; and f) aboveground supply tanks that have a maximum individual capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) and a maximum total capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal). Note: Underground fuel oil tank installations of any size and aboveground installations over 2500 L (550 gal) are covered by CSA B139.1.0, CSA B139.1.1, and CSA B139.1.2.

1.5 This Code provides requirements for the maintenance of the most commonly used types of oil-burning equipment.

1.6 This Code provides recommended precautions for filling tanks (see Annex I of CSA B139.1.0).

1.7 This Code does not apply to a) process equipment installed in refineries; b) appliances installed in park model trailers, recreational vehicles, and marine craft; c) portable devices such as lamps, blowtorches, melting pots, and weed burners; or d) installations supplying oil-fuelled stationary engines. Note: For reference, the terms “park model trailers” and “recreational vehicles” are as defined in CAN/CSA-Z241 Series and CSA Z240 RV Series.

1.8 In this Code, “shall” is used to express a requirement, i.e., a provision that the user is obliged to satisfy in order to comply with the Code; “should” is used to express a recommendation or that which is advised but not required; and “may” is used to express an option or that which is permissible within the limits of the Code. Notes accompanying clauses do not include requirements or alternative requirements; the purpose of a note accompanying a clause is to separate from the text explanatory or informative material. Notes to tables and figures are considered part of the table or figure and may be written as requirements. Annexes are designated normative (mandatory) or informative (non-mandatory) to define their application. February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

247

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

1.9 The values given in SI units are the units of record for the purposes of this Code. The values given in parentheses are for information and comparison only.

1.10 Figures and tables that are referenced with the prefix “B” are to be found in Annex B of CSA B139.1.0. Note: For example, a reference in this Code to “Table B.1” means Table B.1 in Annex B of CSA B139.1.0.

2 Reference publications Clause 2 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

3 Definitions Clause 3 of CSA B139.1.0 applies to this Code.

4 Appliance installation 4.1 Applicability Installations of oil-burning equipment that are not described in Clause 1.2 shall be installed in accordance with CSA B139.1.0.

4.2 Acceptable equipment 4.2.1 Oil-burning equipment, including appliances, accessories, components, tanks, and any other items associated with the oil-burning equipment shall meet the requirements of this Code, and shall be installed for its intended use, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and this Code.

4.2.2 Appliances shall be certified to the appropriate CSA B140 Series of standards.

4.2.3 Appliances or components, or both, intended for direct connection to potable water systems shall be so certified. The installation shall satisfy the requirements of the local plumbing code.

4.3 Responsibilities of the installer 4.3.1 Initial activation After installing or servicing oil-burning equipment, the installer shall ensure that the equipment is in safe working order by activating the appliance.

4.3.2 Before leaving a new installation Before leaving a new installation, the installer shall a) ensure that the newly installed appliance, accessory, component, or equipment connected by the installer complies with this Code and that the oil-burning equipment is ready for safe use; February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

248

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

b) c)

instruct the user in the safe and correct operation and maintenance requirements of the appliance or accessory connected by the installer; and ensure that the manufacturer’s instructions supplied with the new appliance or accessory connected by the installer are left with the user.

4.3.3 Manufacturer’s instructions Manufacturer’s instructions on the care and operation of oil-burning equipment shall be conspicuously posted near the appliance.

4.3.4 Conversion from a different energy source Where installation of oil-burning equipment constitutes a conversion from other forms of energy, the installer shall a) ensure that the other equipment is removed in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction; b) advise the user of the new appliance, in writing, in order to arrange for the termination of the supply of the former form of energy; and c) ensure that the supply of the other form of energy is either removed or left safe and secure from accidental activation, in accordance with the codes and regulations governing the particular energy product. Note: The following are examples: a) in the case of a propane system: i) shutting off the cylinder or tank valve; and ii) disconnecting and capping or plugging the propane supply piping or tubing outdoors; b) in the case of an electrical system: i) shutting off the power supply to the electrical appliance at the switch; and ii) ensuring that the overcurrent protection device has been removed or set in the OFF position; and c) in the case of a natural gas system: i) shutting off and disconnecting the gas supply; and ii) capping the disconnected gas line and testing for leaks. See Clause 6.8 if converting from oil to another form of energy.

4.3.5 Replacement Before installation of any replacement part of an appliance, equipment, a component, or an accessory, the installer shall ensure that the replacement part provides operational characteristics that are at least equivalent to the original part. Note: Many parts have been designated non-interchangeable because they affect the appliance’s certification.

4.4 Quality of work 4.4.1 All work shall be done in a skillful, thorough manner. Careful attention shall be paid to the mechanical execution of the work, arrangement of the installation, and provision for proper maintenance.

4.4.2 Personnel working on the installation, operation, or maintenance of oil-burning equipment and tanks shall be a) trained in such functions; b) qualified because of knowledge, training, and experience to organize the work and its performance; February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

249

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

c) d)

familiar with any regulations that apply to the work; and knowledgeable about any potential or actual danger to health or safety in the workplace.

Note: The authority having jurisdiction can require such a person to be licensed or authorized.

4.5 Suitability of equipment and chimney 4.5.1 The installer shall determine the following: a) The chimney or vent to which the oil-burning appliance is to be connected is i) properly lined; ii) of the correct size; and iii) in safe operating condition. b) The oil-burning appliance and the equipment to be installed is in satisfactory working condition and suitable for the installation. c) The appliance or oil-burning equipment can be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. d) The firing rate, when adjusted, will not exceed a safe maximum output for the equipment or installation.

4.5.2 Equipment used for service water heating systems shall be designed and installed for use as a service water heater. A service water heater that is part of a hydronic heating system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and CSA B214.

4.6 Accessibility An oil-burning appliance, including the venting system, shall be installed in such a way as to allow access for a) cleaning heating surfaces; b) removing burners; c) replacing motors, controls, filters, draft regulators, fans, fan belts, and other parts; and d) adjusting or lubricating controls, accessories, or other parts requiring such attention.

4.7 Electrical features Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with provincial or territorial regulations or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

4.8 Gas features When gas-burning equipment is used in connection with oil-burning equipment, the gas-burning equipment shall be installed in accordance with provincial or territorial regulations or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with CSA B149.1.

4.9 Supply of fuel oil Only the type of oil for which the oil-burning equipment is certified shall be used in an appliance. Note: The heaviest type of fuel oil for which the appliance is certified should be shown on the nameplate of the appliance. The fuel-oil-type specifications are outlined in CAN/CGSB-3.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

250

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

4.10 Hazardous atmosphere 4.10.1 An appliance shall not be installed in a room that has an atmosphere containing corrosive vapours that are detrimental to the appliance or its venting system.

4.10.2 An appliance, unless certified for installation in a hazardous location, shall not be installed in any location where a flammable vapour, combustible dust or fibres, or an explosive mixture is present.

4.11 Oil filters and strainers 4.11.1 An oil line-mounted device that includes an oil filter shall conform to Clause 5.1.1.

4.11.2 A suitable fuel oil filter, canister or strainer assembly shall be a) provided in the fuel supply line to the appliance or equipment; b) located inside the building where the appliance or equipment is located, wherever feasible; and c) corrosion resistant*. For the purpose of this Clause, uncoated metallic or galvanized steel filter canisters/housings shall not be used. * Examples of corrosion resistant filter canisters include plastic housings and metallic housings with nonmetallic linings or coatings applied by the manufacturer to the inside of the housing.

4.11.3 A filter installed indoors shall be installed over a containment device that shall a) be constructed of materials compatible with the product to be contained; b) be capable of containing a minimum of 10 times the filter’s volumetric capacity; c) extend beyond the isolation valve including all piping connections; and d) be designed to accommodate an optional audible alarming device, or be otherwise acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

4.11.4 When nozzle sizes of less than 2.8 L/h (0.75 USGPH) are used, a 10 µm or finer filter medium shall be used.

4.11.5 Oil strainers shall conform to ULC/ORD-C331.

4.12 Preheating of fuel oils 4.12.1 When it is necessary to heat fuel oil to reduce viscosity, provision shall be made a) to maintain the oil at a suitable temperature for pumping and atomizing; b) not to supply oil for combustion until it is at a suitable atomizing temperature; c) to cold start the equipment; and February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

251

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

d)

not to heat the oil above the maximum temperature permitted by the manufacturer of the oil supply tank.

4.12.2 When an electric preheater is used in a supply tank, means shall be provided to prevent the temperature of the fuel oil from reaching the minimum flashpoint of the fuel oil.

4.12.3 Piping and tubing used as an electrical resistance heating element and piping and tubing heated by electrical heating cables and used for conveying oil shall comply with the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

4.13 Emergency shut-off devices 4.13.1 An emergency shut-off device shall be a) provided on each oil burner installation, except on the installation of certified oil-burning stoves with integral tanks, to manually stop the flow of oil to the burner; and b) placed in a convenient location at a safe distance from the burner. Note: The stopping of the flow of oil may be accomplished by a) a manually operated valve (see also Clause 5.6) in the oil supply line, at or near the supply tank, in an accessible location that can be reached without passing the burner (this may be the same valve required by Clause 5.6); or b) a disconnect switch installed outside the room in which the appliance is installed, to shut off the power to the appliance.

4.13.2 When an appliance using a float valve is connected to a supply tank greater than 41 L (9 gal) in capacity, a valve operated by a fusible link shall be installed in the fuel line adjacent to and upstream from the float valve. The fusible link shall be installed in the same room and within 1 m (3 ft) of the float valve and shall function at a temperature not exceeding 177 °C (350 °F).

4.14 Appliance clearances to building construction — Clearance to combustibles 4.14.1 Appliances shall be installed with clearances to combustible construction not less than those specified in Table B.4 of CSA B139.1.0, except as permitted by Clauses 4.14.2 and 4.14.3.

4.14.2 When an appliance has been certified for installation at clearances less than those specified in Table B.4 of CSA B139.1.0 and these lesser clearances are marked on the appliance certification plate, the clearances shall not be less than those marked on the appliance.

4.14.3 Notwithstanding Clause 4.14.1, some oil appliance clearances may be reduced in accordance with the notes to Table B.4 of CSA B139.1.0, provided that combustible construction is protected as described in those notes and Table B.7 of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

252

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

4.15 Servicing and maintenance clearances The minimum clearances required by Clause 4.14 shall be increased where necessary to provide clearance for servicing and maintenance of appliances in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

4.16 Appliance installation — General requirements 4.16.1 Appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the requirements of the appliance listing.

4.16.2 The appliance shall be installed on a firm, level, noncombustible floor or support, except where the appliance is a) certified for installation on a combustible floor; or b) installed using the appliance manufacturer’s certified base.

4.17 Appliance installation in garages 4.17.1 An appliance may be installed in a storage garage or residential garage if the appliance is located at least 460 mm (18 in) above the floor level and protected against physical damage. Air duct systems serving garages shall not be connected with other parts of the building.

4.17.2 An appliance may be installed in a repair garage if the appliance is located at least 1.4 m (4.5 ft) above the floor level and is protected against physical damage.

4.18 Appliance installation outdoors 4.18.1 An appliance installed outdoors shall be certified for outdoor use.

4.18.2 An appliance installed outdoors at grade level shall be placed on a concrete base, designed in accordance with Clause 6.5.3 a) or b) or in accordance with good engineering practice, extending at least a) 150 mm (6 in) beyond all sides of the appliance; and b) 50 mm (2 in) above grade level. The ground shall first be prepared and provided with gravel for drainage.

4.18.3 Outdoor rooftop installations of oil-burning equipment shall comply with the location requirements of the provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada.

4.18.4 An installed appliance shall be protected against weather and physical damage.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

253

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

4.18.5 An appliance shall be readily accessible for inspection and servicing.

4.18.6 Appliances shall be so spaced as to prevent circulation of the flue gases into the combustion air inlet or circulating airstream of any adjacent appliance or ventilation/fresh air intake.

4.19 Spill or leak response If a spill or leak occurs, the spill or leak response shall proceed in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

5 Fuel-containing devices, piping and tubing, and valves 5.1 Fuel-containing devices 5.1.1 Except as provided in Clause 5.1.2, the external parts of the body of a fuel-containing device, component, or accessory installed in an oil line shall have a melting point of not less than 538 °C (1000 °F).

5.1.2 An oil line-mounted fuel-containing device, component, or accessory with a casing that has a melting point of less than 538 °C (1000 °F) may be installed in an oil supply line when the device is a) installed in a part of the oil line so that the bottom of the device is higher than the top of the tank; or b) protected by a fusible-link shut-off valve with a casing capable of withstanding 538 °C (1000 °F) and a fusible-link temperature rating not exceeding 177 °C (350 °F), all of which conforms to FM 7400. In this case, this valve shall be installed immediately adjacent to the fuel-containing device and between the fuel-containing device and the tank.

5.1.3 A certified automatic oil de-aerator may be installed, provided that a) the de-aerator is installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions/ recommendations; b) a fusible-link shut-off valve that activates at a lower temperature than the maximum rated temperature of the de-aerator is installed immediately upstream of the de-aerator; c) the de-aerator is designed and constructed with a means to prevent liquid (foam) from escaping through the vapour opening(s); d) the oil through the de-aerator is maintained at a temperature less than 38 °C (100 °F); e) the de-aerator is installed indoors; and f) a filter is installed upstream of the de-aerator.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

254

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

5.2 Piping and tubing — Aboveground installations 5.2.1 All piping and tubing, except as restricted in Clause 5.2.2 and permitted by Clause 5.2.3, shall be new* and shall be a) standard-weight wrought iron, or standard-weight steel pipe; b) copper tubing complete with an outer plastic coating; c) stainless steel tubing; or d) the equivalent with respect to strength, durability, and resistance to corrosion and temperature. * When replacing existing equipment or tanks, it is not a requirement of this Code to replace existing piping or tubing that is in good condition.

5.2.2 Fill or vent pipes shall be of steel or galvanized construction. Galvanized pipes, except as fill or vent pipes on supply tanks, shall not be used when exposed to heat or for conveying preheated fuel oil.

5.2.3 Piping used in the installation of oil-burning appliances shall be not smaller than 10 mm (3/8 in) iron pipe size, or 10 mm (3/8 in) (outside diameter) tubing having a wall thickness conforming to that specified in CSA B140.0, except that 6 mm (1/4 in) iron pipe size and 8 mm (5/16 in) tubing may be used with burners having a firing rate of less than 1.9 L/h (1/2 USGPH).

5.2.4 Where a flexible connector is used at the connection to an appliance when a rigid connection is impracticable or when necessary for reducing the effect of jarring or vibration, the flexible connector shall a) conform to ULC/ORD-C536 or CAN/ULC-S633 for the application; b) not exceed 1.5 m (60 in); and c) be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions, specifically including restrictions and limitations on bending of the connector.

5.2.5 Piping and tubing shall be supported and protected against physical damage, such as foot traffic, vehicle traffic, grass cutting, and snow and ice damage. Note: Protection plates to accommodate the oil line should be permanently secured to the floor.

5.2.6 Piping and tubing shall be run as directly as practicable, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration, and settling.

5.2.7 In the installation of oil piping, no girder, beam, joist, or other member of a building shall be cut in such a manner as to reduce the strength of the girder, beam, joist, or other member of the building below that required for the purpose for which it was intended.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

255

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

5.2.8 Oil piping shall not be supported by any other piping, but shall be installed with supports that are not spaced at distances greater than those specified in Table B.5 of CSA B139.1.0 and that are of sufficient strength and quality to support the piping.

5.2.9 Piping or tubing shall be sleeved or double wrapped with a pipe wrap tape where the piping passes through a) an exterior wall above ground; b) an interior wall of masonry or concrete construction; or c) horizontal masonry, concrete or asphalt material installed at grade level. Note: Item c) is intended to apply to underground piping rising up at grade level through sidewalks, retaining walls, driveways, etc. Refer to Clause 5.5 for the portion of piping that is underground.

5.2.10 When piping or tubing is run in a sleeve, the sleeve shall be of such material and so installed as to protect the piping or tubing from damage and galvanic action.

5.2.11 An unthreaded portion of a piping outlet shall extend at least 25 mm (1 in) through either a finished ceiling or a finished wall and at least 50 mm (2 in) through a floor.

5.2.12 Piping and tubing that is exposed to atmospheres that are corrosive to the piping or tubing shall be protected from corrosion.

5.2.13 Piping or tubing in solid flooring, such as concrete, shall be laid in channels and suitably covered to permit access to the piping or tubing. Alternatively, the piping or tubing shall be encased in ducts so that there is a free air space around the pipe or tube. Such a duct shall be ventilated (e.g., by leaving both ends open). Piping or tubing passing under the lowest floor shall meet the requirements of underground piping and tubing in accordance with Clause 9 of CSA B139.1.0.

5.3 Joints and connections Piping and tubing joints and connections shall be made in accordance with the following: a) Joints and connections shall be made fuel-oil-tight. b) Joints and connections shall be made with standard pipe fittings. All standard threaded fittings shall be i) malleable iron which shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16.3 or ANSI/ASME B16.39; or ii) cast brass or bronze which shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16.15. c) Brazed connections shall be made by qualified personnel in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section or as otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Note: All concealed piping should be brazed, wherever possible.

d)

e) f)

A joint in seamless copper, or stainless steel tubing shall be i) made by means of a flare joint or solder fitting; or ii) brazed with a material having a melting point exceeding 538 °C (1000 °F). Flare nuts shall be forged. Compression fittings shall not be used.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

256

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

g)

Unions requiring gaskets or packing, right and left couplings, and solder or brazing materials having a melting point less than 538 °C (1000 °F) shall not be used in connecting fuel oil lines, fill lines, or vent lines.

5.4 Rooftop piping installation Piping installations on rooftops shall comply with Clause 5.2.4 in CSA B139.1.0.

5.5 Piping and tubing — Underground installations The underground installation of piping and tubing shall comply with Clause 9.7 of CSA B139.1.0.

5.6 Valves and pipeline devices 5.6.1 Support of valves and other devices Valves or other devices in pipelines shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent strain on the piping.

5.6.2 Shut-off valve 5.6.2.1 Shut-off valves shall conform to ULC/ORD-C842, except as otherwise permitted in this Code.

5.6.2.2 A shut-off valve shall be a) installed i) in the fuel line in accordance with Clause 5.3; ii) as near as practicable to the exit from the supply tank; iii) at such other locations as can be required to avoid spillage during servicing; and iv) so as to close against the supply of fuel oil; b) of the manual type; c) readily accessible; d) of a type suitable for the intended service; e) substantially protected against physical damage; and f) of casing material conforming to Clause 5.1.

5.6.3 Pressure-relief valve 5.6.3.1 When a shut-off valve is installed in the return line from the appliance’s integrally mounted fuel oil pump, a suitable pressure-relief valve shall be a) installed in the return line; b) located in the return line between the pump and the shut-off valve; and c) arranged to i) return the surplus fuel oil to the supply tank; or ii) bypass the surplus fuel oil around the pump.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

257

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

5.6.3.2 When a heater is incorporated in a fuel supply line, a suitable pressure-relief valve shall be a) installed to prevent an excess of pressure increase; and b) arranged to discharge to the return line downstream from any valve.

5.6.3.3 A means to relieve pressure shall be installed between any two automatic shut-off devices. Note: Motorized valves, solenoid valves, check valves, and anti-siphon valves are examples of automatic shut-off devices.

5.6.4 Automatic shut-off valve 5.6.4.1 Electrically operated automatic shut-off valves shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 139 for solenoid valves.

5.6.4.2 A suitable automatically operated device, designed to shut off the oil flow in case of fire in the immediate vicinity of the burner, shall be installed when the burner is not equipped with suitable automatic devices for preventing abnormal discharge of oil at the burner. Note: This requirement is deemed met if the burner has either an integral positive displacement oil pump that prevents passage of oil when the pump is not running or an automatic shut-off valve.

5.6.5 Constant-level valve 5.6.5.1 The head imposed on a constant-level valve, measured from the top of a gravity supply tank, shall not exceed 3 m (10 ft).

5.6.5.2 When a constant-level valve is not incorporated in a burner to which the fuel oil is fed by gravity, a suitable constant-level valve shall be installed in the fuel supply line as close to the burner as practicable.

6 Aboveground fuel oil tanks 6.1 General This Clause applies to the construction and installation of the aboveground atmospheric supply tanks in accordance with Clause 6.2.1 up to an individual capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) and a maximum aggregate capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal).

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

258

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

6.2 Construction and operating conditions 6.2.1 Construction 6.2.1.1 Tanks shall conform to one of the following ULC documents: a) CAN/ULC-S601; b) CAN/ULC-S602; c) CAN/ULC-S652; d) CAN/ULC-S653; e) CAN/ULC-S655; f) CAN/ULC-S670; or g) CAN/ULC-S677.

6.2.1.2 Tanks shall not be reused, except where permitted by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.2.2 Operating pressure 6.2.2.1 Tanks shall not be operated at pressures exceeding 7.0 kPa (1 psi) gauge in the vapour space.

6.2.2.2 Where the height of the vent exceeds 4.15 m (13.5 ft) above the bottom of the tank, the tank shall comply with Clause 10.5.1.3 of CSA B139.1.0.

6.2.3 Operating temperature 6.2.3.1 Outdoor tanks Outdoor aboveground tanks shall be located and operated so that the temperature of the oil in the tank will not exceed 38 °C (100 °F), or they shall be located in accordance with Division B, Part 4 of the National Fire Code of Canada for Class I products. Note: A dark-coloured tank located in direct sunlight or tanks located close to heat sources are two examples of tanks in which the temperature of the fuel can be caused to exceed 38 °C (100 °F).

6.2.3.2 Indoor tanks 6.2.3.2.1 Supply tanks shall be located and operated so that the a) temperature of the oil in the tank does not exceed 38 °C (100 °F); and b) horizontal distance from the tank to any oil-burning appliance is not less than 0.6 m (2 ft), except when it is an integral tank that is certified as part of an appliance or as permitted by Clause 6.2.3.2.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

259

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

6.2.3.2.2 When the separation required by Clause 6.2.3.2.1 b) is impracticable, the distance required may be reduced, provided that a) the tank is shielded from any oil-burning appliance(s) by a permanent shield that has at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating and is of sufficient length and height to hide the tank completely from the appliance(s); and b) the necessary appliance clearances are maintained.

6.3 Support, installation, foundations, and anchorage 6.3.1 Supply tanks shall be supported to prevent an excessive concentration of load on the supporting portion of the shell and to ensure stability.

6.3.2 All tanks shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the standard to which the tank has been manufactured.

6.3.3 A tank shall be a) installed on rigid, noncombustible* supports constructed of materials having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h;† and b) securely supported to prevent settling, sliding, toppling,‡ or lifting.§ * Tank supports constructed of steel need not be protected if the tank bottom is less than 300 mm (12 in) high at its lowest point. † Pressure-treated wood material may be used under tank legs or cradles if permitted by the authority having jurisdiction, provided that it is below grade and in contact with the ground (the top surface may be exposed). ‡ A tank that can be exposed to wind should be secured against toppling. § A tank that can be exposed to flooding should be secured against lifting. See Clause 6.3.4.

6.3.4 Where high water above the level of the tank bottom is anticipated because of flooding, the tank shall be a) located to avoid the flood waters; or b) protected against uplift forces in accordance with good engineering practice. The anchorage shall be designed to resist uplift due to hydrostatic forces when the tank is empty.

6.3.5 In areas subject to earthquakes, the tank supports and connections shall be designed to resist damage as a result of such shocks. Note: See the National Building Code of Canada, Part 4, and the User's Guide — NBC 2015, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B), Commentary J, for information on seismic zones and earthquake forces. See also the Notes to Annex E of API 650 for a full discussion of designing tanks to resist overstressing due to earthquake forces.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

260

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

6.3.6 Tanks shall not impede the means of egress from a building. Note: Means of egress are considered to be unimpeded if a minimum clearance of 1.5 m (5 ft) exists between all parts of the tank and the edges of adjacent building openings (such as doors or windows) and exit ways (such as corridors, passages, lanes, stairways, and ramps).

6.3.7 Supply tanks shall be accessible after installation for inspection, service, and repair purposes and be provided with the following minimum clearances: a) except as required by Clause 6.3.8 b), a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) at one end and one side of a supply tank, and at least 460 mm (18 in) clearance at the other side and end of the supply tank, ensuring clearance for service of any device attached to the supply line at the tank; b) when supply tanks are installed adjacent to one another, the space between the tanks shall be at least 100 mm (4 in), unless certified otherwise; c) all tanks other than specified in Items d) and e) shall have a minimum of 100 mm (4 in) clearance on the underside of the tank to permit visual inspection and temporary repair of the tank underside; d) for a double-wall vacuum monitored tank, 0 mm (0 in) clearance is permitted on the underside of the tank supported on a concrete or non-combustible floor or surface; and e) for an open or closed secondary containment tank made with a nonmetallic primary tank and a metallic secondary containment with interstitial monitoring, a minimum of 50 mm (2 in) clearance on the underside of the tank. Note: See Figure B.9 of CSA B139.1.0 for an illustration of tank clearances.

6.3.8 A tank shall be installed a) to permit the installation and maintenance of shut-off valves, filters, and associated fittings. Valves, filters, and associated fittings shall not be installed with any part of their housing below the top of the tank foundation or below the finished floor or grade level; b) so that the certification label is clearly visible after installation; c) if it is a double-wall vacuum monitored tank, so that the vacuum gauge is clearly visible after installation; and d) so that it does not interfere with the required working space of any electrical panel or apparatus. A minimum working space of 1 m (3.3 ft) horizontally shall be provided.

6.3.9 A bottom outlet tank shall be installed to permit removal of water by being pitched towards the outlet with a longitudinal slope of not less than 2%. Note: Bottom connections with sloped supports are preferred for metallic tanks to minimize the accumulation of water in the bottom of the tank.

6.3.10 Any unused openings in a tank shall be sealed vapour- and liquid-tight.

6.3.11 If a metallic tank is installed in a top draw or end outlet configuration, the tank shall be a) provided with an accessible opening for the purpose of water testing and removal that shall be i) located at the top of the tank; February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

261

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

b)

ii) a minimum 50 mm (2 in) diameter opening; and iii) centred within 200 mm (8 in) from the lower end of the tank; and sloped 2% toward the end of the tank with the accessible opening.

6.4 Vehicular protection When a tank is not located in an area separated from vehicular movement or is not otherwise protected by its location, the tank, its equipment, and the piping attached to it shall be protected from damage as follows: a) for tanks with an aggregate capacity greater than 2500 L (550 gal), protection shall comply with Clause 7.1.2 or 8.6 of CSA B139.1.0, as applicable; or b) for tanks with an aggregate capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) or less, tanks shall be protected from incidental contact using posts or guardrails located not less than 100 mm (4 in) from all sides of the tank.

6.5 Outdoor tank foundations 6.5.1 The tank foundation shall be a) non-combustible, except as permitted by Clause 6.5.3 c); b) designed to prevent uneven settlement of the tank and to prevent overturning or uplifting of the tank; c) designed to prevent the pooling of water in the contact area between the tank or tank supports and the foundation if the material of the tank or its supports is subject to corrosion; and d) installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

6.5.2 The site shall be prepared as follows: a) The existing soil shall be removed to a minimum depth of 150 mm (6 in) or until undisturbed subsoil is reached. b) The removed soil shall then be replaced with crushed, clean, compacted stone.

6.5.3 Outdoor tanks shall be supported on either a) a one-piece reinforced concrete slab with a compressive strength of 21 MPa (3045 psi ) [see Figure B.15 a) of CSA B139.1.0], and i) for tanks up to 1000 L (220 gal) capacity, the slab shall be a minimum of 90 mm (3.5 in) thick and extend 150 mm (6 in) past the tank footprint on each side; ii) for tanks over 1000 L (220 gal) capacity, the slab shall be a minimum of 140 mm (5.5 in) thick and extend 150 mm (6 in) past the tank footprint on each side; iii) the minimum required reinforcement shall be 150 mm x 150 mm (6 in x 6 in) W4/W4 welded wire mesh to prevent the foundation slab from cracking as a result of uneven settling; and iv) the wire mesh shall be installed at the midpoint of the slab height and 75 mm (3 in) smaller on all sides than the slab plan dimension; b) except as restricted by Clause 6.5.4, precast rebar-reinforced concrete sleepers or reinforced concrete patio stones* [see Figures B.15 b) and c) of CSA B139.1.0], and i) if installed parallel to the support legs or cradles, the sleepers shall provide continuous support for the legs or cradles;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

262

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

ii)

c)

if installed perpendicular to the support legs or cradles, then sufficient sleepers shall be installed side by side to support the legs or cradles for their complete length; iii) the sleepers shall be a minimum of 100 mm thick x 200 mm wide (4 in x 8 in) and be long enough to extend 150 mm (6 in) past each side or end of the tank; iv) the requirements for reinforced concrete patio stones shall be as follows: 1) minimum dimensions of 70 mm thick x 300 mm wide x 760 mm long (2.8 in x 12 in x 30 in) and of sufficient length to extend a minimum of 75 mm (3 in) past the footprint of the support structure; 2) concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 21 MPa (3045 psi); 3) minimum reinforcement of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in x 4 in) W4/W4 welded wire mesh; and 4) only for use for tanks up to 1150 L (253 gal); and v) the sleepers or patio stones shall be firmly bedded in the stone on all exposed sides to prevent lateral movement; or pressure-treated wood sleepers,† used under tank legs or cradles [see Figure B.15 d) of CSA B139.1.0], provided that i) they are placed below grade and in contact with the ground; Note: The top surface may be exposed.

ii)

the minimum requirements for pressure-treated wood sleepers shall be 150 mm x 150 mm (6 in x 6 in) and of sufficient length to extend 150 mm (6 in) past each side or end of the tank; iii) cut ends of pressure-treated wood sleepers shall be treated with wood preservative; iv) pressure-treated wood sleepers shall be firmly bedded in the stone on all exposed sides to prevent lateral movement; and v) the top face of pressure-treated wood sleepers shall be flush with the surrounding grade. * Non-reinforced concrete patio stones are not considered acceptable for tank foundations. † Foundation materials should be suitable for ground or soil contact and not contain combustible preservative material.

6.5.4 The top of the foundation support described in Clause 6.5.3 a) or b) shall be a minimum of 25 mm (1 in) above the highest point of the surrounding grade to ensure the tank supports do not sit in water.

6.5.5 Where anchoring is required due to wind load, seismic movement, buoyancy, or any other concerns, a reinforced concrete slab shall be the only acceptable foundation. Note: Buoyancy calculations might indicate slab dimensions greater than those indicated in Clause 6.5.3 a).

6.5.6 For horizontal (flat) tanks, four reinforced concrete patio stones may be used [see Figure B.15 e) of CSA B139.1.0].

6.5.7 A tank that has any part of its body in contact with the foundation shall have secondary containment and shall be monitored for leaks. Where secondary containment is provided in accordance with an approved secondary containment standard,* monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with that document. * For example, ULC/ORD-C142.20.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

263

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

6.6 Elevated tank installations in designated areas 6.6.1 In addition to the requirements in Clause 6.3.3, an aboveground tank may be installed outdoors on an elevated stand, provided that a) the installation is located only in geographical areas designated by the authority having jurisdiction; b) the stand has been designed by an engineer; c) the stand is of non-combustible construction and need not be provided with fire resistance protection; d) the stand is acceptable to the tank manufacturer and installed in accordance with the tank manufacturer’s instructions; and e) safe access to the tank for the purpose of operation, servicing, and inspection is provided.

6.6.2 Access to a tank-filling connection that is located more than 1.5 m (5 ft) above grade or a tank pad shall be provided by concrete or steel steps. Note: Occupational health and safety and other regulations might have specific requirements to workplace safety such as safety ladders or platforms.

6.7 Gauging of tanks 6.7.1 Tanks shall be provided with means for determining the liquid level within the tank. Note: On an outdoor supply tank, the means may be visual observation through the fill opening, use of a measuring stick, or the use of a fuel-level gauge that is suitable for its intended purpose.

6.7.2 All tanks installed inside a building shall be provided with a) a gauge that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD-C180; b) a device that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD-C180 or CAN/ULC-S661, to indicate at the point of filling when the liquid level in the tank has reached a predetermined level; or c) both the gauge and the device specified in Items a) and b).

6.7.3 Gauging by means of a dipstick shall not be permitted inside a building. Note: The use of a dipstick to detect water is not considered to be “gauging” in the context of this Clause.

6.7.4 A dipstick opening shall be oil- and water-tight and shall be designed to prevent tampering.

6.7.5 A glass sight gauge or other gauging device that penetrates the tank shell shall not be fitted in a location that can a) permit a discharge of oil from the tank at the normal liquid level within the tank; or b) interfere with the operation of the vent alarm if the gauge were broken.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

264

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

6.8 Removal or disconnection of appliances 6.8.1 When an oil-burning appliance is removed for the purposes of conversion from oil to another form of energy, the authorized person removing the oil-burning appliance shall a) ensure that all fuel oil is removed and the tank is marked as empty; b) where the tank is located inside a building, remove the fill pipe and either cap or plug the exposed fill pipe opening; c) shut off the tank outlet valve, remove the filter, and plug or cap the outlet valve; d) plug or cap all openings, including the supply or return outlets or inlets in the tank, except for the vent pipe; and e) where the tank is located outdoors, disconnect all exposed piping or tubing and either cap or plug the piping or tubing as close as practicable to the tank.

6.8.2 During the period when an appliance is not connected to an outlet of a fuel oil piping system, the outlet shall be made tight by means of a) a plugged valve; or b) either a cap or plug made of a material compatible with the material of the piping or tubing system.

6.9 Testing of new or replacement tanks 6.9.1 When installing a single-wall fuel oil tank, the authorized installer shall test the supply tank and connections for leaks as described in Clause 6.9.2.

6.9.2 The authorized installer shall test the supply tank and connections for leaks using one of the following two test methods: a) Pneumatic test: i) The test shall be performed on an empty tank. ii) All openings in the tank shall be closed and the tank and fuel system shall be pneumatically pressurized to a gauge pressure of 30 kPa (4 psi) but not exceeding the manufacturer’s maximum test pressure. iii) The test pressure shall be maintained for not less than 10 min. iv) All joints, connections, seams, and welds shall be checked for leaks with a liquid soap solution. b) Hydrostatic test during first filling: i) The tank welds and connections shall be inspected thoroughly during the first complete filling. ii) A warning tag shall be affixed to the fill pipe inlet and an arrangement shall be made with the oil supplier to conduct the inspection during the first filling. iii) The tag shall warn the fuel oil supplier that the tank is to be filled for the first time and that the tank shall not be filled unless an arrangement has been made with the installer to inspect the tank and fuel system during the filling operation. iv) The tank shall not be filled if access for inspection is not available.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

265

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

6.9.3 Tanks with secondary containment shall be tested in accordance with a method appropriate to their method of construction.

6.9.4 Water and sludge shall not be transferred if oil is pumped from a replaced tank to a new tank. Notes: 1) The transfer of oil to a new tank might be prohibited by the tank manufacturer’s instructions. 2) Tanks, especially those of metal construction, can corrode prematurely if oil is contaminated with water and sludge.

7 Supply tanks — Capacity and protection 7.1 Indoor tanks 7.1.1 When installed inside a building, supply tanks a) not larger than 45 L (10 gal) shall be specifically suitable for the purpose; or b) larger than 45 L (10 gal) shall be constructed in accordance with Clause 6.2.1.

7.1.2 Except as otherwise permitted by Clause 7.1.3, for supply tanks installed in the lowest storey, cellar, or basement of any building, a) the capacity of any one tank or combination of end or bottom-connected tanks shall not exceed 2500 L (550 gal); b) the total capacity of tanks shall not exceed 5000 L (1100 gal); c) when the total capacity of the tanks connected to one supply line exceeds 2500 L (550 gal), i) all connections for the transfer of oil to and from the consuming appliance shall be situated at the top of the tanks; ii) transfer shall be by appliance integrally mounted pump only; and iii) means shall be provided to prevent siphoning through the line to the consuming appliance(s).

7.1.3 Supply tanks complying with Clause 7.1.2 may be installed in an attached garage where there are no other floors located directly beneath it or stairwells communicating with a lower level from the garage.

7.1.4 Except as permitted by Clause 7.1.5, supply tanks located above the lowest storey, cellar, or basement inside buildings shall not exceed 230 L (50 gal) total capacity.

7.1.5 When adjoining units are separated from each other by firewalls, as defined in the National Building Code of Canada, the tank capacity limit in Clause 7.1.4 shall apply to each individual unit.

7.1.6 Oil return lines may be used on indoor tanks.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

266

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

7.2 Outdoor tanks installed above the ground level Not more than 10 containers having a combined total capacity of 230 L (50 gal) shall be stored above the ground level outside any building. Note: “Above the ground level” means a tank supported on a building structure such as a roof or balcony.

7.3 Outdoor tanks installed at ground level 7.3.1 A supply tank with a capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) or less or a maximum of two tanks with a total capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) or less may be installed outdoors at the ground level adjacent to a) a detached building unit; or b) individual units of a multiple building unit, where each individual unit is separated from the adjacent individual units by a fire separation having at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating.

7.3.2 Multiple supply tanks with a total capacity greater than 2500 L (550 gal) but not exceeding a total capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal), installed outdoors at the ground level, shall be at least 1.5 m (5 ft) from a) a detached building unit; or b) individual units of a multiple building unit, where each individual unit is separated from adjacent individual units by a fire separation having at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating.

7.3.3 Single and multiple supply tanks as specified in Clauses 7.3.1 and 7.3.2 shall be a) protected from physical damage incidental to outdoor use; and b) located not less than 1.5 m (5 ft) from the line of adjoining property, unless otherwise permitted by the authority having jurisdiction. Note: Snow, ice, or rain falling from a roof can damage tanks and their connections.

7.3.4 Any supply tank or multiple supply tank installation shall be configured as follows: a) It or they shall be provided with i) a secondary containment designed for outdoor use, having a capacity at least equal to that of the largest surrounded tank; or ii) a double bottom with interstitial monitoring between the steel walls, unless the supply tank is a nonmetallic tank in compliance with CAN/ULC-S670. b) The capacity of any one tank or combination of end or bottom-connected tanks shall not exceed 2500 L (550 gal). c) The total capacity of tanks shall not exceed 5000 L (1100 gal). d) When the total capacity of the tanks connected to one supply line exceeds 2500 L (550 gal), i) all connections for the transfer of oil to and from the consuming appliance shall be situated at the top of the tanks; ii) transfer shall be by appliance integrally mounted pump only; and iii) means shall be provided to prevent siphoning through the line to the consuming appliances.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

267

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

7.3.5 All oil supply lines for outdoor tanks specified in Clause 7.3.4 shall be installed according to one of the following: a) Top connected tanks shall be installed with a single-line system connected to the tank and a de-aerator installed in accordance with Clause 5.1.3. b) End or bottom connected tanks shall be installed with i) a standard weight carbon or stainless steel pipe with a minimum nominal diameter of 32 mm (1-1/4 in) connected to the end or bottom of the tank; or ii) a stainless steel flexible line with a minimum diameter of 25 mm (1 in). Note: The supply line may transition to copper tubing after the line has passed into the building.

7.3.6 Piping installed in accordance with a) Clause 7.3.5 a) shall run horizontally and be supported to the building; and b) Clause 7.3.5 b), connected to the bottom of the tank, shall be installed with a downward minimum slope of 1% until it enters the building.

7.3.7 Piping or tubing from the tank to the building shall be installed in accordance with Clause 5.2.6.

7.3.8 Oil return lines shall not be installed on outdoor tanks.

7.4 Multiple end- or bottom-connected supply tanks Note: See Figures B.10 a) and b) of CSA B139.1.0.

7.4.1 Supply tanks installed indoors or outdoors at ground level and using end or bottom connections to a common appliance supply line shall comply with Clause 7.4.2.

7.4.2 Where two supply tanks with a total capacity of 2500 L (550 gal) or less are interconnected at their ends or bottoms, a) the two tanks shall be mounted on a common installation pad foundation; b) the tops of the two tanks shall be at the same elevation; c) the fill pipe shall be connected to one tank only, unless otherwise certified; d) a vent whistle or warning device in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 or 8.2.2 shall be installed on the tank to which the fill pipe is connected; e) the size of the connecting pipe between the tank ends or bottoms shall be at least the size of the fill pipe; f) each tank shall be individually vented from the top; and g) where individual vents are to be joined to a common vent pipe, i) they shall do so through a vent manifold pipe located at an elevation above that of the entry of each fill pipe to an individual tank; and ii) each tank’s vent pipe shall be at least 50 mm (2 in) in size and the common vent pipe and manifold shall be at least 76 mm (3 in) in size or as supplied by the multiple tank system manufacturer or designed by an engineer.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

268

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

7.5 Pressure-filled multiple top-connected supply tanks 7.5.1 Pressure-filled multiple top-connected supply tanks shall only be installed indoors and shall comply with Clause 7.5.2.

7.5.2 Multiple tanks with a total capacity of 5000 L (1100 gal) or less that are interconnected with topmounted manifolds shall conform with the following requirements: a) All tanks shall be of identical manufacture and individual capacity and dimensions. b) Fill, vent, and supply manifolds shall be supplied by the tank manufacturer or designed by an engineer. c) The supply manifolds shall supply fuel to the burners by withdrawing fuel from each tank simultaneously and at an equal rate. d) The supply manifold shall draw from the bottom of each tank. e) The fill manifold shall be designed so that all tanks fill simultaneously at the same rate. f) Tanks shall be mounted on a common rigid foundation and the tops of all tanks shall be at the same elevation. g) Installation instructions shall be provided by the manufacturer. h) The fill pipe shall be connected to the fill manifold and shall be at least the same diameter as the manifold pipe. i) A tight-fitting connection* between the fill pipe inlet and the delivery truck hose nozzle shall be used and a label stating this requirement shall be affixed to the fill pipe inlet in a prominent location. j) A vent whistle or warning device, in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 or 8.2.2, shall be installed on each tank. k) Each tank shall be vented through the vent manifold. The common vent piping shall be in accordance with the multiple tank system manufacturer’s installation instructions or designed by an engineer. l) A vent manifold shall be located at an elevation above that of the entry of each fill pipe to an individual tank. m) Tanks supplied with a manifold system by the tank manufacturer shall be interconnected with that manufacturer’s manifold only. * The tight-fitting connection between the fill pipe and the delivery hose at the fill point is used to prevent any spillage during fill-up. Note: Refer to Figure B.11 of CSA B139.1.0.

8 Tank connections 8.1 Tank fill pipes, openings, and fittings 8.1.1 All tanks shall be provided with a fill opening or a fill pipe complying with Clause 5.2. Fill pipe openings on all tanks shall not be located higher than 4 m (13 ft) above the bottom of the tank (see Clause 8.3.1) unless the tank is in compliance with Clause 6.2.2.2. Note: See Annex I of CSA B139.1.0 for recommendations on filling operations.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

269

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

8.1.2 Each fill opening and each entry to a fill pipe shall be provided with a weather-tight cover designed to discourage tampering. Note: A threaded cap is acceptable.

8.1.3 Fill pipes on tanks shall be installed a) to drain toward the tank (minimum slope of 2%); and b) without sags or traps in which liquid can collect.

8.1.4 A fill opening and an entry to a fill pipe shall be sized and located to permit ready filling of the tank in a manner that will avoid spillage. The fill pipe shall be designed and installed in such a manner as to ensure the transfer of fuel to the tank without flow restriction (except as allowed in Clause 7.5.2) and to avoid spillage. Where a valve is installed in the fill pipe, the valve shall be installed so that it is visible and readily accessible from the fill opening.

8.1.5 A supply tank greater than 45 L (10 gal) in capacity, except an integral supply tank certified as part of the appliance or an auxiliary supply tank, shall be provided with a fill pipe not less than 50 mm (2 in) in diameter.

8.1.6 The entry to the fill pipe of a supply tank greater than 45 L (10 gal) in capacity shall be located outside the building at an elevation lower than the termination of the vent pipe from the tank served by the fill pipe (see Clause 8.3.7).

8.1.7 A fill pipe with an entry adjacent to a building shall be installed so that the opening is a) close to the wall; b) not less than 600 mm (2 ft) from i) any operable window; ii) any other building openings; and iii) the vertical projection of any window or building opening that is at a lower elevation than the entry to the fill pipe; and c) not less than 1 m (3 ft) above the ground level.

8.2 Overfill protection 8.2.1 Tanks located outdoors shall be equipped with a tank whistle that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180 and one of the following devices: a) a visible gauge that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180; or b) an electronic fill-limiting device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S661. Note: The electronic fill-limiting device can be either a truck pump shutdown device or a local warning light or buzzer.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

270

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

8.2.2 Tanks located indoors shall be equipped with a tank whistle that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180 and one of the following devices: a) an electronic fill-limiting device that conforms to CAN/ULC-S661; b) a remote tank gauge that conforms to ULC/ORD-C180 mounted at the fill pipe location; or c) a release prevention barrier in accordance with Clause 8.2.3. Note: The electronic fill-limiting device can be either a truck pump shutdown device or a local warning light or buzzer located on the outside wall near the fill pipe entry.

8.2.3 The release prevention barrier specified in Clause 8.2.2 shall be constructed of a material compatible with the product to be contained, and a) be capable of containing a minimum of 2.5% of the tank’s volumetric capacity; and b) be placed i) under the entire tank area; or ii) below the centreline running the entire length of a 1) vertical standard obround supply tank supported on legs; or 2) horizontal cylindrical tank supported on legs.

8.3 Tank venting — Venting of supply tanks 8.3.1 Each supply tank over 45 L (10 gal) capacity shall be provided with means for venting, and the piping for the venting of the tank shall meet the requirements of Clause 5.2. Vent pipe termination points on supply tanks shall not be located higher than 4.15 m (13-1/2 ft) above the bottom of the tank, unless the tank is in compliance with Clause 6.2.2.2. Note: See Annex I of CSA B139.1.0 for recommended fill operations.

8.3.2 Where a tank is provided with a separate emergency vent connection, the venting of the tank shall comply with the requirements of Clause 10.5 of CSA B139.1.0.

8.3.3 Vent pipes shall meet the following requirements: a) A single tank shall have a vent pipe with a minimum nominal inside diameter selected on the basis of equivalent length, as listed in Table 1. The vent pipe nominal inside diameter conforming to iron pipe size standards shall not be less than 32 mm (1-1/4 in). b) For all tanks, pipe sizes for vent pipes of equivalent length exceeding the values in Table 1 shall be designed by an engineer.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

271

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

Table 1 Venting pipe requirements (See Clause 8.3.3.)

Tank capacity, L (gal)

Vent pipe nominal steel pipe size, mm (NPS)

Maximum equivalent length, m (ft)

Up to 1200 (264)

32 (1-1/4)

≤ 7.6 m (25 ft)

38 (1-1/2)

15.2 m (50 ft)

50 (2)

30.5 m (100 ft)

65 (2-1/2)

28.5 m (93 ft)

75 (3)

85 m (280 ft)

100 (4)

350 m (1148 ft)

65 (2-1/2)

15 m (50 ft)

75 (3)

45 m (148 ft)

100 (4)

190 m (623 ft)

>1200–1500 (>264–330)

>1500–2500 (>330–550)

8.3.4 Vent pipes shall be installed a) to drain towards the tank (minimum slope of 2%); and b) without sags or traps in which liquid can collect.

8.3.5 The lower end of the vent pipe shall a) be connected at the top of the tank; and b) not extend into the tank more than 25 mm (1 in).

8.3.6 A tank installed inside a building, except an integral supply tank certified as part of the appliance, shall be equipped so that all vents are suitably piped to open air outside the building.

8.3.7 A vent pipe shall terminate at an elevation at least 150 mm (6 in) above the entry to the fill pipe. The outlet shall be provided with a weatherproof hood or vent cap having a free open area at least equal to the cross-sectional open area of the vent pipe. The vent hood or cap shall prevent ingress of foreign objects and blockage by ice build-up. Note: A normal vent pipe where the opening faces downward without a vent cap does not meet this requirement.

8.3.8 A vent pipe that terminates adjacent to a building shall be installed so that the termination point is a) close to the wall; b) sufficiently high to clear local typical ground snow accumulation;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

272

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

c)

d)

not less than 600 mm (2 ft) from i) any operable window; ii) any other building openings; and iii) the vertical projection of any window or building opening that is at a lower elevation than the termination of the vent pipe; and sufficiently close to the fill pipe opening to allow the vent whistle to be clearly audible to the person filling the supply tank and not more than 1 m (39 in) horizontally, unless an alternative overfill protection device has been installed (see Clause 8.2.1 or 8.2.2 as applicable).

Note: See Annex I of CSA B139.1.0 for fill operation recommendations.

8.3.9 Vent pipes shall not be cross-connected with fill pipes or with fuel oil return lines from burners.

8.3.10 Multiple connected tanks shall conform to the venting requirements of Clause 7.4 or 7.5, as shown in Figure B.10 or B.11 of CSA B139.1.0, respectively.

9 Air for combustion and venting 9.1 General 9.1.1 When an oil-burning appliance is located within a building, sufficient air for combustion of oil and ventilation of the appliance shall be supplied to the space wherein the appliance is located.

9.1.2 When installing an oil-burning appliance in a building, the installer shall inspect the building and its mechanical systems to determine if the operation of exhaust devices could lead to levels of depressurization of the building that would adversely affect the operation of the oil-burning appliance and its venting system. If such is the case, the building owner shall be informed of the situation in writing.

9.1.3 Oil-burning appliances shall be installed only where a) an adequate supply of combustion air is available to ensure proper combustion; and b) ambient air temperatures are maintained within safe operating limits.

9.1.4 Oil-burning appliances shall be located in such a manner as not to interfere with proper circulation of air for combustion or ventilation within the space.

9.1.5 When the building construction is such that normal infiltration does not meet the requirements for combustion air and ventilation, outdoor air shall be introduced to the space in which the oil-burning appliance is located. A combustion-air duct used for drawing air from the outdoors may be directly connected to the burner if the appliance is so certified. See Clause 9.2.2.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

273

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

9.1.6 When making provision for outdoor combustion air, the air intake shall not be less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above the grade level and shall be at least 0.3 m (1 ft) above the anticipated snow level for the location. See Figures B.3 to B.8 of CSA B139.1.0 for illustrations.

9.1.7 Each duct used to convey air to or from the outdoors, as shown in Figures B.3 to B.8 of CSA B139.1.0, shall have a) a cross-sectional flow area throughout its length at least equal to the free-flow area of the inlet and outlet openings that it connects; and b) a minimum dimension of 76 mm (3 in) at any cross-section. Note: When ducting or ventilation openings are considered, reference should be made to applicable building regulations.

9.1.8 When a damper is provided in any opening intended to admit combustion air into the room within which an oil-burning appliance is installed, the damper shall be interlocked to prevent any burner from starting before the damper is fully open.

9.2 Appliance installations 9.2.1 For residential-type installations and similar usages, the requirements of Clauses 9.2.2 to 9.2.7 shall be met. Note: Figures B.3 to B.8 of CSA B139.1.0 are provided as examples of the application of these Clauses.

9.2.2 If an oil-burning appliance is installed in a house built to the requirements of the National Building Code of Canada (1985 edition or a subsequent edition), the installer shall provide a combustion air inlet sized in accordance with Clauses 9.2.3 to 9.2.7, or shall provide to the furnace area (room) a mechanical air-supply system of sufficient equivalent capacity. If a mechanical air-supply system is used, it shall be interlocked to the appliance or equipment. Note: In large rooms or spaces in buildings of conventional frame, brick, or stone construction built prior to the requirements of the National Building Code of Canada, 1985, and not subsequently significantly air-tightened, infiltration is normally adequate to provide air for combustion and some ventilation; however, there can be notable exceptions. Houses built in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada, 1985, or a subsequent edition, with extensive exterior stucco coating or with a sealed vapour barrier or other similar air sealing technique, will often be so airtight that there is not sufficient air for both combustion and venting the products of combustion of an oil-burning appliance or for replacing the air vented by other exhaust devices within the house.

9.2.3 Where an appliance is located in a large room or space in a building having insufficient infiltration, air for combustion and additional ventilation shall be obtained from the outdoors or from spaces freely communicating with the outdoors (see Figure B.3 of CSA B139.1.0). Under these conditions, permanent openings to the outdoors shall be provided and have a total free-flow area of 4.4 cm2/kW (1 in2/5000 Btu/h) of the total input rating of all oil-burning appliances.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

274

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

9.2.4 An appliance that is located in a limited room or space and that obtains some or all of its air for combustion and ventilation from within the conditioned space of the building shall be provided with two permanent openings, one near the top of the limited room or space and another near the bottom (see Figures B.4, B.7, and B.8 of CSA B139.1.0). Each opening shall have a free-flow area of not less than 22 cm2/kW (1 in2/1000 Btu/h) of the total input rating of all appliances in the limited room or space, freely communicating with interior areas that have in turn adequate infiltration of the combustion air and additional ventilation from the outdoors. See Clause 9.2.2.

9.2.5 An appliance that is located in a limited room or space and that obtains all of its air for combustion and ventilation from outside the building shall be provided with two permanent openings, one near the top of the limited room or space and another near the bottom (see Figures B.5 and B.6 of CSA B139.1.0). Each opening shall communicate directly or by means of ducts with the outdoors or to such spaces (such as a crawl space) that freely communicate with the outdoors and shall be sized in accordance with Clause 9.2.6.

9.2.6 The requirements of Clause 9.2.5 shall be met by one of the following methods: a) vertical ducts with a free-flow area of not less than 5.5 cm2/kW (1 in2/4000 Btu/h) of the total input rating of all appliances in the limited room or space; b) horizontal ducts, as shown in Figure B.6 of CSA B139.1.0, with an equivalent length of less than 15 m (50 ft), having a free-flow area of not less than 11 cm2/kW (1 in2/2000 Btu/h) of the total input of all appliances in the limited room or space; and c) air openings that communicate directly with the outdoors, as shown in Figure B.5 of CSA B139.1.0, having a free-flow area of not less than 5.5 cm2/kW (1 in2/4000 Btu/h) of the total input rating of all appliances in the limited room or space. Note: Duct runs that are primarily horizontal and that have an equivalent length greater than 15 m (50 ft) should be sized larger as necessary to provide the same airflow as would be provided by the requirements of Item b).

9.2.7 An appliance located in a limited room or space that obtains its combustion air from the outdoors and ventilation from within the conditioned space of the building, as shown in Figures B.7 of and B.8 of CSA B139.1.0, shall be provided with two openings for ventilation located and sized in accordance with Clause 9.2.4 and a combustion air supply sized in accordance with Clause 9.2.3.

9.3 Louvres and grilles In calculating free area as specified in Clauses 9.2.3 to 9.2.7, consideration shall be given to the blocking effect of louvres, grilles, or screens that protect openings. Screens used shall be not smaller than 6 mm (1/4 in) mesh and shall be readily accessible for cleaning. If the design and the free-flow area are known, they shall be used in calculating the size of opening necessary to provide the free-flow area specified. If the design and free-flow area are not known, it shall be assumed that wood louvres have 20 to 25% free-flow area and metal louvres and grilles have 60 to 75% free-flow area.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

275

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

10 Venting products of combustion 10.1 Inspection and repair of existing chimneys 10.1.1 Before replacing an existing appliance or connecting a vent connector to a chimney, the chimney flue shall be examined to ascertain that the chimney a) is properly constructed; b) is lined with a tile liner or a metal liner as specified in Clause 10.3.7; c) is clear and free of soot, creosote, and obstructions; d) will effectively conduct the products of combustion outdoors; and e) is sized in accordance with Clause 10.7.

10.1.2 Where inspection reveals that the existing masonry, concrete, or metal chimney is not safe for the intended application, it shall be a) repaired or rebuilt; b) replaced with a chimney of the same type that complies with Clause 10.5.1; or c) replaced by either a vent system certified for the appliance(s) or a certified factory-built chimney that complies with Clause 10.4.

10.2 General 10.2.1 The venting facilities shall ensure that no hazard shall be created by the products of combustion.

10.2.2 When an oil-burning appliance is located within a building, unless the appliance is otherwise certified, provision shall be made to vent the products of combustion safely outside the building, and such venting shall not pass through or be installed in return air, supply air, ventilating, or combustion air ducts and shafts.

10.2.3 Gas-fired appliances may be connected to the same venting system that serves an appliance fired by fuel oil (see Clauses 10.7.10 and 10.7.11).

10.2.4 Except as permitted by Clause 10.2.5, an oil-burning appliance shall not be connected to a venting system that serves an appliance fired by solid fuel (see Clause 10.7.10).

10.2.5 Only a solid-fuel-fired appliance (e.g., an add-on boiler or furnace or a combination appliance) that is certified for use in conjunction with a certified oil-burning appliance may be connected to the same vent system as the certified oil-burning appliance or appliances. A certified multi-fuel appliance may be vented through a single vent system.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

276

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

10.3 Chimneys — General 10.3.1 All oil-burning appliances shall be connected to a chimney, except those appliances that are specifically certified for other means of venting.

10.3.2 The installer shall inspect the chimney to ensure that the material, construction, condition, and size are suitable for the application. Note: See Clause 10.3.4 for sizing requirements.

10.3.3 The chimney for an appliance shall be capable of exhausting the products of combustion and of producing a draft not less than that recommended by the manufacturer of the appliance during the mildest weather conditions under which the appliance is expected to operate. During cold-weather testing, excess flow performance shall be demonstrated to ensure that flow is adequate in warmer weather.

10.3.4 Where a new appliance, burner, or chimney is installed, the chimney vent size and base temperature shall comply with Clause 11.2.4.2 and Tables B.1 and B.2 of CSA B139.1.0. Notes: 1) When two or more oil-burning appliances share the same chimney flue, the minimum required base temperature is that produced by the appliance with the lowest base temperature. 2) The appliance outlet temperature can limit the chimney vent height, in which case an insulated flue can be necessary.

10.3.5 An oil-burning appliance that depends on natural chimney draft shall be connected to an individual chimney vent used for no other appliance, except as permitted by Clauses 10.2.3 and 10.7.10.

10.3.6 When forced or induced draft fans are used, a) the chimney shall be capable of exhausting the flue gases when such fans are operating; and b) the supply of fuel to the main burner shall be automatically shut off upon failure of the airflow.

10.3.7 A metal chimney liner, when installed, shall provide a continuous lining from the base inside the space where the appliance is located to the top of the masonry chimney flue and shall include a capped access opening at the bottom or base of the flue (see Figure B.1 of CSA B139.1.0). Such installations shall comply with the requirements of CAN/ULC-S635 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

10.3.8 A chimney flue shall extend at least 1 m (3 ft) above the highest point at which the chimney comes in contact with the roof and not less than 0.6 m (2 ft) above the highest roof surface or structure within 3 m (10 ft) of the chimney on a horizontal plane perpendicular to the chimney. Not more than

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

277

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

100 mm (4 in) of chimney flue above the top of the chimney cap shall be considered in calculating this height (see Figure B.2 of CSA B139.1.0).

10.4 Certified chimneys Factory-built chimneys shall a) conform to CAN/ULC-S629, CAN/ULC-S604, or CAN/ULC-S609; b) be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s certified instructions; and c) be provided with a cleanout opening that is equipped with a tight-fitting removable cap and constructed so that no air can enter the cleanout facility when the cap is in place (see Figure B.1 of CSA B139.1.0).

10.5 Uncertified chimneys 10.5.1 Masonry chimneys and concrete chimneys shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the provincial building code or, in the absence of such regulations, in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada, or NFPA 211, as applicable. Note: NFPA 211 applies to masonry chimneys, which can be built with a steel, cement, or clay liner.

10.5.2 Uncertified metal chimneys shall not be used in residential buildings or small commercial buildings of combustible construction as defined in accordance with the provincial building code or, in its absence, the National Building Code of Canada.

10.6 Special venting arrangements When special venting arrangements are certified for use with the connected appliance, they shall be installed in accordance with the certification requirements.

10.7 Vent connectors 10.7.1 The internal diameter of the vent connector shall equal the diameter required for the vent by Clause 10.3.4 and Table B.1 or B.2 of CSA B139.1.0.

10.7.2 Where the vent collar of the appliance is larger or smaller than the size required by Clause 10.3.4, a gradual transition piece shall be used, and the system shall be tested to ensure that adequate draft is available.

10.7.3 The vent connector shall be supported and in good condition. For positive-pressure systems, vent connections shall be gas-tight.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

278

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

10.7.4 The vent connector shall be constructed of non-combustible material, and unless otherwise certified, the material shall be as follows: a) when the flue-gas temperature is less than 400 °C (750 °F), at least equivalent in structural strength and durability to galvanized sheet steel of the thickness shown in Column 2 of Table B.3 of CSA B139.1.0; or b) when the flue-gas temperature is equal to or greater than 400 °C (750 °F), other than galvanized sheet steel and at least equivalent in structural strength and durability to steel of the thickness shown in Column 3 of Table B.3 of CSA B139.1.0.

10.7.5 The vent connector shall be installed in such a manner as to a) avoid sharp turns or other construction features that would create excessive resistance to the flow of the flue gases; b) be as short as possible while remaining in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and for natural draft burners, be no longer than 3 m (10 ft) horizontally; c) be insulated with 25 mm (1 in) or more of insulation or be double-wall constructed for the whole length of the vent connector for lengths beyond 6 m (20 ft); d) maintain a pitch or rise from the appliance to the chimney of at least 2% of horizontal length; e) extend through the chimney wall and be flush with the inner face of the chimney vent; f) have a clearance between the vent connector and combustible construction of not less than the clearance required by Clause 4.14; and g) have provisions for cleaning, either by cleanouts in the vent connector or by removal of the vent connector.

10.7.6 When no dilution air is used, the following shall apply: a) Vent connector sections shall be of double-wall construction or of single-wall construction with sealed connections and insulated. b) The diameter of the vent connector shall be as required in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions when a new appliance is installed.

10.7.7 When retrofitting with a vent connector without a dilution device, a) The accompanying burner shall operate with air of 50% or less dilution (i.e., air with CO2 levels above 10%). b) The vent connector shall be sized in accordance with Clause 10.3.4.

10.7.8 Joints in vent connectors, including the connection at the appliance and the chimney vent, shall be mechanically secured with at least three equally spaced screws or an equivalent mechanical means. The vent connector shall be firmly connected to the thimble, which shall be permanently cemented in place with a non-combustible material that shall not crack or check.

10.7.9 The vent connector shall not pass through any floor or ceiling.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

279

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

10.7.10 When two or more appliances are connected to the same vent: a) the appliances shall be oil- or gas-fired or designed and certified for use in conjunction with oilburning equipment; b) the appliances shall be located on the same storey; c) the vent outlet pressure of each appliance shall be negative; d) each appliance shall be equipped with an individual draft control, unless otherwise certified, so as to maintain the over-fire pressure (draft) specified by the appliance manufacturer; e) the vent connectors of the appliances shall be connected directly to a common vent connector of adequate cross-sectional area and as close to the chimney as practicable or directly to the chimney vent with the vent connector from the smallest appliance on top. A solid-fuel-fired appliance shall be connected below (upstream of) any oil-burning appliance connection (see Clauses 10.2.4 and 10.2.5); f) the chimney vent shall be capable of venting the flue gas by natural draft when all appliances are firing at the same time, or a mechanical flue-gas exhauster shall be used; and g) notwithstanding Item e), an oil-burning appliance may be connected to a common vent serving two or more oil-only-fired appliances, in excess of the chimney vent capacity, provided that the appliances shall be equipped with a means to ensure that only the number of appliances the chimney is capable of venting (as determined in accordance with Clause 10.3.4) operate simultaneously at any time. Note: When the vents of two or more appliances are connected to a single chimney vent via a common vent or manifold, wye (“Y”) connections offer less resistance to flue-gas flow than tee (“T”) connections.

10.7.11 When a chimney flue serving an oil-burning appliance also serves a gas-fired appliance, the gas-fired appliance vent connector shall be a) through a separate flue opening above the vent connector connected to the oil-burning appliance; or b) connected into a shop-fabricated branch fitting not more than 750 mm (30 in) from the flue entrance.

10.7.12 When the total flue-gas temperature exceeds 400 °C (750 °F), as determined in accordance with Clause 11.2.1.1, the vent connector shall not pass through a combustible wall or partition.

10.7.13 When the total flue-gas temperature is 400 °C (750 °F) or less, when determined in accordance with Clause 11.2.1.1, the vent connector may pass through combustible walls or partitions, provided that the construction is thermally protected at the point of passage by one of the following means: a) a ventilated metal thimble not less than 305 mm (12 in) larger in diameter than the pipe; b) a metal or burned fire-clay thimble built in brickwork or other similar material extending not less than 203 mm (8 in) beyond all sides of the thimble; or c) all combustible material in the wall or partition are cut away from the vent connector at a sufficient distance to provide the required clearance indicated in Table B.4 and Figure B.1 of CSA B139.1.0 from such a vent connector. In this case, any material used to close up such an opening shall be non-combustible insulating material.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

280

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

10.8 Vent connector dampers 10.8.1 Manually operated dampers shall not be used in vent connectors of oil-burning appliances used in residences.

10.8.2 Manually operated dampers used in non-residential settings shall be interlocked to prevent the burner from firing until the damper is fully open.

10.8.3 Automatically operated dampers used to control the draft shall be designed and arranged to maintain a safe damper opening at all times and to prevent starting of the burner unless the damper is opened to at least 80% of the internal cross-sectional area of the vent connector. The damper may be fully closed when there is no demand for the burner to operate.

10.8.4 Automatically operated dampers that are not described in Clause 10.8.3 shall be designed to fully open upon starting of the burner and shall be so constructed that no more than 80% of the internal cross-sectional area of the vent connector can be closed off. The openings shall be located so that the total area of the openings will not be substantially reduced by carbon build-up. Note: Damper plates can be constructed with more than one opening.

10.8.5 Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 10.8.4, automatic vent pipe dampers that meet the requirements of CAN/CSA-B140.14 shall be installed in accordance with their installation instructions.

10.8.6 Baffles used to reduce peak draft shall be installed and tested to the manufacturer’s specifications.

10.9 Draft regulators 10.9.1 Draft regulators shall conform to ULC/ORD-C378.

10.9.2 A draft regulator shall be installed in the vent connector of each oil-burning appliance, except for a) installations using automatically operated dampers; b) appliances using sleeve-type burners; or c) appliances certified for use without draft regulators.

10.9.3 A draft regulator, when used, shall be installed in the same room or space as the appliance and shall be located where it will not interfere with the supply of combustion air to the oil burner.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

281

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

10.9.4 The location and the mounting of the draft regulator shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

10.10 Installation requirements for through-the-wall vents 10.10.1 General 10.10.1.1 Only a complete through-the-wall venting kit certified with the appliance as a package shall be installed, except that a sidewall venting kit may be retrofitted to an appliance that was certified for operation with that kit.

10.10.1.2 A terminal guard shall be installed when required by the conditions of certification. Note: Markings on the external vent system indicate whether a guard is required.

10.10.2 Installation 10.10.2.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the certified installation instructions for the combination of kit and appliance used.

10.10.2.2 Unless otherwise certified, a vent shall not terminate a) directly above a paved sidewalk or a paved driveway that is located between two buildings and that serves both buildings; b) less than 2.13 m (7 ft) above any paved sidewalk or any paved driveway; c) except as specified in Items n) and o), within 1.8 m (6 ft) of an operable window, door, or mechanical air supply inlet, including soffit openings, to any building; Note: When not in operation, exhaust equipment can inadvertently provide a passage that allows fumes or products of combustion to leak into a building.

d) e) f)

above a gas meter/regulator assembly within 1 m (3 ft) of the vertical centreline of the regulator on a horizontal plane perpendicular to the regulator; within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any gas service regulator vent outlet or within 1 m (3 ft) of an oil tank vent or an oil tank fill inlet; less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above the grade level; Note: The vent should terminate 0.3 m (1 ft) above the anticipated snow level for the location.

g) h) i)

j) k) l)

within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any combustion air inlet, unless the appliance is otherwise certified; within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the property line; less than 1.8 m (6 ft) below a veranda, porch, or deck. If the vent terminates at or more than 1.8 m (6 ft) below the floor of a veranda, porch, or deck, the space between the floor and the vent shall be open on a minimum of two sides; with the flue gases directed at combustible material or any openings of surrounding buildings that are within 1.8 m (6 ft); less than 1 m (3 ft) from an inside corner of an L-shaped structure; with the bottom of the vent termination opening less than 0.3 m (1 ft) above any surface that can support snow, ice, or debris;

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

282

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

m) with the flue gases directed towards brickwork, siding, or other construction in such a manner that can cause damage from heat or condensate from the flue gases; n) within 1 m (3 ft) from an operable window when the oil-burning equipment is a certified condensing furnace with input less than 30 kW (100 kBtu/h) installed with the following characteristics: i) a direct vent system; ii) a maximum flue temperature of 54.4 °C (130 °F) measured at 450 mm (18 in) from the breach of the appliance; iii) a manual reset safety control to stop the burner in the event of not meeting the condition in Item ii); and iv) a manual reset safety control to stop the burner in the event of overflow in the condensate system; and o) within 1 m (3 ft) from an operable window when the oil-burning equipment is a certified condensing hot water boiler installed for space heating purposes only, with input less than 30 kW (100 kBtu/h) installed with the characteristics in Item n). Note: Item o) does not apply to boilers that also supply domestic hot water.

10.10.2.3 The electrical supply to the venting system shall be supplied from the appliance.

10.10.2.4 The venting system shall be installed to facilitate cleanout and removal of parts for examination, repair, or replacement.

10.10.2.5 The minimum and maximum equivalent length of the through-the-wall venting system shall be in accordance with the certified appliance manufacturer’s instructions.

11 Tests 11.1 Tests and observations The following tests and observations shall be performed after the installation, alteration, or servicing of combustion-related components: a) Determine that correct components are installed. b) Check the burner as follows: i) For an atomizing-type burner, observe that a nozzle of the correct spray type, capacity, and spray angle is installed. ii) For a vaporizing-type burner, determine that the flow rates are correct. c) Determine that the fuel pump pressure is correct. d) Determine that the operating controls are in satisfactory condition. e) Determine that the safety and limit controls will operate properly at the correct temperature or pressure, or both. f) Determine that the combustion safety control operates properly regarding i) shut-off timing on flame failure; and ii) shut-off timing on ignition failure. g) Ensure that there is proper combustion by checking the following: i) flue gas pressure in the chimney base and in the appliance vent outlet and over-fire pressure; February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

283

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

h)

ii) smoke density of the flue gases; iii) temperature of the flue gases; iv) analysis of the flue gases; and v) over-fire. Determine that all oil connections are tight.

Notes: 1) These tests should be performed in conjunction with the manufacturer’s instructions. General test methods and procedures are given in CSA B140.0. 2) The chimney base temperature described in Clause 11.2.4.2 is different from the appliance vent outlet temperature described in CSA B140.0.

11.2 Requirements 11.2.1 Test point location 11.2.1.1 The location at which appliance vent outlet pressure, vent outlet temperature, and samples for smoke density and flue-gas analysis are to be taken shall be a) at the centreline of the vent pipe; b) not more than 460 mm (18 in) downstream from the vent collar; and c) between the vent collar and the draft regulator, if used.

11.2.1.2 The sampling tube shall be positioned perpendicular to the flow of flue gases at the test location.

11.2.2 Flue gas pressure The appliance vent outlet pressure or over-fire pressure, as applicable, shall be as specified by the manufacturer in the instructions for the equipment. The draft regulator or automatic dampers, or both, when used, shall be properly adjusted and set to maintain the pressure specified.

11.2.3 Smoke density The equipment shall operate so that the smoke density of the flue gases, as determined by the Bacharach method for determining smoke density, shall not exceed a) a Number 1 rating for equipment using Type 1 and Type 2 fuel oil (except for vaporizing-type burners of an input capacity of 3.8 L/h (1 USGPH) or less); b) a Number 7 rating for vaporizing-type burners of an input capacity of 3.8 L/h (1 USGPH) or less; or c) a Number 4 rating for equipment using other than Type 1 or Type 2 fuel oil.

11.2.4 Temperature 11.2.4.1 The measured vent outlet total temperature of the flue gases shall not a) exceed 400 °C (750 °F), except when the appliance venting system has been designed or certified for a higher temperature; b) be less than 149 °C (300 °F) after 15 min of operation, except when the appliance is vented horizontally through a wall or the appliance is of the condensing type. Note: The temperature-sensing element should be shielded from radiant heat coming from any source upstream of the test location.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

284

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

CSA B139.2:19

11.2.4.2 The flue-gas base temperature shall be measured after the appliance has run for 5 min or long enough to achieve stabilized temperatures, whichever is less. The flue-gas base temperature shall comply with the chimney base temperature in Table B.1 or B.2 of CSA B139.1.0.

11.2.4.3 When two or more oil-burning appliances share the same chimney flue, the lowest base temperature produced by either appliance operating alone shall be not less than the minimum value in Table B.1 or B.2 of CSA B139.1.0.

11.2.5 Analysis of flue gases The percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gases shall be within the limits specified in the appliance manufacturer’s instructions.

11.2.6 Functioning of safety and operating controls The safety and operating controls shall function within the limits specified for the type of equipment.

11.2.7 Fuel input The fuel input shall not exceed the fuel input specified in the manufacturer’s instructions for the equipment.

11.3 Leak testing of aboveground piping or tubing 11.3.1 General 11.3.1.1 Leak testing of aboveground piping shall be conducted after completion of the tank leak testing. Supply piping between the supply tank and the appliance shall be isolated from the tank until completion of the tank leak testing.

11.3.1.2 If a leak is detected during the leakage test, action shall be taken to correct the leak, and the tests required by Clause 11.3.1.1 shall be repeated.

11.3.2 Pneumatic pressure test 11.3.2.1 Aboveground piping or tubing shall be pneumatically tested to at least 30 kPa (4.4 psi) gauge pressure but not more than 35 kPa (5 psi) for the supply piping or tubing between the supply tank and the appliances. Note: The supply tank might need to be pressure tested prior to connection of the fill pipe.

11.3.2.2 The joints shall be tested by applying a leak-detection solution.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

285

CSA B139.2:19

Installation code for oil-burning equipment for residential and small commercial buildings

11.3.2.3 Pressure measurements shall be obtained by using calibrated measuring instruments with graduations in increments not greater than 1 kPa (0.2 psi).

11.3.3 Vacuum test 11.3.3.1 Aboveground piping or tubing between the supply tank and the appliance may be vacuum tested instead of pressure tested as described in Clause 11.3.2.1 by the following method: a) A vacuum gauge shall be installed in an unused inlet port or vacuum gauge port between the tank shut-off valve and the appliance fuel pump. b) The system shall be run with the tank shut-off valve closed, and shall pull a vacuum on the system of at least 50 kPa (15 in Hg). c) The burner shall be shut off and the vacuum shall hold without a reduction for 5 min.

11.3.3.2 Vacuum measurements shall be obtained by using calibrated measuring instruments with graduations in increments not greater than 2 kPa (0.5 psi).

12 Maintenance Oil-burning equipment shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and to at least the minimum requirements in accordance with Annex L of CSA B139.1.0.

February 2019

© 2019 Canadian Standards Association

286

ISBN 978-1-4883-1551-0